BRAND - Your Partner in the Lab.

Worldwide.
General Catalog 900
 ®

Trademark Index
accu-jet®, BIO-CERT®, BLAUBRAND®, BRAND®, BRANDplates ®,
cell-culture™, cellGrade™, Dispensette®, EASYCAL™, HandyStep®,
hydroGrade™, immunoGrade™, inertGrade™, lipoGrade™, nano-cap™,
PLASTIBRAND®, pureGrade™, QuikSip™, SafetyPrime™, seripettor®,
Titrette®, Transferpette®, as well as the logo design marks depicted here,
are trademarks of BRAND GMBH + CO KG, Germany.

The following brands and trademarks as referenced in the current catalog are
property of their respective third-party owners as listed below:

Referenced brand/trademark Owner

AMERSHAM ®
GE HEALTHCARE LIMITED, GB
APPLIED BIOSYSTEMS® Applied Biosystems LLC, USA
AR-GLAS® SCHOTT AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, Germany
AutoRep™ Rainin Instrument, LLC, USA
BECKMAN® Beckman Coulter, Inc., USA
BIOHIT® Sartorius Biohit Liquid Handling Oy, Finland
BIOMETRA® Biometra Biomedizinische Analytik GmbH, Germany
BIORAD® BIO-RAD LABORATORIES GMBH, Germany
Combitips® Eppendorf AG, Germany
COULTER COUNTER® BECKMAN COULTER INC., USA
EDISONITE® Schülke & Mayr GmbH, Germany
Encode™ Rainin Instrument, LLC, USA
Eppendorf® Eppendorf AG, Germany
FINNPIPETTE® Thermo Fisher Scientific Oy, Finland
GILSON® Gilson, Inc., USA
LightCycler® Roche Diagnostics GmbH, Germany
MegaBace® GE Healthcare Bio-Sciences AB, GB
METTLER TOLEDO® Mettler-Toledo AG, Switzerland
MICROSOFT® MICROSOFT CORPORATION, USA
MJ RESEARCH® BIO-RAD LABORATORIES, INC., USA
Mucasol® Schülke & Mayr GmbH, Germany
Mucocit® Schülke & Mayr GmbH, Germany
Multipette® Eppendorf AG, Germany
MWG® MWG BIOTECH AG, Germany
OHAUS® OHAUS CORPORATION, USA
PARAFILM® Bemis Company, Inc., USA
PEQLAB® PEQLAB Biotechnologie GmbH, Germany
Pursept® Schülke & Mayr GmbH, Germany
REPETMAN™ Gilson S.A.S., France
Roche® F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG, Switzerland
sartorius® SARTORIUS AG, Germany
STRATAGENE® Agilent Technologies, Inc., USA
TaKaRa® TAKARA SHUZO CO., LTD., Japan
TECHNE® TECHNE INCORPORATED, USA
TRANSGENOMIC® Transgenomic, Inc., USA
TRITON™ Dow Chemical Company, USA
WINDOWS® MICROSOFT CORPORATION, USA
 About the Product

Ordering options BRAND General Catalog DAkkS calibration laboratory

Our products are available through The catalog is intended for informational The DAkkS-accredited calibration laboratory
major laboratory supply dealers purposes only. Actual results may vary based at BRAND is authorized to issue DAkkS cali-
throughout the world. If you have upon a number of factors beyond our control, bration certificates for the following products:
trouble locating a specialized supplier including user technique or lab environment. Liquid Handling instruments, such as piston
in your area, just call – or visit us at Suitability for a specific application is the operated pipettes and burettes, dispensers
www.brand.de. responsibility of the end-user. and dilutors, glass and plastic volumetric
Specifications, catalog numbers and appear- instruments and glass density bottles.
ance are subject to change without notice.

Repair and calibration service

Pictures serve the purpose of visualization.
BRAND offers repair, service and calibration
They may not necessarily correspond to the
(including DAkkS calibration) for all BRAND
described product in every detail.
liquid handling products. BRAND calibra-
Dimensions without indication of tolerances tion service is also available for third-party
are approximate figures. products.

Pack quantities are according to the recom- You can obtain an order form for repair and
mended order quantity. The minimum order calibration service online at www.brand.de.
quantities are indicated in the current pricelist.

Products certified as "suitable for cer- We will not be held responsible for print-
tification" satisfy the requirements of the ing or typographical errors.
German State Office of Weights and Mea-
sures ("Eichamt").
Contents

About us ............................................................................................................................ 4

New Products .......................................................................................................... 14

Liquid Handling .................................................................................................... 16

Life Science ........................................................................................................... 114

Volumetric Instruments .......................................................................... 170

Temperature and Density Measurement ............................ 216

Clinical Laboratory ........................................................................................ 238

General Laboratory Supplies ........................................................... 262

Technical Information ............................................................................... 316

Index ............................................................................................................................... 345

 About us

Ideas
Partnering for success.

Enjoyment and safety in one's daily work are

essential, and make life easier. At BRAND, we
help you to achieve this. Close collaboration
with our customers makes it possible for us to
remain aware of specific problems in labwork
that arise on a daily basis. Our experts devote
their best efforts to developing new ideas and
solutions.
We are excited to offer you our new catalog,
which reflects a philosophy that can be summed
up in two words – quality and innovation.

BRAND. Your partner in the lab.

4 info@brand.de
 About us

BRAND in Wertheim

When our company started in 1949, it was

an adventure. From practically nothing,
Rudolf Brand together with five companions
created the foundations of the Wertheimer
glass industry. In that same year, he founded
our present-day company. Starting from the
Wertheim facility, our specialists have steadily
built up the company. The effort was well
worthwhile! Today, BRAND is an important
partner for end users in laboratories around
the world.

6 info@brand.de
 About us

Factory and Production

As the tasks multiplied, we have grown larger.

One of the world's largest

cleanroom facilities, with ap-
prox. 6000 m2 of production
space, of which the clean-
room makes up 3200 m2.

www.brand.de 7
About us

Journey through Time

Product development over the course of decades.

What began in 1949 with 6 employees engaged

in producing glass apparatus, glass volumetric
measuring instruments, and thermometers, with
continuous facilities expansion in the interim,
led in 2013 to the commissioning of one of the
largest cleanroom facilities in the world. After
liquid handling products, the manufacture of
high-quality plastic disposables for use in the
life sciences area has become one of the most
important production units at BRAND.

8 info@brand.de
1949 1950

1957 1961
1967 1973
1963 1964
1979 1984

1986
1985
2011

1994
2005

1995 2008
2013

2012 2013
 About us

Goals
With you in mind, we look to the future.

More than ever, lab work requires economical

solutions, and a commitment to work both
sustainably and carefully. Our company offers
high-quality products to help you achieve your
goals, rapidly and reliably.

10 info@brand.de
© Mark Weathers Images/Flicks/Getty Images
About us

Advances
Vision, with implementation.

We are confident about the quality of our

products. The specialists in our development
division are working constantly to offer you
improved and newly developed products. As
our laboratory customers, you are our most
important partners.

12 info@brand.de
© Peter de Rooij/Flickr/Getty Images
 Product News

BRANDplates®
Insert System
Innovative cell culture
plates and inserts for cell
and tissue culture work.
• starting on page 159

D i s p e n s e t t e ® TA
The new bottle-top dis-
penser for trace analysis.
• pages 29-32 P LT U n i t
The pipette leak testing
unit for single and multi-
channel air-displacement
pipettes.
• pages 105-108

14 info@brand.de
 Product News

New in this Catalog!

New products for your lab.

The new tip system

from BRAND.
• starting on page 68

Ti p R a c k  – 
Ti p B o x  – 
Ti p S t a c k ™

Ti t r e t t e ® 1 0 m l 96-well UV plate Strip plates Vo l u m e t r i c

bottle-top burette page 146 page 146 instruments
pages 39-44 USP model
starting on page 175

More News
macro pipette controller in new design, page 100
1.5 ml microcentrifuge tubes with lid closure, page 121
Strips of 8 PCR tubes with individual transparent flat caps, page 128
PCR plates in various formats, page 130
96-well deep-well plates 1.2 ml with elevated rim, page 137
and much more.

www.brand.de 15
© Tadao Yamamoto/amana images/Getty Images
Liquid Handling
One of the most important, fundamental activities
in modern laboratories is the careful handling of the
ever smaller quantities of liquids used. The precision
transfer of liquids in quantities from milliliters down to
nanoliters is still a challenge today.
Their impressive ergonomic design, high preci-
sion, and superb quality have contributed to making
BRAND liquid handling instruments known around the
world for excellence.
 Overview

Bottle-top dispensers
Dispensette ®
Liquid Handling

from page 19
seripettor ®

Bottle-top burette
Titrette ®
from page 39

Single and multichannel microliter

pipettes and pipette tips
Transferpette ®
from page 45 Transferpettor

Repetitive pipettes
and PD-Tips
HandyStep ®
from page 87

Pipetting aids
accu-jet ®
from page 97
macro, micro

Bottle-top aspirator
QuikSip ™
from page 103

Pipette leak testing unit

PLT unit
from page 105

Calibration software
EASYCAL ™
from page 109

18 info@brand.de
Dispensette ® III
Dispensette ® Organic
Dispensette ® TA NEW!

The Dispensette® bottle-top dispenser has

Dispensette ®
proven itself the world over with its wide
range of practical applications.
It has been continuously improved over de-
cades to meet the increasing demands of Bottle-top Dispenser
the laboratory.
 Dispensette® III
Dispensette® Organic

Models The wide range of Dispensette® bottle-top dispensers

Liquid Handling

provides premium dispensing options for the complete

spectrum of liquid reagents:

Dispensette ® III Dispensette ® Organic

(red color-code) (yellow color-code)
■ Digital · Easy Calibration type ■ Digital · Easy Calibration type
■ Analog-adjustable type ■ Analog-adjustable type
■ Fixed-volume type ■ Fixed-volume type

For dispensing aggressive reagents For dispensing organic solvents

including concentrated acids such as H3PO4, H2SO4, including chlorinated and fluorinated hydrocarbons (e.g.,
bases like NaOH, KOH, saline solutions, as well as trichlorotrifluoro-ethane and dichloromethane), concen-
many organic solvents. trated acids such as HCl and HNO3 , trifluoroacetic acid
(TFA), tetra-hydrofuran (THF) and peroxides.

n Parts in contact with medium n Parts in contact with medium

borosilicate glass, ceramic, platinum-iridium, ETFE, FEP, borosilicate glass, ceramic, tantalum, ETFE, FEP, PFA,
PFA, PTFE and PP (discharge tube safety screw cap) PTFE and PP (discharge tube safety screw cap)

n Operating limits n Operating limits

vapor pressure max. 600 mbar vapor pressure max. 600 mbar
viscosity max. 500 mm2/s viscosity max. 500 mm2/s
temperature max. 40 °C temperature max. 40 °C
density max. 2.2 g/cm3 density max. 2.2 g/cm3

Areas of application
(For assistance in selecting a system, please see the guide on page 23)

Bases Saline solutions Acids Organic solvents

Dispensette® III

Dispensette® Organic

Note! For dispensing HF, we recommend the use of the

Dispensette® TA bottle-top dispenser with platinum-
iridium valve spring (Cat. No. 4740 041, page 32).

20 info@brand.de
 Dispensette® III
Dispensette® Organic

A Closer Look...

Liquid Handling
The Digital · Easy Calibration type has a digital
display and all the features that make dispensing
safer and convenient.

Mechanical/digital display
The mechanical volume setting is Easy Calibration Technique
easy to read and ensures accurate Calibration and adjustments accord-
and reproducible volume control. ing to ISO 9001 and GLP are done
within seconds. Alteration of factory
setting is automatically indicated by
a red recalibration flag. For more
information please see page 324.

SafetyPrime™ recirculation valve Easy to use

The SafetyPrime™ recirculation The minimal force needed to operate
valve (optional) reduces risk of the floating piston makes serial dis-
splashes caused by air bubbles dur- pensing convenient and effortless.
ing instrument priming and permits
recirculation during priming to avoid
reagent waste. Valve control knob
clearly indicates valve position.

Safety discharge system

The integrated safety discharge
system reduces the risk of inad- Rotating valve block
vertent dispensing and splashes if To allow the bottle label to face the
discharge tube is improperly user, the valve block can be rotated
installed or missing. 360°. The 45 mm standard thread
plus the included adapters fit com-
mon lab bottles.

Telescoping filling tube

Adjusts easily to different size bottles
– without measuring or cutting.

Discharge tube safety

screw cap
Screw cap protects against
reagent contact and is
easy to attach and remove,
even while wearing gloves.

www.brand.de 21
 Dispensette® III
Dispensette® Organic

Use and Handling

Liquid Handling

One-handed operation Dispensing sterile fluids Serial dispensing Dispensing sensitive

Each piston is matched indi- The instrument can be auto- To facilitate serial dispensing, reagents
vidually with precise tolerances claved at 121 °C and may be the optional flexible discharge The optional drying tube screws
to its cylinder. A thin liquid fitted with an optional micro- tube with safety handle permits into the ventilation aperture
film acts as a non-wearing filter to prevent contamination fast and precise dispensing at the rear of the instrument.
seal that reduces friction, so of the bottle contents. Sterile even into narrow test tubes. Filled with a suitable absorbing
dispensing is easy and conve- technique must be followed. The functions of the safety agent, it can protect sensitive
nient. discharge system and reagents against humidity or
SafetyPrime™ recirculation CO2.
valve are fully maintained with
the flexible discharge tube.

General features of the

Dispensette® bottle-top dispenser
■ Dispensing directly from the supply bottle
■ Easy to dismantle for cleaning
■ Replaceable filling valves
■ Autoclavable at 121 °C
■ DE-M marking
■ Easy to calibrate and adjust in order to comply
with ISO 9001 and GLP guidelines. A positive
indicator automatically indicates adjustment
from factory settings.

22 info@brand.de
 Dispensette® III / Organic
Dispenser Selection Chart

Dispenser Selection Chart

Liquid Handling
Reagent Disp. III Disp. Reagent Disp. III Disp. Reagent Disp. III Disp.
Organic Organic Organic
Acetaldehyde + + Cyclohexane + Methylene chloride +
Acetic acid (glacial), 100% + + Cyclohexanone + + Mineral oil (Engine oil) + +
Acetic acid, ≤ 96% + + Cyclopentane + Monochloroacetic acid + +
Acetic anhydride + Decane + + Nitric acid, ≤ 30% + +
Acetone + + 1-Decanol + + Nitric acid, 30-70% */ ** +
Acetonitrile + + Dibenzyl ether + + Nitrobenzene + +
Acetophenone + Dichloroacetic acid + Oleic acid + +
Acetyl chloride + Dichlorobenzene + + Oxalic acid +
Acetylacetone + + Dichloroethane + n-Pentane +
Acrylic acid + + Dichloroethylene + Peracetic acid +
Acrylonitrile + + Dichloromethane + Perchloric acid + +
Adipic acid + Diesel oil (Heating oil), Perchloroethylene +
+
Allyl alcohol + + bp 250-350 °C Petroleum, bp 180-220 °C +
Aluminium chloride + Diethanolamine + + Petroleum ether, bp 40-70 °C +
Amino acids + Diethyl ether + Phenol + +
Ammonia, ≤ 20% + + Diethylamine + + Phenylethanol + +
Ammonia, 20-30% + 1.2 Diethylbenzene + + Phenylhydrazine + +
Ammonium chloride + Diethylene glycol + + Phosphoric acid, ≤ 85% + +
Ammonium fluoride + Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) + + Phosphoric acid, 85% +
+ +
Ammonium sulfate + Dimethylaniline + Sulfuric acid, 98%, 1:1
n-Amyl acetate + + Dimethylformamide (DMF) + + Piperidine + +
Amyl alcohol (Pentanol) + + 1.4 Dioxane + Potassium chloride +
Amyl chloride (Chloropentane) + Diphenyl ether + + Potassium dichromate +
Aniline + + Essential oil + Potassium hydroxide +
Barium chloride + Ethanol + + Potassium permanganate +
Benzaldehyde + + Ethanolamine + + Propionic acid + +
Benzene (Benzol) + + Ethyl acetate + + Propylene glycol (Propanediol) + +
Benzine (Petroleum benzin), Ethylbenzene + Pyridine + +
+
bp 70-180 °C Ethylene chloride + Pyruvic acid + +
Benzoyl chloride + + Fluoroacetic acid + Salicylaldehyde + +
Benzyl alcohol + + Formaldehyde, ≤ 40% + Scintilation fluid + +
Benzylamine + + Formamide + + Silver acetate +
Benzylchloride + + Formic acid, ≤ 100% + Silver nitrate +
Boric acid, ≤ 10% + + Glycerol + + Sodium acetate +
Bromobenzene + + Glycol (Ethylene glycol) + + Sodium chloride +
Bromonaphthalene + + Glycolic acid, ≤ 50% + Sodium dichromate +
Butanediol + + Heating oil (Diesel oil), Sodium fluoride +
+
1-Butanol + + bp 250-350 °C Sodium hydroxide, ≤ 30% +
n-Butyl acetate + + Heptane + Sodium hypochlorite +
Butyl methyl ether + + Hexane + Sulfuric acid, ≤ 98% + +
Butylamine + + Hexanoic acid + + Tartaric acid +
Butyric acid + + Hexanol + + Tetrachloroethylene +
Calcium carbonate + Hydriodic acid, ≤ 57% ** + + Tetrahydrofuran (THF) * / ** +
Calcium chloride + Hydrobromic acid + Tetramethylammonium hydroxide +
Calcium hydroxide + Hydrochloric acid, ≤ 20% + + Toluene +
Calcium hypochlorite + Hydrochloric acid, 20-37% ** + Trichloroacetic acid +
Carbon tetrachloride + Hydrogen peroxide, ≤ 35% + Trichlorobenzene +
Chloro naphthalene + + Isoamyl alcohol + + Trichloroethane +
Chloroacetaldehyde, ≤ 45% + + Isobutanol + + Trichloroethylene +
Chloroacetic acid + + Isooctane + Trichlorotrifluoro ethane +
Chloroacetone + + Isopropanol (2-Propanol) + + Triethanolamine + +
Chlorobenzene + + Isopropyl ether + + Triethylene glycol + +
Chlorobutane + + Lactic acid + Trifluoro ethane +
Chloroform + Methanol + + Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) +
Chlorosulfonic acid + Methoxybenzene + + Turpentine +
Chromic acid, ≤ 50% + + Methyl benzoate + + Urea +
Chromosulfuric acid + Methyl butyl ether + + Xylene +
Copper sulfate + Methyl ethyl ketone + + Zinc chloride, ≤ 10% +
Cresol + Methyl formate + + Zinc sulfate, ≤ 10% +
Cumene (Isopropyl benzene) + + Methyl propyl ketone + +

The above recommendations reflect testing completed prior to publication. Always follow instructions in the operating manual of the * use ETFE/PTFE bottle adapter
instrument as well as the reagent manufacturer‘s specifications. In addition to these chemicals, a variety of organic and inorganic saline ** use PTFE seal for valve block
solutions (e.g., biological buffers), biological detergents and media for cell culture can be dispensed. Should you require information
on chemicals not listed, please feel free to contact BRAND. Status as of: 1014/13

Note! For dispensing HF, we recommend the use of the

Dispensette® TA bottle-top dispenser with platinum-
iridium valve spring (Cat. No. 4740 041, page 32).

www.brand.de 23
 Dispensette® III / Organic
Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

Items supplied:
Each Dispensette® bottle-top dispenser has DE-M marking and is supplied with perfor-
mance certificate, discharge tube, telescoping filling tube, SafetyPrime™ recirculation valve
(optional), mounting tool and adapters of polypropylene:
Dispensette® Adapter for Filling tube
nominal volume, ml bottle thread length, mm

0.5 GL 25, GL 28, GL 32 125-240

1, 2, 5, 10 GL 25, GL 28, GL 32, GL 38, S 40 125-240
25, 50, 100 GL 32, GL 38, S 40 170-330

Dispensette ® III, Digital · Easy Calibration

Capacity Subdivision A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ without SafetyPrime™ with SafetyPrime™
ml ml % µl % µl recirculation valve recirculation valve
Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.2 - 2 0.01 0.5 10 0.1 2 4700 320 4700 321

0.5 - 5 0.02 0.5 25 0.1 5 4700 330 4700 331
1 - 10 0.05 0.5 50 0.1 10 4700 340 4700 341
2.5 - 25 0.1 0.5 125 0.1 25 4700 350 4700 351
5 - 50 0.2 0.5 250 0.1 50 4700 360 4700 361

Dispensette ® III, Analog-adjustable

Capacity Subdivision A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ without SafetyPrime™ with SafetyPrime™
ml ml % µl % µl recirculation valve recirculation valve
Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.05 - 0.5 0.01 1.0 5 0.2 1 4700 100 4700 101

0.2 - 2 0.05 0.5 10 0.1 2 4700 120 4700 121
0.5 - 5 0.1 0.5 25 0.1 5 4700 130 4700 131
1 - 10 0.2 0.5 50 0.1 10 4700 140 4700 141
2.5 - 25 0.5 0.5 125 0.1 25 4700 150 4700 151
5 - 50 1.0 0.5 250 0.1 50 4700 160 4700 161
10 - 100 1.0 0.5 500 0.1 100 4700 170 4700 171

Dispensette ® III, Fixed-volume

Capacity A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ without SafetyPrime™ with SafetyPrime™
ml % µl % µl recirculation valve recirculation valve
Cat. No. Cat. No.

1 0.5 5 0.1 1 4700 210 4700 211

2 0.5 10 0.1 2 4700 220 4700 221
5 0.5 25 0.1 5 4700 230 4700 231
10 0.5 50 0.1 10 4700 240 4700 241
Special fixed volumes: 0.5-100 ml (please state when ordering) 4700 290 4700 291

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-5. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

24 info@brand.de
 Dispensette® III / Organic
Ordering Data

Liquid Handling
Dispensette ® Organic, Digital · Easy Calibration
Capacity Subdivision A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ without SafetyPrime™ with SafetyPrime™
ml ml % µl % µl recirculation valve recirculation valve
Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 - 5 0.02 0.5 25 0.1 5 4730 330 4730 331

1 - 10 0.05 0.5 50 0.1 10 4730 340 4730 341
2.5 - 25 0.1 0.5 125 0.1 25 4730 350 4730 351
5 - 50 0.2 0.5 250 0.1 50 4730 360 4730 361

Dispensette ® Organic, Analog

Capacity Subdivision A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ without SafetyPrime™ with SafetyPrime™
ml ml % µl % µl recirculation valve recirculation valve
Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.5 - 5 0.1 0.5 25 0.1 5 4730 130 4730 131

1 - 10 0.2 0.5 50 0.1 10 4730 140 4730 141
2.5 - 25 0.5 0.5 125 0.1 25 4730 150 4730 151
5 - 50 1.0 0.5 250 0.1 50 4730 160 4730 161
10 - 100 1.0 0.5 500 0.1 100 4730 170 4730 171

Dispensette ® Organic, Fix

Capacity A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ without SafetyPrime™ with SafetyPrime™
ml % µl % µl recirculation valve recirculation valve
Cat. No. Cat. No.

5 0.5 25 0.1 5 4730 230 4730 231

10 0.5 50 0.1 10 4730 240 4730 241
Special fixed volumes: 2-100 ml (please state when ordering) 4730 290 4730 291

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-5. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Note! When ordering instruments with

DAkkS calibration certificates, the
prefix 'DAkkS' must be added to the
order number, e.g., DAkkS 4700 321.
BRAND also offers calibration service
at the factory lab. For more informa-
tion, please see page 326.

www.brand.de 25
 Dispensette® III / Organic
Accessories and Spare Parts

Accessories and Spare Parts

Liquid Handling

(Other spare parts and accessories can be found in the operating manual.)

Discharge tubes SafetyPrime ™

with integrated valve recirculation valves
Pack of 1. Pack of 1.
Description Nominal volume Shape Length Cat. No. Description Cat. No.
ml mm

n for Dispensette® III 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 fine tip 90 7079 15 for Dispensette® III 1-100 ml
n 7060 80
5, 10 standard 90 7079 16 for Dispensette® III 0.5 ml
n 7060 81
25, 50, 100 standard 120 7079 17 for Dispensette® Organic
n 7060 90
25, 50, 100 fine tip 120 7079 18
for Dispensette® Organic
n 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 fine tip 90 7079 35
5, 10 standard 90 7079 36
25, 50, 100 standard 120 7079 37 Discharge tube with
25, 50, 100 fine tip 120 7079 38 Luer-Lock attachment
for micro filter
With integrated valve.
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7079 28*
Bottle adapters * not suitable for HF and Peroxide
For Dispensette®, Titrette®,
seripettor® and QuikSip™.
PP or ETFE. Adapters of
ETFE offer higher chemical
resistance. Pack of 1.

Outer for bottle thread/ Material Cat. No.

thread ground joint Bottle Stand
GL 32 GL 25 PP 7043 25
PP. Full plastic material –
GL 32 GL 28 / S 28 PP
suitable for use in aggressive
7043 28
environment (e.g., acid fumes
GL 32 GL 30 PP 7043 30
in the hood). Support rod
GL 32 GL 45 PP 7043 45
325 mm, base plate 220 x
GL 45 GL 32 PP 7043 96
160 mm, weight 1130 g.
GL 45 GL 35 PP 7044 31
Pack of 1.
GL 45 GL 38 PP 7043 97
GL 45 S* 40 PP 7043 43 Cat. No. 7042 75
GL 45 S* 54 PP 7044 30
GL 45 S* 60 PP 7043 48

GL 32 GL 25 ETFE 7043 75
GL 32 GL 28 / S 28 ETFE 7043 78
GL 32 GL 30 ETFE 7043 80
GL 32 GL 45 ETFE 7043 95
GL 45 GL 32 ETFE 7043 98
GL 45 GL 38 ETFE 7043 99
Threaded bottles, coated
GL 45 S* 40 PTFE 7043 91
and uncoated, see page 299.
GL 32 NS 19/26 PP 7044 19
GL 32 NS 24/29 PP 7044 24
GL 32 NS 29/32 PP 7044 29
* buttress thread

26 info@brand.de
 Dispensette® III / Organic
Accessories and Spare Parts

Liquid Handling
Telescoping filling tubes Flexible discharge tubing
FEP. Adjusts to various PTFE tube, coiled, length
bottle heights. approx. 800 mm, with safety
Pack of 1. handle. Pack of 1.
Nominal volume Outer Ø Length Cat. No. Nominal volume Discharge tube Cat. No.
ml mm mm ml Outer Ø mm Inner Ø mm

0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 6 70-140 7042 02 1, 2, 5, 10 3 2 7079 25*

125-240 7042 03 25, 50, 100 4.5 3 7079 26*
195-350 7042 08 * not suitable for HF and Peroxide
250-480 7042 01
25, 50, 100 7.6 170-330 7042 04
250-480 7042 05

Filling valve with olive-

shaped nozzle made of PEEK
For frequent autoclaving with
the filling tube mounted, this
Filling valve with filling valve with tube nozzle
is recommended. PEEK has
sealing washer
limited chemical resistance!
Pack of 1. Pack of 1.
Description Nominal volume Cat. No. Description Nominal volume Cat. No.
ml ml

for Dispensette® III, Dispensette® Organic 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 6697 for Dispensette® III, Dispensette® Organic 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 6637
for Dispensette® III, Dispensette® Organic 25, 50, 100 6698 for Dispensette® III, Dispensette® Organic 25, 50, 100 6638

Seals
PTFE. Spare seals for
Seal for valve block
discharge tube, SafetyPrime™ PTFE. For highly volatile
and filling valve. reagents.
Pack of 5 each type. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 6696 Cat. No. 7044 86

Air vent cap for micro filter

with Luer-cone
Drying tube
PP. Air vent cap and
PTFE-sealing ring. Drying tube and seal, without
Pack of 1 each. drying agent. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7044 95 Cat. No. 7079 30

www.brand.de 27
 Dispensette® III / Organic
Remote Dispensing System

Remote Dispensing System for Drum Dispensing

Liquid Handling

for Dispensette ® III and Dispensette ® Organic

n Dispense accurate volumes Standard supply:

A
directly from drums and bulk without Dispensette®, for drums with 3/4" inner thread,
refills consisting of: B
n The Dispensette® can be mount- A) Plug-in adapter, PTFE (only for Dispensettes ≤ 10 ml)
ed on a wall, a ring stand or on
B) Thread adapter, PP (GL 45/32)
lab furniture C
C) Strain relief, PP
n A filter in the drum adapter mini-
mizes risk of contaminating high- D) Locking screw, ETFE
D
purity reagents when air is drawn E) Wall mounting unit, PP
in for pressure compensation F) Thread adapter, PP (GL 32/28) E
after dispensing.
G) Filling tube, FEP, 3 m, outer Ø 7.6 mm F
n A quick-release connector with
H) Mounting screw, PTFE
integrated valves allows quick
changing of the bulk container I) Locking screw, ETFE G
n The remote dispensing system J) Coupling, ETFE, with ball valve
allows storage of the drum up to K) Drum adapter, PTFE, for drums with inner-thread
10 meters (30 feet) away from of 3/4", with ball valve (incl. closure cap) H
the Dispensette®. The max. L) Membrane filter, 3 µm, non-sterile
delivery height is approximately
1.2 m. M) Filling tube, 0.47 m, outer Ø 6.9 mm I
J

Note! Observe all Safety Instructions, Operating Ex- L K

clusions and Limitations of the Dispensette® III
and the Dispensette® Organic. M

Cat. No. 7042 61

* not suitable for HF and Peroxide

Operating Exclusions Accessories

Never use the remote dispensing
Description Dimensions Cat. No.
system:
1. with SafetyPrime™ recirculation
valve. It has to be removed Filling tube, FEP 10 m, outer Ø 7.6 mm 7042 67
before use! Filling tube, FEP 1 m, outer Ø 6.9 mm 7042 69
Filling tube, FEP 1.5 m, outer Ø 6.0 mm 7042 09
2. for pressurized vessels
Filling tube, FEP 1.5 m, outer Ø 7.6 mm 7042 10
3. for liquids attacking borosilicate
outer thread 2",
glass, Al2O3-ceramic, PFA, ETFE, Thread adapter, steel 7042 70
inner thread 3/4"
FEP or PTFE Thread adapter, PTFE, for direct mounting of Dispensette ®
outer thread 3/4",
7042 81
4. for Peroxide (due to catalytic on drum outer thread GL 32
reaction) Thread adapter, PTFE, to connect remote dispensing system inner thread 3/4",
7042 82
with drums with GL outer thread inner thread GL 32
5. for carbon disulfide (CS2), due
Support rod connector for wall mounting unit 7042 68
to risk of explosion!
Shelf clamp for wall mounting unit 7042 72

Support rod connector Shelf clamp

28 info@brand.de
 Dispensette® TA

Liquid Handling
NEW!

Dispensette ® TA
Trace Analysis
The Dispensette® TA provides outstand-
ing performance for precise volume
dispensing of high-purity media for
trace analysis. Also suitable for HF with
platinum-iridium valve spring.

The components of the fluid path are con-

structed of the highest purity materials, such
as PFA, PTFE and sapphire. Depending on
application, either platinum-iridium or tanta-
lum valve springs can be chosen. The vol-
ume range is from 1 to 10 ml. Especially
well suited for dispensing acids, bases and
hydrogen peroxide. Trace metal content of
dispensed liquid is generally in the low ppb
range, or, depending on application, even in
the ppt range.

www.brand.de 29
 Dispensette® TA

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

Designed for use in trace analysis. The high-purity ma-

terials release virtually no metal ions after appropriate
cleaning. This makes the Dispensette® TA bottletop dis-
penser a superior choice for trace analysis.

Piston seat

Dispensing cartridge
with serial number Volume adjustment

Safety ring
SafetyPrime™
recirculation valve

Discharge tube
Valve block

Screw cap

Recirculation tube

Telescoping filling tube

Replaceable dispensing
cartridge supplied with
certificate

30 info@brand.de
 Dispensette® TA

Use and Handling

Liquid Handling
General features of the Dispensette® TA
bottle-top dispenser
n Plastics in contact with media consist of high-purity
materials such as PTFE, ETFE, FEP, and PFA.
The purest sapphire is used for replaceable valves.
Depending on the application, platinum-iridium or
tantalum are available as spring materials.
n A field-tested cleaning process before use in trace
analysis is described in the operating manual.
n If contamination of the bottle contents must be
avoided, we recommend using the device without
the SafetyPrime™ recirculation valve.
Replaceable dispensing Serial dispensing n The 45 mm standard thread plus the included
cartridge adapters fit most common lab bottles.
If the piston seal is worn after For easy serial dispensing, n The valve block can be rotated 360° so that the
an extended period of use, the an optional flexible discharge bottle label always faces the user for safety.
entire dispensing cartridge tube with textured safety
can easily be replaced without handle (not approved for HF) n Telescoping filling tube adjusts to different bottle
tools by the user. The car- permits fast and precise dis- sizes.
tridge is fully adjusted at the pensing, even into narrow test n Easy disassembly for replacement of the dispensing
factory, and delivered with a tubes. Full functionality of the cartridge.
performance certificate. No SafetyPrime™ recirculation
calibration is required after valve and the safety discharge
replacement. system is maintained after
installation.

Recommended application range

Parts in contact with Operating limits Dispensing medium Valve spring: Valve spring:
medium Pt - Ir Ta

Various fluoroplastics (ETFE, Vapor pressure max. 600 mbar Acetic acid + +
FEP, PFA, PTFE), Al2O3 viscosity max. 500 mm2/s Ammonia solution + +
sapphire and platinum-iridium temperature max. 40 °C
or tantalum, depending on density max. 3.8 g/cm3 Bromine + +
design. Hydrochloric acid + +

Hydrofluoric acid* + –

Hydrogen peroxide – +

Nitric acid + +

Perchloric acid + +

Phosphoric acid + +

Sodium hydroxide, 30% + –

Sulfuric acid + +
Water + +

+ suitable – not suitable

* Hydrofluoric acid reacts slightly with sapphire resulting in mildly elevated aluminum values. To
reduce these values we recommend discarding 3-5 dispensings of 2 ml each before performing
the analysis.

The above recommendations reflect testing completed prior to publication. Always follow instruc-
tions in the operating manual of the instrument as well as the reagent manufacturer‘s specifica-
tions. Should you require information on chemicals not listed, please feel free to contact BRAND.
Status as of: 0713/2

www.brand.de 31
 Dispensette® TA
Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

Dispensette ® TA, Analog-adjustable

Items supplied:
Each Dispensette® TA bottle-top dispenser has DE-M marking and is supplied with perfor-
mance certificate, telescoping filling tube, SafetyPrime™ recirculation valve and recircula-
tion tube (optional), mounting tool, bottle adapters GL 28/S 28 (ETFE), GL 32 (ETFE) and
S 40 (PTFE).
Capacity Valve spring A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ without SafetyPrime™ with SafetyPrime™
ml % µl % µl recirculation valve recirculation valve
Cat. No. Cat. No.

1-10 Platinum-iridium 0.5 50 0.1 10 4740 040 4740 041

1-10 Tantalum 0.5 50 0.1 10 4740 240 4740 241

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-5. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Accessories and Spare Parts

(Other spare parts and accessories can be found in the operating manual.) Telescoping filling tubes
FEP. Adjusts to various
SafetyPrime ™ bottle heights. Pack of 1.
recirculation valves
Length Cat. No.
Pack of 1. mm

Valve spring, 70-140 7042 02

Platinum-iridium 125-240 7042 03

Cat. No. 7060 86 195-350 7042 08

250-480 7042 01
Valve spring,
Tantalum
Cat. No. 7060 87
Filling valve with sealing
washer
Pack of 1.
Discharge tubes Cat. No. 6622
with integrated valve
Tube closure cap PTFE.
Pack of 1.
Dispensing cartridge
Nominal volume Valve spring Length Cat. No. with safety ring
ml mm
Nominal volume 10 ml,
10 Platinum-iridium 90 7079 55
calibrated, incl. quality
10 Tantalum 90 7079 56 certificate. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7075 42

Bottle Stand
Flexible discharge tubing
PP. Full plastic construction –
PTFE, coiled, length 800 mm,
suitable for use in aggressive
with safety handle. Must not be
environment (e.g., acid fumes
used with HF! Pack of 1.
in the hood). Support rod
Nominal volume Valve spring Cat. No. 325 mm, base plate 220 x
ml 160 mm, weight 1130 g.
Pack of 1.
10 Platinum-iridium 7079 45
10 Tantalum 7079 46 Cat. No. 7042 75

32 info@brand.de
seripettor ®
seripettor ® pro

seripettor ®
seripettor® and seripettor® pro are innovative
bottle-top dispensers from BRAND with a
special design. They provide a cost-effective
alternative to high-end dispensers for routine Bottle-top Dispenser
laboratory use.
 seripettor® · seripettor® pro

Models
Liquid Handling

Two models, seripettor® and seripettor® pro, are available to simplify

your routine dispensing operations. These dispensers will serve in
a wide variety of applications – when dispensing buffer solutions,
culture media, vitamin solutions, acids, bases, saline solutions or
many polar solvents.
Even special cases can be managed; for example, the seripettor®
bottle-top dispenser can handle agar culture media up to a max.
of 60 ºC.

n Operating range: seripettor®

– Aqueous solutions
Routinely used biological buffer solutions and deter-
gents, antifoaming agents, culture media, vitamin
solutions and so on can be dispensed. Hydrogen
peroxide can also be dispensed.
Agar culture media can be dispensed at up to
a max. of 60 °C.
– Acids
Weak, dilute or non-oxidizing acids can be
dispensed. n Operating range: seripettor® pro

– Alkaline solutions The seripettor® pro bottle-top dispenser extends the operating
The components of the instrument are compatible range to include the dispensing of
with alkaline solutions, such as NaOH, KOH and – acids such as concentrated HCl
ammonia. – polar solvents such as acetone
– UV-sensitive reagents
– Polar solvents
e.g., polar solvents such as ethanol, methanol, Information on use with your specific media can be found in the
acetylacetone, etc. guidelines for dispenser selection on page 36, or ask BRAND.

Use and Handling

One-handed operation Serial dispensing Dispensing sterile liquids

For dispensing, press down The optional flexible discharge 1. Mount the valve block with filling tube onto the bottle and
gently on the piston. tube with safety handle makes cover the valve block with cap. Affix the autoclavable sterile
The automatic lifting action it easier to dispense in long membrane filter (0.2 µm) laterally and autoclave at 121 °C.
of a spring pushes the piston series (it connects to the valve 2. On a clean-bench (sterile hood), remove the cap from the
up. This automatically fills the block with an adapter). valve block, screw in a new sterile dispensing cartridge and
dispensing cartridge. mount the pump assembly. You’re ready to dispense!

34 info@brand.de
 seripettor® · seripettor® pro

A Closer Look...

Liquid Handling
The design of the seripettor® bottle-top dispenser makes
it possible for the user to replace any functional parts
when needed, quickly and easily without the use of tools.
Cleaning and maintenance work is reduced to a minimum.

Pump assembly
with lifting spring
The automatic lifting action
of a spring pushes the piston
up. This fills the dispensing
cartridge.

Volume settings
Scalloped track allow for quick
and exact setting of desired
volume. The selected volume
Replaceable dispensing can be easily read.
cartridge
If the dispenser’s piston
seal becomes worn, it is
easy and inexpensive to
replace. One spare car-
tridge included free.

Valve block
Valve block (GL 45) and inclu-
ded adapters (GL 32 and S 40)
match the threads of the most
common reagent bottles.
(See page 26 for an overview
Cap for discharge tube of available bottle adapters.)
Stopper cap or screw
cap (depending on
the model).

Materials of construction seripettor® seripettor® pro

Pump assembly PC PPO/PEI (for UV protection)
Lifting spring spring steel Hastalloy (stainless)
Dispensing cartridge* PE/PP PE/PP
Valve block* PP PP
Valves* PP/EPDM ETFE/borosilicate glass/Al2O3/Pt-Ir
Discharge tube* FEP PTFE/ETFE/FEP/PFA/borosilicate glass/Al2O3/Pt-Ir
Filling tube* PP Telescoping filling tube, FEP/PTFE
Cap for discharge tube* Stopper cap, PP Screw cap, PP
* parts in contact with the media

www.brand.de 35
 seripettor® · seripettor® pro
Dispenser Selection Chart

Dispenser Selection Chart

Liquid Handling

Reagent seri- seripet- Reagent seri- seripet- Reagent seri- seripet-

pettor® tor® pro pettor® tor® pro pettor® tor® pro
Acetaldehyde + Calcium chloride + + Monochloroacetic acid +
Acetic acid, 5% + + Calcium hydroxide + + Nitric acid, 10% +
Acetic acid, 96% + Calcium hypochlorite + Oxalic acid + +
Acetic acid (glacial), 100% + Chloroacetaldehyde, 45% + Perchloric acid +
Acetone + Chloroacetic acid + Phenol +
Acetonitrile + Chromic acid, 50% + Phosphoric acid, 85% +
Acetophenone + Copper sulfate + + Piperidine +
Acetylacetone + + Cumene (Isopropyl benzene) + Potassium chloride + +
Acrylic acid + Diethylene glycol + + Potassium dichromate + +
Acrylonitrile + Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) + Potassium hydroxide + +
Adipic acid + + Dimethylaniline + Potassium hydroxide in ethanol + +
Agar (60 °C) + Ethanol + + Potassium permanganate + +
Allyl alcohol + + Formaldehyde, 40% + + Propionic acid + +
Aluminium chloride + + Formamide + + Propylene glycol (Propanediol) + +
Amino acids + + Formic acid, 100% + Pyridine +
Ammonia, 30% + + Glycerol + + Pyruvic acid + +
Ammonium chloride + + Glycol (Ethylene glycol) + + Salicylaldehyde +
Ammonium fluoride + + Glycolic acid, 50% + + Salicylic acid + +
Ammonium sulfate + + Hexanoic acid + + Silver acetate + +
Amyl alcohol (Pentanol) + + Hexanol + Silver nitrate + +
n-Amyl acetate + Hydriodic acid + + Sodium acetate + +
Aniline + Hydrobromic acid + Sodium chloride + +
Barium chloride + + Hydrochloric acid, 37% + Sodium dichromate + +
Benzaldehyde + Hydrogen peroxide, 35% + Sodium fluoride + +
Benzyl alcohol + Isoamyl alcohol + Sodium hydroxide, 30% + +
Benzylamine + Isobutanol + + Sodium hypochlorite 20%
+
Benzylchloride + Isopropanol (2-Propanol) + + (active chlorine approx. 10%)
Boric acid, 10% + + Lactic acid + + Sulfuric acid, 10% + +
Butanediol + + Methanol + + Tartaric acid +
1-Butanol + Methyl benzoate + Urea + +
Butylamine + Methyl ethyl ketone + Zinc chloride, 10% + +
n-Butyl acetate + Methyl propyl ketone + Zinc sulfate, 10% + +
Calcium carbonate + + Mineral oil (Engine oil) +

The above recommendations reflect testing completed prior to publication. Always follow instructions in the operating manual of the
instrument as well as the reagent manufacturer‘s specifications. In addition to these chemicals, a variety of organic and inorganic saline
solutions (e.g., biological buffers), biological detergents and media for cell culture can be dispensed. Should you require information
on chemicals not listed, please feel free to contact BRAND. Status as of: 0114/9

Note! seripettor® and seripettor® pro are not suitable for HF.
For dispensing HF, we recommend the use of the
Dispensette® TA bottle-top dispenser with platinum-
iridium valve spring (Cat. No. 4740 041, page 32).

Operating limits seripettor® seripettor® pro

Vapor pressure up to 500 mbar up to 500 mbar
Density up to 2.2 g/cm3 up to 2.2 g/cm3
Temperature 15 to 40 °C 15 to 40 °C
agar cultures up to 60 °C
Viscosity 2 ml instrument: 300 mm2/s 2 ml instrument: 300 mm2/s
10 ml instrument: 150 mm2/s 10 ml instrument: 150 mm2/s
25 ml instrument: 75 mm /s 2
25 ml instrument: 75 mm2/s

36 info@brand.de
 seripettor® · seripettor® pro
Ordering Data

Ordering Data

Liquid Handling
seripettor ®
Items supplied:
Each seripettor® bottle-top dispenser is supplied with discharge tube, filling tube,
spare dispensing cartridge and PP adapters (GL 45/32 and GL 45/S40).
Volume Subdivision A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Cat. No.
ml ml % µl % µl

0.2 - 2 0.04 1.2 24 0.2 4 4720 120

1 - 10 0.2 1.2 120 0.2 20 4720 140
2.5 - 2
5 0.5 1.2 300 0.2 50 4720 150

seripettor ® pro
Items supplied:
Each seripettor® pro bottle-top dispenser is supplied with discharge tube, filling tube,
spare dispensing cartridge, mounting tool and PP adapters (GL 45/32 and GL 45/S40).
Volume Subdivision A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Cat. No.
ml ml % µl % µl

0.2 - 2 0.04 1.2 24 0.2 4 4720 420

1 - 10 0.2 1.2 120 0.2 20 4720 440
2.5 - 2
5 0.5 1.2 300 0.2 50 4720 450

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Accessories and Spare Parts

(Other spare parts and accessories can be found in the operating manual.)

Note! Dispensing car-

tridges are not
autoclavable.
Flexible discharge tube
Dispensing cartridges
For seripettor® and seripettor®
For seripettor® and seripettor® pro. PTFE tube, coiled, length
pro. Non-sterile and sterile. approx. 800 mm, with safety
Piston (PE), cylinder (PP). handle. Pack of 1.
Description Pack of Cat. No. Nominal volume Cat. No.

2 ml, non-sterile 3 7045 00 2 + 10 ml 7045 22

10 ml, non-sterile 3 7045 02 25 ml 7045 23
25 ml, non-sterile 3 7045 04
2 ml, sterile (individually wrapped) 7 7045 07
Note! Not suitable
for peroxides.
10 ml, sterile (individually wrapped) 7 7045 06
25 ml, sterile (individually wrapped) 5 7045 08

www.brand.de 37
 seripettor® · seripettor® pro
Accessories and Spare Parts
Liquid Handling

See page 26 for an

overview of available
bottle adapters.

Pump assembly Discharge tube Valve set

seripettor ® seripettor ® seripettor ®
PC, spring steel Incl. closure cap and EPDM 1 filling valve (filling valve
lifting spring. discharge valve. body, O-ring) 1 discharge
Pack of 1. Pack of 1. valve, 2 seals.
Description Cat. No. Description Cat. No. Cat. No. 6790

2 ml 7045 41 Fine tip (2 ml) 7045 18

10 ml 7045 42 Standard (10 + 25 ml) 7045 20
25 ml 7045 44

(1)
(2)

Pump assembly Discharge tube Filling valve (1) Adapter for discharge
seripettor ® pro seripettor ® pro seripettor ® pro tube seripettor ® pro
PPO. PEI (UV protection). With integrated valve Filling valve with seal. PP. With seal.
Hastaloy (stainless) lifting with seal. Pack of 1. Pack of 1.
spring. Pack of 1.
Description Cat. No. Cat. No. 6208
Pack of 1.
Description Cat. No.
6697
Description Cat. No. 2 + 10 ml
(2)Adapter for filling valve
2 ml 7079 15 25 ml 6698
2 ml 7045 51 10 ml
seripettor ® pro
7079 16 Filling valves are ordered sepa-
10 ml 7045 48 25 ml 7079 18 rately. PP. With seal.
25 ml 7045 49 Discharge tube adapters are Pack of 1.
ordered separately.
Cat. No. 6707

Telescopic filling tubes

Filling tubes seripettor ® pro
seripettor ® FEP. Adjusts to various
PP. Autoclavable design with bottle heights.
additional O-rings. Pack of 1.

Length Pack of Cat. No. Nominal volume Outer Ø Length Cat. No.
mm ml mm mm

250 2 7045 32 2 + 10 6 70-140 7042 02

500 2 7045 34 125-240 7042 03
250, with O-ring 1 7045 36 195-350 7042 08
500, with O-ring 1 7045 38 250-480 7042 01
25 7.6 170-330 7042 04
250-480 7042 05

38 info@brand.de
Titrette® – the first bottle-top burette to sat-
isfy Class A error limits for glass burettes!
It is also remarkable for its easy dropwise ti-
tration, compact design, ultra-high precision,
replaceable piston/cylinder assembly and

Titrette ®
an optional PC interface. With the Titrette®
bottle-top burette, you can titrate quickly and
reliably with the highest precision, even in
close quarters, with no power hookup need- Bottle-top Burette
ed – in the lab, in production, or in the field.
 Titrette®

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

The control elements of the Titrette® bottle-top burette have an intui-

tive layout. Separate buttons for On/Off and Pause; CLEAR button
allows user to reset the display and select functions. Easy-grip hand
wheel action and smooth precision gears for fast or drop-wise titration
make handling more reliable and extremely simple. CLEAR/Select button

PC interface
(optional)
Digital display
Replaceable batteries

On/Off button Pause button

Hand wheels

Inspection window PTFE piston

Glass cylinder

Titration and
recirculating valve

Valve block
Freely rotating
Titrating tube (Bottle thread GL 45)
horizontally and
vertically adjusta-
ble, with integrated
discharge valve
Recirculating tube

Screw cap Telescoping filling tube

40 info@brand.de
 Titrette®

Use and Handling

Liquid Handling
Light-weight and compact
The compact and lightweight
design ensures good stabil-
ity. The titrating tube can
be adjusted horizontally and
vertically. This provides flex-
ibility when positioning the
instrument, e.g., when using
a magnetic stirrer or different
bottle sizes.

Smooth operation User serviceable

No switching is needed to The dispenser is quickly and
change between filling and easily dismantled within a few
titration. The dispenser au- minutes – for cleaning, to
tomatically detects whether replace the piston/cylinder, or
you are filling or titrating by to replace the batteries. Light protection
the direction of hand wheel Now you can carry out mainte- For protection of light-sensi-
rotation. With the optimized nance conveniently and easily tive media, the clear inspection
gear ratio, you can fill the in the lab, and the instrument windows can be replaced with
instrument quickly and still is ready to use again in min- the amber colored windows
titrate drop-wise very slowly utes. (included).
and sensitively. The drop size
for the 10 ml instrument is
approx. 20 µl, and for the 25
and 50 ml instruments approx.
30 µl.

Useful extras
The instrument is equipped with four helpful additional electronic
functions:

Adjustment with Calibration Save power with Changing decimal place

Easy Calibration schedule Auto Power Off settings
With Easy Calibration technol- The next calibration date can The instrument switches off For use as a micro-burette,
ogy, the instrument can be be stored under 'GLP', and automatically after longer the titrated volume display can
adjusted quickly and easily called up each time the instru- periods of inactivity. The cur- be switched from 2 to 3 deci-
– with no tools! A small 'CAL' ment is turned on. The GLP rent display value is stored, mal places under 'dP' (decimal
icon in the display indicates and the year and month of and returned to the display point). Above 20.00 ml, the
that the factory setting has the scheduled date are then after the power is switched on display automatically switches
been changed. shown continuously. again manually. Under 'APO' to 2 decimal places.
(Auto Power Off), the inactivity
period until automatic power
off can be set from 1 to 30
minutes.

www.brand.de 41
 Titrette®

PC interface (optional)
Liquid Handling

The instrument is available with an optional RS 232 com-

munications interface. Advantages compared to the standard
configuration:

n The titration results are automatically transmitted to the PC

by double-clicking on the CLEAR key. This eliminates tran-
scription errors while recording primary data, and complies
with an important requirement of GLP.
n With each data transfer, the burette sends the titrated
volume, the serial number of the instrument, the nominal vol-
ume and the adjustment value, as well as the next scheduled
calibration date. Thus, all raw data is collected and displayed
together with actual date/time stamp from the PC.
The transmitted data is recognized as keyboard inputs by the
PC. This universal input format ensures that the instrument
is compatible with all PC applications that accept keyboard
inputs.

To connect the instrument to a USB interface, simply use a

standard USB/RS 232 adapter.

The instrument can be used for the following titration media

(maximum concentration 1 mol/l):
Limitations of use
Range of application Chlorinated and fluorinated hydro-
carbons or chemical combinations
Acetic acid Potassium bromide bromate solution which form deposits may make the
piston difficult to move or may cause
Alcoholic potassium hydroxide solution Potassium dichromate solution
jamming.
Ammonium iron (II) sulfate solution Potassium hydroxide solution Compatibility of the instrument for a
Ammonium thiocyanate solution Potassium iodate solution special application (e.g., trace mate-
rial analysis) must be checked by
Barium chloride solution Potassium permanganate solution*
the user. For additional information,
Bromide bromate solution Potassium thiocyanate solution please contact the manufacturer.
Cerium (IV) sulfate solution Silver nitrate solution* The instrument is not autoclavable!
EDTA solution Sodium arsenite solution

Hydrochloric acid Sodium carbonate solution Operating limits

Hydrochloric acid in acetone Sodium chloride solution This instrument is designed for
titrating liquids, observing the follow-
Iodide Iodate solution* Sodium hydroxide solution
ing physical limits:
Iodine solution* Sodium nitrite solution
■ +15 °C to +40 °C
Iron (II) sulfate solution Sodium thiosulfate solution
(59 °F to 104 °F)
Nitric acid Sulfuric acid of instrument and reagent
Oxalic acid solution Tetra-n-butylammonium hydroxide solution ■ Vapor pressure up to 500 mbar
Perchloric acid Triethanolamine in acetone* ■ Viscosity up to 500 mm2/s
Perchloric acid in glacial acetic acid Zinc sulfate solution ■ Altitude: maximum 3000 m above
Potassium bromate solution sea level
* Use light shield inspection window
■ Relative humidity: 20% to 90%
The above recommendations reflect testing completed prior to publication. Always follow instructions in the operating manual
of the instrument as well as the reagent manufacturer‘s specifications. Should you require information on chemicals not listed,
please feel free to contact BRAND. Status as of: 0713/4

When the instrument is properly handled, dispensed liquid will only come into contact
with the following chemically resistant materials: borosilicate glass, Al2O3, ETFE,
PFA, FEP, PTFE, platinum-iridium; PP (screw cap).

42 info@brand.de
 Titrette®

Comparison

Liquid Handling
of error limits
Titrette® Bottle-top burettes according Glass burettes Class A acc. to
bottle-top burette to DIN EN ISO 8655-3 DIN EN ISO 385 and ASTM

Volume Partial volume A* CV* A* CV* EL**

ml ml ≤±% µl ≤% µl ≤±% µl ≤% µl ± µl

10 10 0.10 10 0.05 5 0.3 30 0.1 10 20

NEW!
5 0.20 10 0.10 5 0.6 30 0.2 10 20
1 1.00 10 0.50 5 3 30 1 10 20

25 25 0.07 18 0.025 6 0.2 50 0.1 25 30

12.5 0.14 18 0.05 6 0.4 50 0.2 25 30
2.5 0.70 18 0.25 6 2 50 1 25 30

50 50 0.06 30 0.02 10 0.2 100 0.1 50 50

25 0.12 30 0.04 10 0.4 100 0.2 50 50
5 0.60 30 0.20 10 2 100 1 50 50

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) The titration volume is displayed in steps of 1 μl at instruments with
indicated on the instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with am- 10 ml and 25 ml size and in steps of 2 μl for 50 ml size instruments.
bient temperature at 20 °C, and with smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within For titration volumes above 20 ml the display will automatically switch
the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-3. DE-M marking. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation to steps of 10 μl.
** Error limit: EL = A + 2CV, according to DIN EN ISO 8655-6 Annex B

The error limits for Class A burettes according to DIN EN ISO 385 are met.

Note! If you need an official certification which confirms the error

limits that are much stricter than those of DIN EN ISO 8655-3,
we recommend a calibration certificate from an accredited
calibration laboratory (e.g., the DAkkS laboratory at BRAND).

Ordering Data

Titrette ®
Items supplied:
Each Titrette® bottle-top burette has DE-M marking and is supplied with performance certi-
ficate, telescoping filling tube (170 - 330 mm), recirculation tube, 2 batteries (AAA/UM4/
LR03), 3 PP bottle adapters (GL 45/32, GL 45/S 40, GL 32/NS 29/32), 2 amber colored
light shield inspection windows.

Volume Standard with RS 232 interface*

Cat. No. Cat. No.

10 ml NEW! 4760 141 4760 241

25 ml 4760 151 4760 251
50 ml 4760 161 4760 261

* Additionally included: 2 m interface cable (Sub-D plug connector, 9-pin), one CD (driver software and open RS232
communication protocol). The CD also includes an example application in XLS-file format, as well as a special operat-
ing manual.

Note! When ordering instruments with DAkkS calibration cer-

tificates, the prefix 'DAkkS' must be added to the order
number, e.g., DAkkS 4760 161.
BRAND also offers calibration service at the factory lab.
For more information, please see page 326.

www.brand.de 43
 Titrette®
Accessories and Spare Parts

Accessories and Spare Parts

Liquid Handling

(Other spare parts and accessories can be found in the operating manual.)

Titrating tube
Telescoping filling tubes
With screw cap and integrated
discharge and recirculation FEP.
valve. Pack of 1. Pack of 1.
for volume Cat. No. Length Cat. No.
ml mm

10 7075 25 170 - 330 7042 04

25 + 50 7075 29* 250 - 480 7042 05

* Manufactured from Jan. 2012 onwards

(serial number 01K)

Filling valve
Inspection window
With olive-shaped nozzle and
sealing ring. 1 set colorless and 1 set am-
Pack of 1. ber colored (light shield).

Cat. No. 6636 Cat. No. 6783

Dispensing cylinder
Piston with valve block
Pack of 1. Pack of 1.
for volume Cat. No. for volume Cat. No.
ml ml

10 7075 31 10 7075 33
25 7075 30 25 7075 35*
50 7075 32 50 7075 37*

* Manufactured from Jan. 2012 onwards

(serial number 01K)

Bottle Stand
PP. Full plastic construction.
Support rod 325 mm,
Drying tube
base plate 220 x 160 mm,
weight 1130 g. Drying tube and seal, without
Pack of 1. drying agent. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7042 75 Cat. No. 7079 30

Threaded bottles, See page 26 for an

coated and uncoated, overview of available
see page 299. bottle adapters.

44 info@brand.de
BRAND offers the ideal pipette for every
hand:
n Transferpette® S with the central pipetting
button and one-handed volume setting
n Transferpette® with the pipetting key on
the side
n Transferpette® electronic with motor drive
BRAND has been developing and manu-
facturing single-channel and multichannel

Transferpette ®
piston-operated pipettes for more than 25
years. Special attention is always paid to op-
timum ergonomics and reduction of injuries
caused by prolonged strain (such as Repeti- Pipetting System
tive Strain Injury Syndrome, RSI).
 Transferpette®
Pipetting System

Pipetting – A Routine
Liquid Handling

Laboratory Procedure
Pipetting is one of the most frequent tasks in the laboratory.
The right choice of pipette is critical to performing this repetitive
task accurately and strain-free.

ic
tron
elec
ic
tron
12

12
/-

elec
8/-1

-8/-
S -8
S

te ® 

te ®
te ®-
te ®

te ®
te ® 

pet
pet
pet

pet
pet
pet

sfer
sfer
sfer

sfer
sfer
sfer

Tran
Tran
Tran

Tran
Tran
Tran

What are the special features to look for?

n Pipetting key n Easy Calibration n Tip cone

To fit your preferred working style, Piston-operated pipettes are calibrated in Pipette and pipette tip form a single system.
choose either the Transferpette® pi- compliance with the monitoring of measu- Both components have been developed
pettes with the pipetting key on the ring instruments according to EN ISO 8655. by BRAND and are perfectly matched.
side or the Transferpette® S pipettes All Transferpette® models feature the Easy This ensures an optimum fit between the
with the central pipetting button. Calibration Technique that allows adjust- Transferpette® pipettes and the pipette tips
The Transferpette® electronic pipettes ment without tools (please see page 324). and filter tips from BRAND.
only need a light tap on the pipetting For your convenience, the tip cone is also
button to activate the piston. designed to accept tips made by other lead-
n Autoclavability
ing manufacturers.
No compromises! Depending on the mo-
n Tip ejector del, either the complete pipette shaft
All Transferpette® models have (Transferpette®, Transferpette® electronic)
separate tip ejection controls. This or the entire pipette (Transferpette® S ) can
reduces the risk of accidental tip be autoclaved at 121 °C (2 bar), according
ejection. to DIN EN 285.

Which Transferpette® is right for you?

Transferpette® S Transferpette® Transferpette® electronic

Side pipetting key 4
Central pipetting button 4 4
Separate tip ejection 4 4 4
Easy Calibration Technique 4 4 4
Entire shaft is autoclavable 4 4 4
Entire pipette is autoclavable 4
Corrosion-resistant piston 4 4 4
Universal tip cone 4 4 4
Volume display 4-position 3/4-position* 4-position
Volume range 0.1 µl - 10 ml 0.1 µl - 5 ml 0.5 µl - 5 ml
Motor driven 4
* depending on volume range

46 info@brand.de
 Transferpette® S
Transferpette® S -8/-12

Liquid Handling
Transferpette ® S
Single and Multichannel Pipettes
The performance standard among pi-
pettes with a central pipetting button:
Transferpette® S pipettes from BRAND.

Transferpette® S models are the product of

intensive ergonomic and operational studies
and the application of modern innovative ma-
terials. The Transferpette® S models are the
perfect manual pipettes for demanding labo-
ratory applications for scientists who prefer
the central pipetting button.
The Transferpette® S pipettes provide all of
the features required by users working in the
life sciences field: robust, one-handed op-
eration, completely autoclavable, high preci-
sion and Easy Calibration technique for last-
ing reliability.

Transferpette ® S
Solutions for
S cience

www.brand.de 47
 Transferpette® S
Transferpette® S -8/-12

Models
Liquid Handling

Lightweight – robust – low force:
The piston-operated pipette Transferpette® S provides maximum
versatility and optimum quality over the entire volume range.
There are 10 single-channel pipettes with adjustable volume
and 8 single-channel pipettes with fixed volume available in the
0.1 μl to 10 ml range.
There are 5 different multichannel pipettes available in the 0.5 to
300 μl volume range.

Features
Transferpette ® S
n Large, central pipetting button
and separate ejection function
n True one-handed operation for Transferpette ® S -8
both right-and left-handers
n The Transferpette® S is complete-
ly autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),
acc. DIN EN 285.
n Volume-change protection
n 4-position volume display, always
clearly visible
n Transferpette® S features Easy
Calibration technique – readjust-
ment without special tools (please
see page 324 for further details).
Clearly visible external flag indi-
cates changes from factory set-
tings.
n Short stroke of only 12.5 mm to
reduce the risk of RSI (Repetitive
Strain Injury)
n Corrosion-resistant piston and
ejector
n Color-coded volume range
n Transferpette® S 0.1-1 µl offers
maximum precision for molecular
biology work, especially when
pipetting enzymes.
n UV resistant
n CE- - compliant

Optimal performance will be achieved

with the use of genuine premium tips
from BRAND. Pipette and filter tips,
see pages 68-82.

48 info@brand.de
 Transferpette® S

A Closer Look...

Liquid Handling
A central pipetting button, one-handed operation, precise 4-position
volume settings and a volume display that can be easily read by both
right- and left-handed operators are only a few examples of the atten-
tion to detail in the design of the Transferpette® S pipette.

Pipetting button
The centrally mounted, large
pipetting button allows uniform
smooth movement of the piston.
Volume adjustment
True one-handed volume adjust-
Ejection button
ment for right- and left-handed
Ergonomically arranged, with operators – even with gloves.
color code according to volume range

Easy Calibration Technique

Volume-change protection Changes from factory settings
A lock prevents unintended are externally visible! (For more
volume adjustments. information, please see page
324.)
4-position volume display
Maximum precision, always easy
Finger rest
to read with an integrated lens.
The ergonomically designed finger rest takes
the load off the hand. You don't need to grip
the pipette tightly, so even prolonged pipetting
operations can be completed with less fatigue.
Color code
Color indicates volume range Completely autoclavable
The entire instrument can be auto-
claved at 121 ºC for maximum pro-
tection against contamination.

Slim pipette shaft

The slim shaft allows pipetting into
narrow vessels, without removing
the tip ejector.

Tip cone
Due to the optimized standard design,
pipette tips from BRAND and other
manufacturers' tips can be used.

The freely rotating stand

provides safe storage
for Transferpette® S and
Transferpette® S -8/-12
pipettes.

www.brand.de 49
 Transferpette® S
Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

Items supplied:
Each Transferpette® S adjustable and fixed volume pipette has DE-M marking and
is supplied with performance certificate, shelf/rack mount and silicone oil.

Transferpette® S, adjustable volume

Capacity, µl Description A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Subdivision Cat. No.
(color-coded) % µl % µl µl

0.1 - 1 D-1 2 0.02 1.2 0.012 0.001 7047 68

0.1 - 2.5 D-2.5 1.4 0.035 0.7 0.018 0.002 7047 69
0.5 - 10 D-10 1 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.01 7047 70
2 - 20 D-20** 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 0.02 7047 72
5 - 50 D-50 0.8 0.4 0.3 0.15 0.05 7047 73
10 - 100 D-100 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.1 7047 74
20 - 200 D-200** 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 0.2 7047 78
100 - 1000 D-1000 0.6 6 0.2 2 1 7047 80
500 - 5000 D-5000 0.6 30 0.2 10 5 7047 82
1000 - 10000 D-10000 0.6 60 0.2 20 10 7047 84

Transferpette® S, fixed volume

Capacity, µl Description A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Cat. No.
(color-coded) % µl % µl

10 F-10 1 0.1 0.5 0.05 7047 08

20 F-20** 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 7047 16
25 F-25 0.8 0.2 0.4 0.1 7047 20
50 F-50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 7047 28
100 F-100 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 7047 38
200 F-200** 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 7047 44
500 F-500 0.6 3 0.2 1 7047 54
1000 F-1000 0.6 6 0.2 2 7047 62

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation
** For use only with 2-200 µl pipette tips

Accessories Note! When ordering instruments

with DAkkS calibration certifi-
(Other accessories for Transferpette® S pipettes can be
cates, the prefix 'DAkkS' must
found on page 52 and in the operating manual.)
be added to the order number,
Starter Kit e.g., DAkkS 7047 28.

Items supplied: 3 Transferpette® S adjustable BRAND also offers calibration

volume pipettes, 3 x TipBox (filled), service at the factory lab. For
3 shelf/rack mounts. more information, please see
page 326.
Type The kit includes the follow- Cat. No.
ing Transferpette® S models

MICRO D-1, D-10, D-100 7047 90

MIDI D-20, D-200, D-1000 7047 91
MACRO D-1000, D-5000, D-10000 7047 92
STANDARD D-10, D-100, D-1000 7047 93

50 info@brand.de
 Transferpette® S -8/-12

A Closer Look...

Liquid Handling
Easy Handling – a particular advantage of the new multichannel pipette is the easy operation,
e.g., when performing serial pipetting of immunological assays, while making serial dilutions
or when filling 96-well plates for cell cultures.

Pipetting button
The centrally mounted, large
pipetting button allows uniform
smooth movement of the piston. Volume adjustment
True one-handed volume
adjustment for right- and left-
Ejection button
handed operators – even with
Ergonomically arranged, with gloves.
color code according to volume range
Easy Calibration Technique
Volume-change protection Changes from factory settings
A lock prevents unintended are externally visible!
volume adjustments. (For more information, please
see page 324.)

4-position volume display

Maximum precision, always easy Finger rest
to read with an integrated lens. The ergonomically designed finger rest
takes the load off the hand. You don't
need to grip the pipette tightly, so even
prolonged pipetting operations can be
completed with less fatigue.
Color code
Manifold has volume-
range color code for Completely autoclavable
easy visual confirma- The entire instrument can be autoclaved
tion while pipetting at 121 ºC for maximum protection
against contamination.

Manifold
Can be freely rotated by 360°
in either direction.

Individual shafts with

seals which can be
easily unscrewed with
only a supplied simple
gripping tool. Tip
cones and seals can
now be easily cleaned
Stepped surface Sealing ring of FKM or replaced. This pat-
ented procedure elimi-
Shafts and sealing rings are made of resilient FKM material, and are
nates the expense of
designed so that only minimal attachment force is needed for solid
long service outages,
and parallel tip seating. The stepped design allows the ejection force
providing long service
to be sequentially distributed to the tips within fractions of a second
life and low operating
and thus drastically reduces the force required.
costs.

www.brand.de 51
 Transferpette® S -8/-12
Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

Items supplied:
Each Transferpette® S -8/-12 pipette has DE-M marking and is supplied with performance
certificate, 2 x TipBox, filled with pipette tips from BRAND, 1 shelf/rack mount, 1 reagent
reservoir, 1 mounting tool, silicone oil and 1 set of sealing rings made of FKM.

Transferpette® S -8
Capacity, µl Description A* CV* Subdivision Cat. No.
(color-coded) ≤±% ≤% µl

0.5 - 10 M8-10 1.6 1.0 0.01 7037 00

5 - 50 M8-50 0.8 0.4 0.05 7037 06
10 - 100 M8-100 0.8 0.3 0.1 7037 08
20 - 200 M8-200 0.8 0.3 0.2 7037 10
30 - 300 M8-300 0.6 0.3 0.5 7037 12

Transferpette® S -12
Capacity, µl Description A* CV* Subdivision Cat. No.
(color-coded) ≤±% ≤% µl

0.5 - 10 M12-10 1.6 1.0 0.01 7037 20

5 - 50 M12-50 0.8 0.4 0.05 7037 26
10 - 100 M12-100 0.8 0.3 0.1 7037 28
20 - 200 M12-200 0.8 0.3 0.2 7037 30
30 - 300 M12-300 0.6 0.3 0.5 7037 32

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Accessories Shelf/rack mount

Shelf/rack mount for all
Transferpette ® S · Transferpette ® S -8/-12 Transferpette® S single
(Other accessories and spare parts can be found in the operating manual.)
instruments. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7048 10

Individual stands please

see pages 57, 59 and 64. Filter
For all Transferpette® S single-
channel pipettes 0.5-5 ml.
Pack of 25.

Bench-top rack Cat. No. 7046 52

For 6 Transferpette® S or
Transferpette® S -8/-12 pipet- For Transferpette® S 1-10 ml
tes. Pack of 1. pipettes. Pack of 25.
Cat. No. 7048 05 Cat. No. 7046 53

52 info@brand.de
 Transferpette®
Transferpette®-8/-12

Liquid Handling
Transferpette ®
Single and Multichannel Pipettes
The Transferpette® pipette from BRAND is
designed for routine lab and research ap-
plications in a shape that is adapted to the
anatomy of the human hand. The special
handle shape with the side pipetting key al-
lows the Transferpette® pipette to lie loosely
and lightly in your hand.
The Transferpette® models are particularly
well suited for prolonged pipetting, or for
anyone who is susceptible to RSI syndrome
due to repetitive laboratory procedures.

www.brand.de 53
 Transferpette®
Transferpette®-8/-12

Models
Liquid Handling

Economical – accurate – versatile:

With only 5 instruments you can cover the entire volume range
from 0.1 µl to 5 ml. You can choose from 10 models of the ad-
justable volume Transferpette® pipette and from 12 models of the
fixed-volume type.
There are 7 different multichannel pipettes available in the 0.5 to
300 μl volume range.

Features
Transferpette ®
■ Side pipetting key relieves strain;
separate ejector function limits
errors.
Transferpette ® -12
■ Pipette shafts/manifold are en-
tirely autoclavable at 121 ºC
(2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.
■ Transferpette® adjustable volume
models and Transferpette®-8/-12
feature Easy Calibration tech-
nique – readjustment without
special tools (please see page
324 for further details).
■ Corrosion-resistant piston and
ejector
■ Tip ejector caps with color code
according volume range.
■ Transferpette® 0.1-1 µl offers
maximum precision for molecular
biology work, especially when
pipetting enzymes.
■ A variety of pipette stands
for optimum storage of the
Transferpette® pipette
■ UV resistant
■ CE- - compliant

The microliter pipettes Transferpette®

0.1-1 μl, Transferpette® S 0.1-1 μl and
Transferpette® S 0.1-2.5 μl can be used
to pipette the smallest volumes down to
0.1 μl with the highest precision.
For the instruments 0.1-1 μl, which work
exclusively with BRAND nano-cap™
pipette tips, the air cushion is greatly
minimized in order to attain the highest
precision when pipetting.
The smallest volumes of liquid can be tak-
en up with good visibility, and positioned
in a microcentrifuge tube, for example.

54 info@brand.de
 Transferpette®

A Closer Look...

Liquid Handling
The Transferpette® pipette is designed to
the shape of the human hand for maximum
comfort.

Tip ejector cap

Ergonomically arranged, with
Volume adjustment
color code according to volume range
Changing volume is easy without
snagging gloves. Detents prevent
inadvertent volume changes.
Pipetting key
The side mounted pipetting
key reduces hand fatigue,
especially when performing
serial pipetting operations.

Easy Calibration Technique

Calibration and adjustments accord-
ing to ISO 9001 and GLP are done
Hand grip
within seconds.
The textured housing ensures a
firm grip, and is UV resistant.

Pipette shaft
The slim shaft (autoclavable at
121 ºC) makes it possible to pipette
Tip cone in the narrowest vessels without
The taper is designed to fit pipette removing the tip ejector.
tips from BRAND and most other
leading manufacturers tips.

Optimal performance will be

achieved with the use of genuine
premium tips from BRAND.
Pipette and filter tips,
see pages 68-82.

www.brand.de 55
 Transferpette®
Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

Transferpette®, adjustable volume

Items supplied:
Each Transferpette® adjustable volume pipette has DE-M marking and is supplied with
performance certificate and silicone oil.
Capacity, µl A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Subdivision Cat. No.
(color-coded) % µl % µl µl

0.1 - 1 2 0.02 1.2 0.012 0.005 7041 01

0.5 - 10 1 0.1 0.8 0.08 0.05 7041 02
2 - 20 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 0.1 7041 03
2 - 20 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 0.1 7041 04
5 - 50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.1 7041 72
10 - 100 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 0.1 7041 74
20 - 200 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 1 7041 78
25 - 250 0.6 1.5 0.2 0.5 1 7041 76
100 - 1000 0.6 6 0.2 2 1 7041 80
500 - 5000 0.6 30 0.2 10 10 7041 82

Transferpette®, fixed volume

Items supplied:
Each Transferpette® Fixed volume pipette has DE-M marking and is supplied with
performance certificate, calibration key and silicone oil.
Capacity, µl A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Cat. No.
(color-coded) % µl % µl

5 1 0.05 0.8 0.04 7041 06

10 1 0.1 0.8 0.08 7041 08
20 0.8 0.16 0.4 0.08 7041 16
25 0.8 0.2 0.4 0.1 7041 20
50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 7041 28
100 0.6 0.6 0.2 0.2 7041 38
200 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 7041 44
200 0.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 7041 46
250 0.6 1.5 0.2 0.5 7041 48
500 0.6 3 0.2 1 7041 54
1000 0.6 6 0.2 2 7041 62
2000 0.6 12 0.2 4 7041 64

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Note! When ordering instruments with DAkkS

calibration certificates, the prefix 'DAkkS'
must be added to the order number, e.g.,
DAkkS 7041 01.
BRAND also offers calibration service
at the factory lab. For more information,
please see page 326.

56 info@brand.de
 Transferpette®
Accessories

Accessories

Liquid Handling
(Other accessories and spare parts can be found in the operating manual.)

Pipetting keys, colored

For Transferpette® and
PipSet Transferpette ® Transferpette®-8/-12 pipettes.
Incl. 2 stickers per key.
adjustable volume Pack of 5.
The PipSet contains of three
Color Cat. No.
Transferpette® pipettes
(0.5-10 µl, 10-100 µl, 100- light green 7040 70
1000 µl), one bench-top rack
pink 7040 71
and one filled TipBox for each
blue 7040 72
Transferpette® pipette.
beige 7040 73
Pack of 1.
dark gray 7040 74
Cat. No. 7041 90 assorted colors 7040 75

Bench-top rack
Incl. 1 or 2 adapters for
Transferpette® pipettes 2 ml
or 0.5-5 ml.
Pack of 1.
Description Cat. No.

for 1 x 3 Transferpette® pipettes 7032 03

for 2 x 3 Transferpette® pipettes (round) 7032 08 Individual stand
For Transferpette® 0.5-5 ml,
Wall/rack mount 2 ml, Transferpette® S and
Pack of 1. Transferpette® electronic
0.5-5 ml pipettes.
Description Cat. No. Pack of 1.
for 1 x 3 Transferpette® pipettes* 7032 10 Cat. No. 7053 86
* Not suitable for the 0.5-5 ml or 2 ml Transferpette®

Filter
For all Transferpette® single-
channel pipettes 0.5-5 ml.
Pack of 25.
Cat. No. 7046 52

www.brand.de 57
 Transferpette®-8/-12

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

The effortless ease of operation and its unique ergonomic shape make working
with the Transferpette®-8/-12 piston-operated pipette so comfortable. The use
of high-quality materials makes it exceptionally light in weight, while special FKM
V-rings and the stepped shape of the ejector significantly reduce the ejection
force needed. Your hand remains relaxed and loose, even during a prolonged
pipetting operation.

Tip ejector cap

Ergonomically arranged, with color
code according to volume range
Volume adjustment
Changing volumes is easy without
Pipetting key snagging gloves. Detents prevents
The side mounted pipetting inadvertent volume changes.
key helps to reduce hand
fatigue, especially when
performing serial pipetting
operations.

Easy Calibration Technique

Calibration and adjustments
Hand grip according to ISO 9001 and GLP
The textured housing are done within seconds.
ensures a firm grip, and is
UV resistant.

Color code Manifold

Manifold has volume- Autoclavable at 121 °C and freely
range color code for rotated over 360º to adapt to
easy visual confirmation your most comfortable pipetting
while pipetting position.

Stepped tip ejector Tip cone

The stepped tip ejector The taper is designed
ensures a tight tip seal with to fit pipette tips from
minimal tip ejection force. BRAND and most other
leading manufacturers
tips.

Individual shafts
and seals can
easily be replaced
in the laboratory.

58 info@brand.de
 Transferpette®-8/-12
Ordering Data

Ordering Data

Liquid Handling
Items supplied:
Each Transferpette®-8/-12 pipette has DE-M marking and is supplied with performance
certificate, 2 x TipBox, filled with pipette tips from BRAND, 1 stand, silicone oil and
1 set of sealing rings made of FKM.

Transferpette®-8
Capacity, µl A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Subdivision Cat. No.
(color-coded) % µl % µl µl

0.5 - 10 1.6 0.16 1.0 0.1 0.05 7036 00

2 - 20 1.0 0.2 0.6 0.12 0.1 7036 02
2.5 - 25 1.0 0.25 0.6 0.15 0.1 7036 04
5 - 50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.1 7036 06
10 - 100 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.1 7036 08
20 - 200 0.8 1.6 0.3 0.6 1 7036 10
30 - 300 0.6 1.8 0.3 0.9 1 7036 12

Transferpette®-12
Capacity, µl A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Subdivision Cat. No.
(color-coded) % µl % µl µl

0.5 - 10 1.6 0.16 1.0 0.1 0.05 7036 20

2 - 20 1.0 0.2 0.6 0.12 0.1 7036 22
2.5 - 25 1.0 0.25 0.6 0.15 0.1 7036 24
5 - 50 0.8 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.1 7036 26
10 - 100 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.1 7036 28
20 - 200 0.8 1.6 0.3 0.6 1 7036 30
30 - 300 0.6 1.8 0.3 0.9 1 7036 32

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Accessories
(Other accessories and spare parts can be found in the operating manual.)

Individual stand
For all Transferpette® multi-
Reagent reservoir,
channel pipettes.
PP, non-sterile or sterile,
Pack of 1.
please see page 67.
Cat. No. 7034 40

www.brand.de 59
 Transferpette® electronic
Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic
Liquid Handling

Transferpette ® electronic
Single and Multichannel Pipettes
The Transferpette® electronic piston-
operated pipette combines the widely rec-
ognized features of BRAND mechanical
pipettes with the advantages of electronic
apparatus.
Comfortable design, balanced weight distri-
bution, intuitive software and user-friendly
technical documentation were the key
objectives in developing the Transferpette®
electronic pipette.
TUV Rhineland/Berlin-Brandenburg has
confirmed the design as ergonomically sound
and easy to use after rigorous field testing.
It was the first pipette ever granted such
recognition as a comprehensive, ergonomic
concept.

60 info@brand.de
 Transferpette® electronic
Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic

Models

Liquid Handling
Ergonomics – approved and certified.
Transferpette® electronic single channel pipette is available
in 5 different models: 0.5-10 µl, 2-20 µl, 20-200 µl, 100-
1000 µl and 0.5-5 ml.
The Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic multichannel pipette is
available in 5 different models: 0.5-10 µl, 1-20 µl, 5-100 µl,
10-200 µl and 15-300 µl.

Transferpette ® Features

electronic  Ergonomic
– functional, ergonomic housing
design
Transferpette ® -8 – individually adjustable finger rest
electronic  Easy operation
– intuitive menu structure
– comprehensively illustrated user
manual
 Innovative
Significantly reduced tip attach-
ment and ejection forces using
universal tips
 Resistant
Corrosion-resistant piston and
ejector
 Five convenient programs
(Please see page 62 for details)
– Pipetting
– Reverse pipetting
– Mixing
– GEL-Electrophoresis
– Dispensing
 Ready for use
– 4000 pipetting cycles with each
battery charge
– battery refresh function
– even during recharging
■ CE- - compliant

Optimal performance will be achieved with

the use of genuine premium tips from
BRAND. Pipette and filter tips, see
pages 68-82.

www.brand.de 61
 Transferpette® electronic
Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic

Functions
Liquid Handling

The Pipetting
(PIP Mode)
Programs The 'standard' program.
The set volume is aspirated by the pipette,
and then discharged.

Mixing of Samples
(PIPmix Mode)
Program for mixing of liquids. The sample is
repeatedly aspirated and discharged, and the
number of mixing cycles is displayed.

Reverse Pipetting
(revPIP Mode)
Program specially designed for the pipetting
of liquids with a high viscosity, high vapor
pressure or foamy media.

Pipetting with Electrophoresis

(GEL Mode)*
Program for the loading of electrophoresis gels**.
The required sample volume is aspirated at the desired,
adjustable speed, and is then discharged very slowly.
The exact volume of liquid discharged is shown in the
display as it is discharged.

Dispensing
(DISP Mode)
A program for the dispensing of liquids in a series
of equal aliquots. A volume that has been aspirated
is dispensed in steps.

Easy Calibration Technique

(CAL Mode)
Program for making quick adjustments to the instrument,
without tools. By changing the factory setting, <CAL>
appears automatically in the display (please see page
325 for more information).

Battery-Refresh
(batt Mode)
Regeneration function for increased performance and
extending the service life of the batteries. The world’s
first microliter pipette with this function.

* The GEL mode is not included in the 1000 μl and 5000 μl single channel pipettes
because these volumes are rarely used in electrophoresis.
** Patented

62 info@brand.de
 Transferpette® electronic

A Closer Look...

Liquid Handling
The single channel pipette Transferpette® electronic was
the first microliter pipette worldwide to be recog-
nized with the 'Ergonomics Approved' certificate from the
Technical Control Board Rhineland/Berlin-Brandenburg!
Independent user tests confirm the ergonomics and the
operating ease of the product and system! A user accep-
tance rating of 1.54 is an outstanding result.
You can obtain information about the Transferpette®
electronic pipette at www.tuv.com, ID No. 0011105500.

Charging connector jack

Large, clear display

Intuitive operation of all functions

using 4 keys

Large pipetting button

Ergonomically arranged ejection

button with color code according
to volume range.

Individually adjustable
finger rest

Slim ergonomic grip

Color indicates
volume range

The pipette shaft can be

unscrewed and is entirely
autoclavable (121 ºC).

Due to the optimized standard de-

sign of the tip cone, pipette tips from
BRAND and other manufacturers' tips
can be used.

www.brand.de 63
 Transferpette® electronic
Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

Transferpette® electronic
Items supplied:
Each Transferpette® electronic pipette has DE-M marking and is supplied with performance
certificate, battery, AC adapter, silicone oil.
Capacity, µl Subdiv. A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ With AC adapter Cat. No.
(color-coded) µl % µl % µl for

0.5 - 10 0.01 1.0 0.1 0.4 0.04 Europe (continental) 7052 99

UK/Ireland 7053 09
USA/Japan 7053 19
Australia 7053 29
without AC adapter 7053 39

2 - 20 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.4 0.08 Europe (continental) 7053 00

UK/Ireland 7053 10
USA/Japan 7053 20
Australia 7053 30
without AC adapter 7053 40

20 - 200 0.2 0.8 1.6 0.2 0.4 Europe (continental) 7053 03

UK/Ireland 7053 13
USA/Japan 7053 23
Australia 7053 33
without AC adapter 7053 43

100 - 1000 1.0 0.6 6 0.2 2 Europe (continental) 7053 06

UK/Ireland 7053 16
USA/Japan 7053 26
Australia 7053 36
without AC adapter 7053 46

500 - 5000 5.0 0.6 30 0.2 10 Europe (continental) 7053 07

UK/Ireland 7053 17
USA/Japan 7053 27
Australia 7053 37
without AC adapter 7053 47

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Filter for Transferpette® single-

channel pipettes 0.5-5 ml,
Accessories please see page 57.
(Other accessories and spare parts can be found
in the operating manual.)

3-device charging stand for Individual stand for

Transferpette ® electronic (up to 1000 µl) Transferpette ® electronic
Pack of 1. Also suitable for corresponding models of
Transferpette® and Transferpette® S pipet-
for Transferpette® electronic Cat. No.
with AC adapter for tes. Pack of 1.

Europe (continental) (230V/50Hz) 7053 90 for Transferpette® Cat. No.

electronic
UK/Ireland (230V/50Hz) 7053 91
USA/Japan (110V/50-60Hz) 7053 92 up to 1000 µl 7053 85
Australia (240V/50Hz) 7053 93 500-5000 µl 7053 86

64 info@brand.de
 Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic

A Closer Look...

Liquid Handling
The optimal position of the thumb relative to the functional
elements of the pipette is the starting point for a relaxed
grip. Avoiding RSI is the key.
The optimum design, the layout of the controls, and the
adjustable finger rest provide a Transferpette®-8/-12
electronic multichannel pipette that fits the hand like a
glove. Perfect for right-handers and left-handers alike!
The Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic pipette was the
world‘s first electronic multichannel pipette to received
the Ergonomics Certificate. The User Acceptance
Charging connector jack
Rating of 1.55 is unrivaled anywhere!

Large, clear display

Intuitive operation of all

functions using 4 keys

Ergonomically arranged ejec-

tion button with color code
according to volume range

Individually adjustable
finger rest

Manifold has volume-range Individual shafts and

color code for easy visual seals can easily be
confirmation while pipetting replaced in the labo-
ratory (patented).

Complete manifold can be

autoclaved at 121 °C and
rotates freely 360° in either
direction.

Stepped tip ejector reduces

ejection forces significantly.

V-rings made of FKM allow

effortless mounting and easy
ejection of the tips, and readily
adapt to tips from various
manufacturers.

www.brand.de 65
 Transferpette®-8 electronic
Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

Items supplied:
Each Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic pipette has DE-M marking and is supplied with
performance certificate, battery, AC adapter, device stand, TipBox, refill unit, reagent
reservoir, mounting tool, silicone oil and 1 set of sealing rings made of FKM.

Transferpette ® -8 electronic
Capacity, µl Subdivision A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ With AC adapter Cat. No.
(color-coded) µl % µl % µl for

0.5 - 10 0.01 1.2 0.12 0.8 0.08 Europe (continental) 7053 99

UK/Ireland 7054 09
USA/Japan 7054 19
Australia 7054 29

1 - 20 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.5 0.1 Europe (continental) 7054 00

UK/Ireland 7054 10
USA/Japan 7054 20
Australia 7054 30

5 - 100 0.1 0.8 0.8 0.25 0.25 Europe (continental) 7054 03

UK/Ireland 7054 13
USA/Japan 7054 23
Australia 7054 33

10 - 200 0.2 0.8 1.6 0.25 0.5 Europe (continental) 7054 04

UK/Ireland 7054 14
USA/Japan 7054 24
Australia 7054 34

15 - 300 0.5 0.6 1.8 0.25 0.75 Europe (continental) 7054 06

UK/Ireland 7054 16
USA/Japan 7054 26
Australia 7054 36

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Erro r limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Note! When ordering instruments with DAkkS calibration

certificates, the prefix 'DAkkS' must be added to
the order number, e.g., DAkkS 7053 99.
BRAND also offers calibration service at the factory
lab. For more information, please see page 326.

66 info@brand.de
 Transferpette®-12 electronic
Ordering Data

Liquid Handling
Transferpette ® -12 electronic
Capacity, µl Subdivision A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ With AC adapter Cat. No.
(color-coded) µl % µl % µl for

0.5 - 10 0.01 1.2 0.12 0.8 0.08 Europe (continental) 7054 49

UK/Ireland 7054 59
USA/Japan 7054 69
Australia 7054 79

1 - 20 0.02 1.0 0.2 0.5 0.1 Europe (continental) 7054 50

UK/Ireland 7054 60
USA/Japan 7054 70
Australia 7054 80

5 - 100 0.1 0.8 0.8 0.25 0.25 Europe (continental) 7054 53

UK/Ireland 7054 63
USA/Japan 7054 73
Australia 7054 83

10 - 200 0.2 0.8 1.6 0.25 0.5 Europe (continental) 7054 54

UK/Ireland 7054 64
USA/Japan 7054 74
Australia 7054 84

15 - 300 0.5 0.6 1.8 0.25 0.75 Europe (continental) 7054 56

UK/Ireland 7054 66
USA/Japan 7054 76
Australia 7054 86

* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are well within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

Accessories
(Other accessories and spare parts can be found
in the operating manual.)

Reagent reservoir
PP, high clarity.
Capacity 60 ml.
Autoclavable (121 °C).
Sterile, without lid.
Non-sterile, with lid. Packed individually. Sterile, without lid.
Pack of 10. Pack of 100. 5 per bag, pack of 200.
Cat. No. 7034 59 Cat. No. 7034 11 Cat. No. 7034 09

www.brand.de 67
 Pipette Tips and Filter Tips
Liquid Handling

Pipette Tips
and Filter Tips
Standard
from page 74

Ultra Low Retention

from page 78

Pipette tips and filter tips are manufactured by BRAND

in a cleanroom under the most modern production condi-
tions, and are automatically rack packed and packaged
to ensure that the tips are of consistently high quality.

 High-purity polypropylene, free from DiHEMDA

and oleamide

 Manufactured without lubricants

 Cadmium-free pigments

 Graduation for a quick volume check

 All racked tips and filter tips up to 1000 µl are

free of DNA (< 40 fg), RNase (< 8.6 fg),
endotoxins (< 1 pg) and ATP (< 1 fg)

 Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285

 Environmentally friendly packaging systems

 CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC

68 info@brand.de
 Pipette Tips and Filter Tips

Consistently high quality

Liquid Handling
Pipette tips and filter tips are the most fre- For the manufacture of pipette tips and filter tips, BRAND ex-
quently used disposables in the laboratory. clusively uses raw materials that are free from the additives
As processing methods have become in- di(2-hydroxyethyl)methyldodecylammonium (DiHEMDA) and
creasingly sensitive, the requirements for 9-octadecenamide (oleamide). Both of these additives are fre-
these disposable items have changed signifi- quently found in PP granules, and can interfere with biological
cantly over the years. Starting with the raw tests, leading to spurious results. Only highly polished tooling
materials, here PP, to the tools used and the equipment is used, so that no parting agents or demolding aids
quality tests carried out, a lot of parameters are needed.
need to be considered to meet the highest
standards both in research and standardized
applications.

New packaging options

NEW! In order to guarantee the high quality of All racked pipette tips and filter tips
our products, from manufacturing through up to 1000 μl are now free from DNA,
packaging and all the way to the laboratory, RNases, endotoxins and ATP. Sterile
BRAND has also optimized the packaging tips and packaging are manufactured
options to comply with the new require- exclusively under BIO-CERT® quality
ments. certification. (for detailed information
Even the primary packaging for the new sys- see page 118).
tems, such as the PET outer packaging for
the new TipRacks (refill units) and the spac-
ers for the new TipStacks, are produced un-
der cleanroom conditions, which guarantees
the high purity of the products.

Cleanroom technique

BRAND disposable items for the life sci- the actual parameters can immediately be final product by batch, guarantees
ences are produced using the most advanced checked against the nominal values. Devia- the consistently high quality in the life
cleanroom techniques in one of the world's tions are detected immediately, and suitable science products from BRAND.
largest cleanrooms for laboratory disposable countermeasures can be taken before the For the production of disposable
items. limit values are exceeded. items, class 8, 7, and 5 manufac-
The ongoing cleanroom monitoring includes The high-precision control of environmental turing environments are available.
continuous measurements of air particulates, conditions provides a very high degree of Compliance of our class 8 cleanroom
positive air pressure, air exchange rate, stability in the corresponding parameters, with ISO 14 644-1 is validated and
room temperature, and the relative humid- especially the room temperature. This uni- certified by external, independent au-
ity, among other things. This ensures that formity, together with quality testing of the ditors.

www.brand.de 69
 Pipette Tips and Filter Tips

Pipette tips and Filter Tips

Liquid Handling

Sizes and Description

NEW!
0.1 - 20 µl

0.1 - 1 µl

0.5 - 20 µl

0.5 - 10 µl

1 - 50 µl

1 - 20 µl

2 - 200 µl

2 - 20 µl
0.1 - 20 µl 0.5 - 20 µl 1 - 50 µl 2 - 200 µl
0.1 - 1 µl (Filter) 0.5 - 10 µl (Filter) 1 - 20 µl (Filter) 2 - 20 µl (Filter)
The nano-cap™ tip was spe- The slender design and 46 mm With a length of 50 mm, the tip A tested and proven thin-
cially developed for the nano- length allow pipetting in micro- is ideal for working down to the walled tip. Lighter in weight,
liter range and hence is ideal tubes and microplates without bottom of narrow containers. 50 mm long and can be used
for molecular biological ap- touching the walls. Graduation Graduation at 2.5, 10, 25 and for virtually all pipettes with
plications such as PCR. It is at 2 µl and 10 µl for quick 50 µl for quick volume check. yellow color code. Graduation
37 mm long, and features a volume check. The racked tips The racked tips are colorless at 20 µl and 100 µl for a quick
capillary rise that is even visible are colorless and placed into a and placed into a grey-colored volume check. Bulk tips are
to the naked eye at 0.1 µl. The grey-colored tip tray. tip tray. yellow colored. The racked tips
capillary part of the tip con- are colorless and placed into a
veniently fills gel wells for gel yellow-colored tip tray.
electrophoresis systems from
most manufacturers. Suitable
for pipettes up to 20 µl. The
racked tips are colorless and
placed into a grey-colored tip
tray.

Package Types NEW!

Bulk packed in bags, Racked (TipRack), TipBox,

non-sterile sterile and non-sterile sterile and non-sterile
All tips and filter tips are produ- For TipBox. Refill unit, pro- PP. With hinged lid/push-on lid.
ced under supervised state-of- tected in an environmentally Two different sizes. Stackable
the-art clean-room conditions compatible packaging of re- and repeatedly autoclavable
and automatically shrink-wrap- cyclable PET. Sterile TipRacks at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN
ped in reclosable bags and are supplied with a transfer aid EN  285. (Empty TipBox, order-
packaged in cardboard boxes. so that the rack can be put into ing information, see page 74).
The batch number is printed on a previously autoclaved box
every bag. without hand contact.

70 info@brand.de
 Pipette Tips and Filter Tips

Liquid Handling
NEW!

50 - 1000 µl

50 - 1000 µl

0.5 - 5 ml

1 - 10 ml
5 - 300 µl

5 - 100 µl

5 - 200 µl

5 - 300 µl 50 - 1000 µl
5 - 100/200 µl (Filter) 50 - 1000 µl (Filter)
The thin-walled tip is suitable Proven thin-walled tip for rou-
for reverse pipetting and plate tine laboratory and research
washing. It is 53 mm long and pipetting. Its length is 70 mm.
can also be used for pipettes Graduation at 250, 500 and
with yellow color code. It is par- 1000 µl for a quick volume
ticularly suited for working with check. Bulk tips are blue col-
multichannel pipettes. Gradua- ored. The racked tips are col-
tion at 50 and 100 µl for quick orless and placed into a blue-
volume check. The racked tips colored tip tray.
are colorless and placed into a
green-colored tip tray. 0.5 - 5 ml 1 - 10 ml
Particularly slender shape, at 156.5 mm length and ap-
160 mm length and approx. prox. 15 mm diameter! Ideal
9.6 mm diameter! This al- for working with the microliter
lows pipetting even from narrow pipette Transferpette® S 10 ml.
volume measuring equipment Compatible with Eppendorf®
such as volumetric flasks with systems.
NS 12/21. Suitable for mi-
croliter pipette Transferpette®

NEW! and Thermo Fisher Scientific

FINNPIPETTE®.

Ultra Low Retention tips

see page 78.

Which pipette tip works

with which Transferpette®?
TipStack ™ , TipBox 5/10 ml, See page 82 for table and
sterile and non-sterile non-sterile information.

Space-saving, environmentally The 5 ml and 10 ml tips are only

compatible refill system for available as a racked tip version
TipBox. 5 racks, each having in this specially corresponding
96 tips incl. 1 TipBox. Sterile TipBox. Sterile pipette tips from
TipStacks are supplied with a BRAND are manufactured
transfer aid so that the rack under certified BIO-CERT®
can be put into a previously quality:
autoclaved box without hand
contact. Each packaging unit free of DNA, RNase,
contains 2 TipStacks. endotoxins and ATP.
(for detailed information see
page 118).

www.brand.de 71
 Pipette Tips and Filter Tips

TipBox/TipRack System
Liquid Handling

All sizes up to 1000 µl available

in 96-unit format

No deflection during
tip loading
The tip-tray is fabri-
Dual function cated from especially
hinged and push-on lid rigid PP.
Simply rotate 180° to
change closure method.

Transparent window
For better all-round
visual inspection.

Opening and closing

with one hand
Usable with a partially
loaded multichannel pipette The clamping mechanism
holds the tip-tray securely
The rimless tip-tray border
in the box.
enables problem-free loading
of individual pipette tips with Colored tip-trays with side
multichannel instruments. panel labeling
The contents of the box are
always clearly visible.

TipBox for 1000 µl pipette tips

and filter tips. Stackable.

The TipBox is optimized for

pipette tips and filter tips
up to 300 µl. Stackable.

72 info@brand.de
 Pipette Tips and Filter Tips

TipRack, TipStack ™ and Transfer Aid

Liquid Handling
TipRack
Compared to the filled TipBoxes, the amount of waste with
the new refill units is reduced by over 20%. All racked pipette
tips and filter tips up to 1000 µl are free of DNA, RNases,
endotoxins and ATP (for detailed information see page 118).
TipRacks in BIO-CERT® quality are sterile according to ISO
11 137 and the AAMI guidelines, a SAL of 10-6 is obtained.
These racks are supplied with a transfer aid that enables
simple, contamination-free transfer into a previously sterilized
TipBox. All tip-trays are printed on one side with information
on the contents.

TipRacks

TipStack™

Transfer aid
Sterile handling
Press the long sides of the
transfer aid together, and
continue pressing them
together while withdrawing
TipStack™ the tip-tray.
A tip tower containing 5 filled tip-trays and a TipBox Ensure that the holding
constitute the new, space-saving refill system for straps for the transfer aid
20 µl, 200 µl and 1000 µl tips. are correctly positioned.
Tightly sealing spacers prevent the tips from getting
stuck together, and ensure them to be free from
DNA, RNases, endotoxins and ATP.
The sterile TipStacks (BIO-CERT® quality) are sup- Insert the filled tip-tray
plied with a transfer aid for contamination-free use perpendicularly from above
in a previously sterilized TipBox. into the previously sterilized
TipBox until it locks into
place.
n All components are recyclable
n Reduced amount of waste
n Sterilizable and reusable TipBox
n High purity of the pipette tips
and filter tips
Remove the transfer aid from
n Space-saving design
the mounting plate. Finished
– all without tip contact!

www.brand.de 73
 Pipette Tips
sterile and non-sterile

Pipette Tips
Liquid Handling

0.1 - 20 µl Pipette tips, 0.1 - 20 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 2 000 2 bags, 1000 each 7320 02 –

bulk XXL 10  000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 22 –
racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 02 7321 22
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 02 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 22
TipStack™ – – – –

0.5 - 20 µl Pipette tips, 0.5 - 20 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 2 000 2 bags, 1000 each 7320 04 –

bulk XXL 10  000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 24 –
racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 04 7321 24
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 04 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 24
TipStack™ 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7322 44 7322 64

1 - 50 µl Pipette tips, 1 - 50 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 2 000 2 bags, 1000 each 7320 06 –

bulk XXL 10  000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 26 –
racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 06 7321 26
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 06 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 26
TipStack™ – – – –

2 - 200 µl Pipette tips, 2 - 200 µl (bulk tips are yellow colored)

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile

Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 1 000 1 bag, 1000 each 7320 08 –

bulk XXL 10  000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 28 –
racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 08 7321 28
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 08 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 28
TipStack™ 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7322 48 7322 68

Model Cat. No.

up to 50 µl 7329 90
TipBox, with tip-tray, for 200 µl 7329 92
empty for 300 µl 7329 94
PP. Stackable. Pack of 1. for 1000 µl 7329 96

74 info@brand.de
 Pipette Tips
sterile and non-sterile

Liquid Handling
Pipette tips, 5 - 300 µl
5 - 300 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 1 000 1 bag, 1000 each 7320 10 –

bulk XXL 10  000 10 bags, 1000 each 7320 30 –
racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 10 7321 30
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 10 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 30
TipStack™ – – – –

Pipette tips, 50 - 1000 µl (bulk tips are blue colored)

50 - 1000 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 1 000 2 bags, 500 each 7320 12 –

bulk XXL 5 000 10 bags, 500 each 7320 32 –
racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7321 12 7321 32
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7322 12 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7322 32
TipStack™ 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7322 52 7322 72

Pipette tips, 0.5 - 5 ml

Quantity Pack of non-sterile
Cat. No.
sterile
Cat. No.
0.5 - 5 ml
bulk 200 1 bag, 200 each 7025 95 –
bulk XXL 1000 5 bags, 200 each 7026 00 – 1 - 10 ml
racked – – – –
TipBox 5 ml 28 1 box, 28 each 7026 05 –
TipStack™ – – – –

Pipette tips, 1 - 10 ml
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 200 2 bags, 100 each 7026 03 –

bulk XXL 1000 10 bags, 100 each 7026 04 –
racked – – – –
TipBox 10 ml 18 1 box, 18 each 7026 08 –
TipStack™ – – – –

bulk racked TipBox TipStack™ TipBox 5 ml

www.brand.de 75
 Filter Tips
sterile and non-sterile

Filter Tips
Liquid Handling

Non-self-sealing filter tips from BRAND have Since the filter does not swell as in the case
a PE filter that is free from chemical addi- of self-sealing filter tips, the sample can be
tives. Permeability is controlled by the combi- recovered from the filter by simply actuating
nation of pore size and filter length, so that no the pipette‘s blow-out function, or by cen-
aerosols can reach the pipette shaft. These trifugation if necessary. This is clearly an im-
filters function with consistent reliability. On portant advantage of non-self-sealing filters,
the other hand, liquids can pass very slow- especially when working with valuable sam-
ly should they accidentally contact the filter. ples. As an added advantage, the absence
of filter additives protects samples from con-
tamination.
Pipette tip

Filter tip

0.1 - 1 µl Filter tips, 0.1 - 1 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 02 –

racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 02 7326 22
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 02 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 22

0.5 - 10 µl Filter tips, 0.5 - 10 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 04 –

racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 04 7326 24
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 04 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 24

1 - 20 µl
Filter tips, 1 - 20 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 06 –

racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 06 7326 26
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 06 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 26

76 info@brand.de
 Filter Tips
sterile and non-sterile

2 - 20 µl

Liquid Handling
Filter tips, 2 - 20 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 08 –

racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 08 7326 28
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 08 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 28

Filter tips, 5 - 100 µl

5 - 100 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 10 –

racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 10 7326 30
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 10 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 30

Filter tips, 5 - 200 µl

5 - 200 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 12 –

racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 12 7326 32
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 12 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 32

Filter tips, 50 - 1000 µl

50 - 1000 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

bulk 960 1 bag, 960 each 7325 14 –

racked 960 10 TipRacks, 96 each 7326 14 7326 34
TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7327 14 –
TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7327 34

bulk racked TipBox

www.brand.de 77
 ULR Pipette Tips
sterile and non-sterile

Ultra Low Retention Pipette Tips

Liquid Handling

The surfaces of the Ultra Low Retention  Ideal for biological samples that contain
tips are produced through a special physi- detergents such as TRITON™ X-100,
cochemical process. The homogeneous, SDS, Tween etc.
defect-free surface thus produced has ex-
 No additives that can be leached out!
tremely low surface tension – over 50% less
No siliconization of the surface!
than PTFE (see table). This significantly re-
duces sample loss and provides substantially  High chemical resistance. Ideal for wor-
higher reproducibility when working with king with solvents.
critical media.
 The tips can be autoclaved at 121 °C
(2 bar) without damaging the material
properties.
Ultra Low Retention pipette tip

Surface Surface tension

BRAND® PP Ultra Low Retention 9 mN/m

Standard pipette tip

PTFE 19 mN/m
Silicone 21.5 mN/m
Untreated PP 30 mN/m
Water 72 mN/m

0.1 - 20 µl ULR pipette tips, 0.1 - 20 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 02 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 22
TipStack™ – – – –

0.5 - 20 µl ULR pipette tips, 0.5 - 20 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 04 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 24
TipStack™ 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7323 44 7323 64

78 info@brand.de
 ULR Pipette Tips
sterile and non-sterile

Liquid Handling
ULR pipette tips, 1 - 50 µl
1 - 50 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 06 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 26
TipStack™ – – – –

ULR pipette tips, 2 - 200 µl

2 - 200 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 08 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 28
TipStack™ 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7323 48 7323 68

ULR pipette tips, 5 - 300 µl

5 - 300 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 10 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 30
TipStack™ – – – –

ULR pipette tips, 50 - 1000 µl

50 - 1000 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7323 12 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7323 32
TipStack™ 960 2 x 5 racks, 96 each 7323 52 7323 72

TipBox TipStack™

www.brand.de 79
 ULR Filter Tips
sterile and non-sterile

Ultra Low Retention Filter Tips

Liquid Handling

0.1 - 1 µl ULR filter tips, 0.1 - 1 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 02 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 22

0.5 - 10 µl ULR filter tips, 0,5 - 10 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 04 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 24

1 - 20 µl
ULR filter tips, 1 - 20 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 06 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 26

2 - 20 µl ULR filter tips, 2 - 20 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 08 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 28

5 - 100 µl ULR filter tips, 5 - 100 µl

Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 10 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 30

80 info@brand.de
 ULR Filter Tips
sterile and non-sterile

Liquid Handling
ULR filter tips, 5 - 200 µl
5 - 200 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 12 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 32

ULR filter tips, 50 - 1000 µl

50 - 1000 µl
Quantity Pack of non-sterile sterile
Cat. No. Cat. No.

TipBox 480 5 boxes, 96 each 7328 14 –

TipBox sterile 960 10 boxes, 96 each – 7328 34

TipBox

Comparison chart
Standard and Ultra Low Retention pipette tips from BRAND
Volume 200 µl, compared with various media and subsequent photometric analysis and conversion.

4.5 4.58
0.2
4

3.5
0.15 0.15
3
% Residual quantity

% Residual quantity

2.5 2.5
2.37 2.31 2.37
0.1
2
1.84 1.8
1.5 1.4
1.2 1.3
0.05 0.05
1

0.5 0.5
0.1 0.023 0.04 0.06 0.04

BSA 1% TRITON™ SDS Isopropanol Methanol Food coloring n-Decane DMSO PCR master mix
X-100 60% 100% (green)

BRAND Ultra Low Retention pipette tips BRAND standard pipette tips

www.brand.de 81
 Pipette Tips
Filter Tips

Pipette Tips and Filter Tips in Standard

Liquid Handling

and Ultra Low Retention Quality

Optimum results are achieved in combination with BRAND microliter pipettes.
BRAND quality tips seat perfectly for precise analyses.
Pipette and filter tips from BRAND are tested for BRAND pipettes and most
of the pipette types of GILSON®, Thermo Fisher Scientific FINNPIPETTE®,
Eppendorf® and BIOHIT®/sartorius®.
The 5 ml tip is exclusively tested for BRAND pipettes and Thermo Fisher
Scientific FINNPIPETTE®. The 10 ml tip is tested for BRAND and Eppendorf®.

Note: Pipette shafts can be subject to modification. The fit depends on the manufacturer, pipette
type, serial number, and date of manufacture, among other things. We recommend checking the fit
of the tips using the free sample bag.

ic
tron
elec
ic

12
tron

12

12
/-

-8/-
elec

S -8

-8/-
S

te ®
te ®

te ® 
te ® 

te ®

te ®
pet
pet

pet
pet
pet

pet
sfer
sfer

sfer
sfer
sfer

sfer
Tran
Tran

Tran
Tran
Tran

Tran
The right Pipette Tip
Transferpette® single channel Transferpette® multichannel
Nominal volume Nominal volume
Volume range

Pipette tips
Filter tips

200 µl 3 )

1000 µl
10 µl 2 )

2)

100 µl
200 µl

250 µl
500 µl

100 µl
200 µl
300 µl
2.5 µl

20 µl 

10 ml
10 µl

20 µl

25 µl
50 µl

10 µl
20 µl
25 µl
50 µl
2 ml
5 ml
1 µl

5 µl

0.1 - 20 µl 4 44 ) 44 ) 44 ) 4 4
0.5 - 20 µl 4 4 4 4 4
1 - 50 µl 44 ) 4 4 4 4
2 - 200 µl 1)
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 - 300 µl 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
50 - 1000 µl 1)
4 4 4 4
0.5 - 5 ml 4 4
1 - 10 ml 4
0.1 - 1 µl 4 44 ) 4
0.5 - 10 µl 4 4 4 4 4
1 - 20 µl 44 ) 4 4 4 4
2 - 20 µl 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 - 100 µl 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 - 200 µl 4 4 4 4 4 4
50 - 1000 µl 4 4
4 = Tip volume less than pipette's nominal volume
1)
Bulk tips are yellow or blue colored, racked tips are colorless in a yellow-colored or blue-colored tip tray
2)
Transferpette® with yellow color code
3)
Transferpette® with blue color code
4)
Calibration and possible adjustment needed

82 info@brand.de
The Transferpettor pipette is ideal for liquids
when air displacement pipettes just won't
work. Viscous, foaming, high vapor pres-

Transferpettor
sure: the Transferpettor pipette can handle
them all, with the precision and accuracy you
expect from a BRAND pipette. This is the
pipette for your most demanding pipetting Piston-operated pipette
operations.
 Transferpettor

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

The Transferpettor pipette operates on the There is no need to discard tips after each
positive displacement principle. pipetting operation, since residual wetting
In contrast with air displacement pipettes, is negligible.
the piston is in direct contact with the aspi-
rated liquid. The movable, precision-fit pis- However, in cases where no carry-over can
ton always glides smoothly along the walls be tolerated, for example with infectious
of the capillaries and tips, right on through or radioactive media, a different BRAND
to the last drop that can be clearly observed Transferpette® model is recommended,
as it leaves the opening. such as an air displacement pipette with
a disposable tip for convenient operation
In this way, the results obtained are exactly
(page 45).
reproducible regardless of the pipetting rate
and environmental conditions.

Air-interface Positive dis-

principle placement
principle

The Transferpettor pipette is suitable for media with:

■ Density up to 13.6 g/cm³
■ Viscosity up to 140,000 mm²/s
(depending on the instrument size)
■ Vapor pressure up to 500 mbar

Working temperature range:

■ 15 °C to 40 °C

Volume range 1 µl to 10 ml:

■ Transferpettor fixed volume and digital
adjustable pipette up to 200 µl:
Caps: glass
Seals: PTFE
■ Transferpettor digital adjustable pipette
above 100 µl:
Caps: PP
Seals: PE

84 info@brand.de
 Transferpettor · Ordering Data

Application

Liquid Handling
Media which tend to foam Media with high vapor Highly viscous media and
pressure media with high density
– surfactant solutions
– alcohols, ether, hydro- – highly concentrated
carbons protein solutions, oils,
resins, fats
– glycerin, mercury,
sulfuric acid

Ordering Data

Transferpettor, Digital-adjustable
Capacity A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Subdivision Color code Cat. No.
µl % µl % µl µl

2.5 - 10 1.0 0.1 0.8 0.08 0.01 orange 7018 07

5 - 25 0.8 0.2 0.5 0.125 0.1 2 x white 7018 12
10 - 50 0.6 0.3 0.4 0.2 0.1 green 7018 17
20 - 100 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.1 blue 7018 22
100 - 500 0.5 2.5 0.2 1.0 1.0 green 7028 04
200 - 1000 0.5 5.0 0.2 2.0 1.0 yellow 7028 06
1000 - 5000 0.5 25.0 0.2 10.0 10.0 red 7028 10
2000 - 10000 0.5 50.0 0.2 20.0 10.0 orange 7028 12

Transferpettor, Fixed-volume
Capacity A* ≤ ± CV* ≤ Color code Cat. No.
µl % µl % µl

1 4.0 0.04 4.0 0.04 white 7018 42

2 2.5 0.05 2.0 0.04 white 7018 44
5 1.0 0.05 0.8 0.04 white 7018 53
10 1.0 0.1 0.8 0.08 orange 7018 58
20 0.8 0.16 0.5 0.1 black 7018 63
25 0.8 0.2 0.4 0.1 2 x white 7018 64
Items supplied:
50 0.6 0.3 0.4 0.2 green 7018 68 Each Transferpettor pipette
100 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 blue 7018 73 has DE-M marking and is
200 0.5 1.0 0.2 0.4 red 7018 78 supplied with performance
certificate.
* Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Error limits according to the nominal capacity (= maximum volume) indicated on the
instrument, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C, and with
smooth, steady operation. The error limits are within the limits of DIN EN ISO 8655-2. DE-M marking.
A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation

www.brand.de 85
 Transferpettor
Accessories and Spare Parts

Accessories and Spare Parts

Liquid Handling

Seals, PTFE
DE-M marking.
Pack of 3, with mounting block.
For capacity Cat. No.
µl
Caps, glass
DE-M marking. 20, 25 7019 20
Pack of 100 (except 100/200 µl: pack of 50). 50 7019 22
100, 200 7019 24
For nominal Color code Cat. No.
volume, µl
Seals, PE
1, 2, 3, 4, 5 white 7019 00
DE-M marking.
10 orange 7019 02 Pack of 10.
20 black 7019 04
25 2 x white 7019 06 For capacity Cat. No.
µl
50 green 7019 08
100, 200 blue 7019 10
100 - 500 7028 64
200 - 1000 7028 66
1000 - 5000 7028 70
Caps, PP
2000 - 10000 7028 72
DE-M marking.
Pack of 10.
For capacity Color code Cat. No.
µl

100 - 500 green 7028 52

200 - 1000 yellow 7028 54
1000 - 5000 red 7028 58 Transferpettor-Station
2000 - 10000 orange 7028 60
Accommodates 2 instruments
0.5 to 10 ml with accessories.
Pack of 1.
Combi-pack Caps and Seal
Cat. No. 7028 90
DE-M marking.
Caps, PP: pack of 2. Seal, PE: pack of 1.
For capacity Color code Cat. No.
µl

100 - 500 green 7028 83

200 - 1000 yellow 7028 84 Transferpettor-Station
1000 - 5000 red 7028 85
Accommodates 4 instruments
2000 - 10000 orange 7028 86
up to 200 µl with accessories.
Pack of 1.
Repair set Cat. No. 7019 60

DE-M marking. 1 allen key, 1 piston rod with fitted PTFE

Transferpettor-Seal (for capacities ≥ 20 µl), 1 calibrat-
ing gauge, 1 screwdriver, 3 clamping discs, 1 fixing-screw,
Piston rod
3 Transferpettor-Seals, PTFE, 1 mounting block (for capacities DE-M marking.
≥ 20 µl). For capacities ≥ 20 µl, provided with seal. Pack of 3.
For capacity Mounting block Cat. No. For capacity Cat. No.
µl µl

1, 2, 5 – 7019 64 1, 2, 5 7019 28
10 – 7019 65 10 7019 30
20, 25 natural 7019 66 20, 25 7019 32
50 green 7019 67 50 7019 34
100, 200 blue 7019 68 100 7019 36
200 7019 38

86 info@brand.de
Serial pipetting can be quick and easy with
the HandyStep® S repetitive pipette. Ergo-
nomic and durable, the instrument, in con-
junction with PD-Tips from BRAND, gives you
as many as 49 repetitive dispensings from

HandyStep ® S
a single aspiration. The simple operation of
the HandyStep® S repetitive pipette, com-
bined with the positive displacement PD-Tips,
makes it ideal for versatile use in fields like Repetitive Pipette
microbiology, immunology and biochemistry.
 HandyStep® S

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

The HandyStep® S repetitive pipette is ideal for routine or

research applications in diagnostics, molecular biology,
environmental analysis, and many more.
HandyStep® S and PD-Tips work on the direct displace-
ment principle. This offers the highest-precision dispensing
of liquid media with high viscosity, high density, or high va-
por pressure. Direct displacement permits contamination-
free operation, since no aerosols are formed.
The HandyStep® S repetitive pipette is suitable for use with
BRAND PD-Tips, Encode™ tips, Repet tips, Combitips®,
Combitips® plus and other compatible dispenser tips.
Volume table
Double-sided volume
table on the back side for
Stroke indicator quick adjustments
Clear, large stroke selection (see below).
indicator – for fast, simple
checking.

Dispensing lever Stroke setting wheel

Optimally positioned dispensing One-handed volume
lever, easy on the thumb. adjustment for right- and
left-handed operators –
even with gloves.

Finger rest
Ergonomic finger loop to keep
the hand relaxed, important when
conducting long series.

Ejection key
Locking/filling lever
At the push of a button!
Ergonomic eject button Just one lever for locking the
for contact-free, safe piston and filling the PD-Tip.
ejection of contami-
nated dispenser
tips.

PD-Tip
In addition to PD-Tips from
BRAND, compatible dispenser
tips from other manufacturers
can also be used.

88 info@brand.de
 HandyStep® S

Use and Handling

Liquid Handling
n Increased chemical resistance
through innovative plastic materi-
als
n Easy tip mounting – PD-Tip is
now simply inserted from below
n Dispensed volume range from
2 μl to 5 ml
n Up to 49 dispensing steps
n Weighs only 108 g
Repetitive Dispenser tip n CE- -compliant
dispensing ejection

HandyStep® S with PD-Tips volume table

Offers 59 different partial volumes with different numbers of dispensing steps, depending
on the PD-Tip size and stroke setting number used.

Tip size (ml)

Setting

Steps
0.1 0.5 1 1.25 2.5 5 10 12.5 25 50

1 2 10 20 25 50 100 200 250 500 1000 49

1.5 3 15 30 37.5 75 150 300 375 750 1500 32
2 4 20 40 50 100 200 400 500 1000 2000 24
2.5 5 25 50 62.5 125 250 500 625 1250 2500 19
3 6 30 60 75 150 300 600 750 1500 3000 15
3.5 7 35 70 87.5 175 350 700 875 1750 3500 13
4 8 40 80 100 200 400 800 1000 2000 4000 11
4.5 9 45 90 112.5 225 450 900 1125 2250 4500 10
5 10 50 100 125 250 500 1000 1250 2500 5000 9

Volume (µl)

Accuracy Table (PD-Tips from BRAND, 20 °C 'Ex', DE-M marking)

PD-Tip Volume A* ≤ ± % CV* ≤ %
size range Stroke setting =% of nominal volume Stroke setting = % of nominal volume
ml µl 1 = 2% 3 = 6% 5 = 10% 1 = 2% 3 = 6% 5 = 10%

0.1 2 - 10 4.0 2.4 1.6 6.0 3.0 2.0

0.5 10 - 50 2.5 1.5 1.0 2.5 1.5 1.0
1 20 - 100 2.5 1.5 1.0 2.0 1.2 0.8 Information for PD-Tips
1.25 25 - 125 2.5 1.4 0.9 2.0 1.1 0.7 from BRAND with size
2.5 50 - 250 1.8 1.1 0.7 1.5 0.9 0.6 encoding on pages 95-96.
5 100 - 500 1.8 1.1 0.7 1.5 0.9 0.7
10 200 - 1000 1.8 1.1 0.7 2.0 1.2 0.8
12.5 250 - 1250 1.8 1.1 0.8 3.2 2.0 1.4
25 500 - 2500 1.5 0.9 0.6 3.0 1.5 1.0
50 1000 - 5000 1.5 0.8 0.5 5.0 1.8 1.2
A* = Accuracy, CV* = Coefficient of variation

The nominal volume is the maximum volume printed on the PD-Tip.

Error limits refer to the partial volume set relative to the PD-Tip size, obtained at equal temperature (20 ºC) of instru-
ment, tip, ambience and dist. H2O, and with smooth, steady operation. The testing is according to DIN EN ISO 8655-5.

www.brand.de 89
 HandyStep® S · Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

HandyStep ®  S
Items supplied:
Each HandyStep® S repetitive pipette has
DE-M marking, serial number, performance
certificate, shelf/rack mount, 3 PD-Tips:
0.1 ml, 1 ml and 10 ml.
Pack of 1. Note! BRAND also offers calibration
service at the factory lab (for more
Cat. No. 7051 10 information, please see page 326).

Accessory

Shelf/rack mount
for HandyStep® S. Can be
fitted to the bench-top rack of
Transferpette®  S (page 52).
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7051 30

90 info@brand.de
The HandyStep® electronic repetitive pipette
was designed to provide effortless pipetting
for repetitive serial dispensing. Reduced
operating forces, intuitive menu and easy-
HandyStep ® electronic
to-read display further simplify repetitive Repetitive Pipette
pipetting.
 HandyStep® electronic

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

Large, clear display

Presents all operating conditions,
including remaining steps and
volume
■ 7.01 µl – 70.1 µl – 1.01 ml
– 11.4 ml? Control area
Any volume you require from Intuitive operation – all functions
1.0 µl to 50 ml use the menu keys
■ Patented automatic tip size
recognition of the PD-Tips from
BRAND with size encoding Battery compartment
■ Compatible system: will accept Simple, replaceable battery
most third-party dispenser tips – quick-charge, quick-swap.
No downtime.
■ Versatile operation with 3
modes: Dispensing – Automatic
Dispensing – Pipetting
Pipetting key Tip connector
■ Patented learning function for Ergonomic pointer-
individual adjustments of intervals with size recognition
finger actuation
in automatic dispensing
■ Separate speed adjustment for
filling and dispensing, indepen-
dently adjustable Locking lever

■ NiMH battery pack – easy to

replace, charges in as little as
2.5 hours!
■ Charge the storage battery either
in the instrument or separately in
the charger
■ CE- -compliant

Step volume Volume unit

Function
Number of steps

Dispensing
Battery status
Speed

Selection key 1

Menu selection key Confirmation key

Selection key 2

92 info@brand.de
 HandyStep® electronic

Use and Handling

Liquid Handling
Dispensing (DISP) Automatic Dispensing Pipetting (PIP)
the standard mode (AUTO-DISP)
Single aspiration/dispense posi-
A predefined volume is dispensed The instrument uses its patented tive displacement function. Ideal for
repeatedly. learning function to calculate the pipetting viscous or volatile fluids.
average time interval between your
first three dispensing steps, and
automatically continues to work at
this rhythm. No need to calculate and
enter time intervals manually!

Accuracy table (PD-Tips from BRAND, 20 °C 'Ex', DE-M marking)

PD-Tip Volume range Subdivision Nominal volume (A* ≤ ± %) Nominal volume (CV* ≤ %)
size 100% 50% 10% 1% 100% 50% 10% 1%

0.1 ml 1 µl - 100 µl 1 µl - 100 µl 0.1 µl 1.0 1.0 1.6 8.0 0.5 1.0 2.0 12.0
5 µl - 100 µl 0.1 µl
0.5 ml 5 µl - 500 µl 0.9 0.9 1.0 5.0 0.3 0.6 1.0 5.0
100 µl - 500 µl 1 µl
1.0 ml 10 µl - 1 ml 10 µl - 1 ml 1 µl 0.6 0.9 1.0 5.0 0.3 0.5 0.8 4.0
12.5 µl - 100 µl 0.5 µl
1.25 ml 12.5 µl - 1250 µl 100 µl - 1000 µl 1 µl 0.6 0.6 0.9 5.0 0.2 0.5 0.7 4.0
1 ml - 1.25 ml 10 µl
25 µl - 1000 µl 1 µl
2.5 ml 25 µl - 2500 µl 0.5 0.6 0.7 3.5 0.15 0.3 0.6 3.0
1 ml - 2.5 ml 10 µl
50 µl - 1000 µl 1 µl
5.0 ml 50 µl - 5000 µl 0.5 0.5 0.7 3.5 0.15 0.4 0.7 3.0
1 ml - 5 ml 10 µl
10.0 ml 100 µl - 10 ml 100 µl - 10 ml 10 µl 0.4 0.5 0.7 3.5 0.15 0.5 0.8 4.0
125 µl - 1000 µl 5 µl
12.5 ml 125 µl - 12.5 ml 1 ml - 10 ml 10 µl 0.5 0.5 0.8 3.5 0.15 0.6 1.4 6.5
10 ml - 12.5 ml 100 µl
250 µl - 10 ml 10 µl
25.0 ml 250 µl - 25 ml 0.5 0.5 0.6 3.0 0.15 0.3 1.0 6.0
10 ml - 25 ml 100 µl
500 µl - 10 ml 10 µl
50.0 ml 500 µl - 50 ml 0.5 0.5 0.5 3.0 0.15 0.4 1.2 9.0
10 ml - 50 ml 100 µl

* Error limits refer to the nominal volumes and partial volumes relative to the PD-Tip, obtained with instrument and distilled water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at
20 °C, and with smooth operation. The error limits defined in ISO 8655 are not exceeded. A = Accuracy, CV = Coefficient of variation
The nominal volume is the maximum volume printed on the PD-Tip.

Compatible with third-party dispenser tips!

The special tip connector of the HandyStep® electronic repetitive pipette will accept
most common dispenser tips such as Combitips®, Combitips® plus, Repet-Tips,
Encode™-Tips, and others. Simply enter the tip size manually.

www.brand.de 93
 HandyStep® electronic
Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

HandyStep® electronic
Items supplied:
Each HandyStep® electronic has DE-M
marking and is supplied with performance
certificate, NiMH battery pack, charging
dock and AC adapter. One each PD-Tip
size 0.5 ml, 1.25 ml, 2.5 ml, 5 ml and
12.5 ml.
AC adapter Cat. No.

Europe (continental) (230 V/50 Hz) 7050 00

UK/Ireland (230 V/50 Hz) 7050 01
USA/Japan (110 V/50-60 Hz) 7050 02
Note! BRAND also offers calibration
Australia (240 V/50 Hz) 7050 03
service at the factory lab (for more
without charging dock 7050 04
information, please see page 326).

The ideal combination:

PD-Tips from BRAND and HandyStep® electronic
The HandyStep® electronic repetitive pipette saves time and
prevents errors through automatic tip size recognition of the
PD-Tips from BRAND. The size of these tips is encoded in their
piston (patented). After inserting the tip, the size is automatically
recognized and displayed, making it easy to select the volume to
be dispensed. When a new PD-Tip of the same size is inserted,
all instrument settings are maintained. Information for PD-Tips
with size encoding on page 96.

Accessories
AC adapter for charging dock
Pack of 1.
Description Cat. No.
Charging dock
Europe (continental) (230 V/50 Hz) 7050 50 NiMH Battery Pack
Without AC adapter.
UK/Ireland (230 V/50 Hz) 7050 51
Pack of 1. Pack of 1.
USA/Japan (110 V/50-60 Hz) 7050 52
Australia (240 V/50 Hz) 7050 53 Cat. No. 7050 20 Cat. No. 7050 25

94 info@brand.de
 PD-Tips

Liquid Handling
PD-Tips
Precision Dispenser Tips
The PD-Tips with patented size encoding are the ideal
system component for the repetitive pipettes HandyStep®
electronic (with automatic tip size recognition) and
HandyStep®  S from BRAND. The PD-Tips comply with
ISO 8655 requirements and come with a batch certificate.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. PD-Tips
are available either non-sterile or sterile/endotoxin-free
(individually wrapped), as well as in BIO-CERT® quality
(see page 118 for detailed information).

 PD-Tips can be used with compatible third-party

dispensing systems. The automatic size detection op-
tion is available in HandyStep® electronic, GILSON®
REPETMAN™ and Rainin AutoRep™ E.
In addition, PD-Tips can be used with the repetitive
pipette HandyStep® S, Rainin AutoRep™ M,
Rainin AutoRep™ S, Eppendorf® Multipette® 4780
and EDOS 521 among others.
 PD-Tips are made from high-quality materials
(cylinder: PP, piston: PE-HD, 0.1 ml: LCP).
 PD-Tips work on the positive displacement principle
and are therefore particularly suitable for dispensing of
fluids with high viscosity, high vapor pressure, etc.

Information about the HandyStep® S and

HandyStep® electronic on pages 87-94.

Accuracy table (PD-Tips from BRAND, 20 °C 'Ex', DE-M marking)

PD-Tip Volume range Nominal volume (A* ≤ ± %) Nominal volume (CV* ≤ %)
size 100% 50% 10% 1% 100% 50% 10% 1%

0.1 ml 1.0 µl - 100 µl 1.0 1.0 1.6 8.0 0.5 1.0 2.0 12.0
0.5 ml 5.0 µl - 500 µl 0.9 0.9 1.0 5.0 0.3 0.6 1.0 5.0
1.0 ml 10.0 µl - 1 ml 0.6 0.9 1.0 5.0 0.3 0.5 0.8 4.0
1.25 ml 12.5 µl - 1250 µl 0.6 0.6 0.9 5.0 0.2 0.5 0.7 4.0
2.5 ml 25.0 µl - 2500 µl 0.5 0.6 0.7 3.5 0.15 0.3 0.6 3.0
5.0 ml 50.0 µl - 5000 µl 0.5 0.5 0.7 3.5 0.15 0.4 0.7 3.0
10.0 ml 100 µl - 10 ml 0.4 0.5 0.7 3.5 0.15 0.5 0.8 4.0
12.5 ml 125 µl - 12.5 ml 0.5 0.5 0.8 3.5 0.15 0.6 1.4 6.5
25.0 ml 250 µl - 25 ml 0.5 0.5 0.6 3.0 0.15 0.3 1.0 6.0
50.0 ml 500 µl - 50 ml 0.5 0.5 0.5 3.0 0.15 0.4 1.2 9.0
* Error limits refer to the nominal volumes and partial volumes relative to the PD-Tip. obtained with instrument and distilled
water at equilibrium with ambient temperature at 20 °C. and with smooth operation. The error limits defined in ISO 8655
are not exceeded. A = Accuracy. CV = Coefficient of variation
The nominal volume is the maximum volume printed on the PD-Tip.

www.brand.de 95
 PD-Tips · Ordering information
Liquid Handling

PD-Tips, non-sterile
Precision Dispenser Tips
Capacity Pack Cat. No.
ml of

0.1 100 7024 02

0.5 100 7023 70
1.0 100 7024 06
1.25 100 7023 72
2.5 100 7023 74
5 100 7023 76
10 100 7024 07
12.5 100 7023 78
25* 50 7023 80
50* 25 7023 82

PD-Tip Set (20 PD tips each in sizes of 0.5, 1, 1.25, 2.5, 5, 10 and 12.5 ml) 7023 68
* incl. 1 adapter

PD-Tips, sterile
Precision Dispenser Tips, individually wrapped
Capacity Pack sterile/endotoxin-free BIO-CERT®
ml of Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.1 100 7024 04 7026 83

0.5 100 7023 84 7026 84
1.0 100 7024 36 7026 85
1.25 100 7023 86 7026 86
2.5 100 7023 88 7026 88
5 100 7023 90 7026 90
10 100 7024 38 7026 91
12.5 100 7023 92 7026 92
25* 25 7023 94 7026 94
50* 25 7023 96 7026 96
* incl. 1 adapter

For detailed information about

Adapter BIO-CERT®, see page 118
'Life Science'.
for size 25 and 50 ml PD-Tips, PP,
autoclavable. Non-sterile or sterile.
Description Cat. No.

non-sterile 7023 98
BIO-CERT® 7023 99

Note! PD-Tips are not autoclavable.

25 ml 50 ml

0.1 ml 0.5 ml 1 ml 1.25 ml 2.5 ml 5 ml 10 ml 12.5 ml

96 info@brand.de
Pipetting aids from BRAND excel by their
comfortable grips, superior control, light
weight and rugged reliability:

■ accu-jet® pro
■ macro
■ micro
Pipetting Aids
■ micro-classic
 accu-jet® pro

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

Specifications
 Weight: 190 g
 Operating and charging temperature:
+10 °C to + 35 °C
Recharging-indicator (LED)  Pipetting speed:
50 ml in less than 10 seconds
Battery compartment cover  For glass and plastic pipettes
from 0.1 to 200 ml
 Approx. eight hours of continuous
Mode selection
pipetting (with a 10 ml pipette) wit-
(gravity-delivery/blow-out)
hout recharging
Variable motor speed  Battery pack:
NiMH battery 2.4 V / 700 mAh

Pipetting
buttons

Direct exhaust of liquid

vapors protects against
corrosion ensuring long
instrument life.

Pipette adapter firmly holds

pipettes from 0.1 to 200 ml.
The safety valve and 0.2 µm
hydrophobic membrane filter
provide double protection
against fluid penetration.

Use and Handling

Comfortable Sensitive Powerful and quiet Power to spare

Ergonomic handgrip, weight With the accu-jet pro pipette
®
At maximum motor speed, a No need to worry about having
only 190 g, perfectly balanced controller, you have continu- 50 ml pipette is filled in less enough battery power left to
design – for fatigue-free ously variable speed control than 10 seconds. Now that’s finish your series. A flashing
pipetting even in prolonged using just two buttons. In fast! Motor and pump operate LED light will alert you approx.
operations. addition, you can select your quietly and with very low vibra- two hours in advance.
preferred maximum motor tion. The longer you use it, the
speed to improve sensitivity more you will appreciate it.
and control with low-volume
pipettes.

98 info@brand.de
 accu-jet® pro

Liquid Handling
 Single-handed operation
All with one hand: select the delivery
mode (gravity-delivery/blow-out) and
adjust the motor speed range with your
thumb; use variable button pressure for
fine control of filling and delivery speed.

 Advanced charging
The intelligent battery charger prevents
overcharging of the NiMH battery.
It effectively reduces the lazy-battery-
effect (shortened operating time due to
premature recharging).
A flashing LED indicates when the stor-
age battery needs charging. Charging
time is 4 hours. After that, the charger
automatically switches to a pulsed, long-
term charging mode. The pipette control-
ler is always ready for action, even while
being charged.

 Tidy storage
Keep your instrument within reach by
placing it inverted on your lab bench. Or
store it in the space saving wall support.

 Four colors
Select from four colors to individualize
your pipette controller.

Ordering Data
accu-jet ® pro
Items supplied:
Each pipette controller is supplied with nickel-metal hydride battery, 2 battery compartment
covers, wall support, AC adapter (100 - 240 V; 50 / 60 Hz) and 2 spare membrane filters
0.2 µm, sterile.
Spare Parts
Color dark blue magenta green royal blue (Other spare parts and accessories can be
accu-jet® pro Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. found in the operating manual.)

with AC adapter for Description Cat. No.

Europe (continental) 263 00 263 01 263 02 263 03
UK/Ireland 263 10 263 11 263 12 263 13 Membrane filter 0,2 µm
265 30
USA 263 30 263 31 263 32 263 33 (PP, PTFE), sterile

Australia 263 20 263 21 263 22 263 23 Pipette adapter

265 08
with non-return valve
Japan 263 40 263 41 263 42 263 43
Nickel-metal hydride
without AC adapter 263 04 – – – 266 30
battery pack

www.brand.de 99
 macro

macro Pipette Controller

Liquid Handling

New Design – optimized handling N E W !

Convenient operation Broad area of applications Ergonomic design

without effort
One single macro pipette con- The optimized design, the practical arrange-
The unique valve system allows troller covers the entire range ment of functions, and the low weight of
for easy compression of the of bulb and graduated pipettes 125 g offer reliable operation during serial
newly designed bellows. 50 ml from 0.1 to 200 ml. The conical pipetting tasks, even for inexperienced
of fluid can be drawn in within silicone adapter offers a secure users.
just 11 seconds. The spring fit for the different diameters.
loaded lever enables an even The unit is fully autoclavable at
more sensitive filling and deliv- 121 °C (2 bar) according to DIN
ery of liquids. The meniscus is EN 285. A hydrophobic mem-
easily adjustable. brane filter protects the system
from liquid penetration.

Ordering Data
BLAUBRAND ®
Pipetting Package
Items supplied:
n 1 macro pipette controller, gray
n 6 BLAUBRAND® graduated pipettes,
type 2
3 pipettes 5 ml and 10 ml each, macro Pipette Controller
class AS, DE-M marking, Items supplied:
with batch certificate
Each pipette controller is supplied
n Useful product information with a 3 µm spare membrane filter.
BLAUBRAND® volumetric instruments,
handling of pipettes Color Cat. No.

n Handy plastic container

gray 262 00
Ideal for storage of pipettes up to
green 262 01
360 mm length
blue 262 02
Cat. No. 260 07 magenta 262 03

Spare parts for macro Pipette Controller

Description Pack of Cat. No.

Membrane filter 3 µm (PP, PTFE), non-sterile 1 260 52

Membrane filter 3 µm (PP, PTFE), non-sterile 10 260 56
Adapter (silicone), length 44 mm 1 261 46
Bulb and graduated pipettes
Adapter support (PP), gray, length 49 mm 1 262 20
can be found on pages 174-182.
Valve system (PP, PTFE, silicone) 1 261 28
Suction bellows (silicone) with screw ring (PP) 1 262 25

100 info@brand.de
 micro · micro-classic

micro Pipette Controller

Liquid Handling
The micro pipette controller is an indispens-
able accessory for sampling with disposable
micropipettes with ring mark and many micro Pipette Controller
small volume pipettes up to 1 ml (e.g.,
blood diluting and blood sugar pipettes) Pack of 1.
with aspiration end-Ø max. 5 mm. Cat. No. 258 00
The micro reduces the hazards of infection
and is autoclavable at 121 °C.
The integrated ejection device allows the Spare suction system
disposal of contaminated pipettes up to Pack of 3.
50 µl without touching them, thus helping
to prevent the transmission of dangerous Cat. No. 258 05
viruses such as hepatitis B or HIV.
The micro is extremely light and very
convenient.
A high-performance team:
micro Pipette Controller and
BLAUBRAND® Disposable
Micropipettes, page 251.

micro-classic Pipette Controller

Working under a microscope requires
utmost concentration and therefore micro-classic
comfortable and reliable instruments. Pipette Controller
The micro-classic pipette controller with
its ergonomic shape and simple handling Each pipette controller is supplied with
offers comfort and convenience for this 2 spare suction tubes. Pack of 1.
strenuous job. It is a must in IVF and medi- Cat. No. 259 00
cal laboratories. Suitable for disposable
micropipettes with ring mark and other
small volume pipettes up to 1 ml (e.g., Spare adapter with suction tube
blood diluting pipettes) with aspiration Pack of 3.
end-Ø max. 5 mm. The micro-classic
adapts to right- and left-handed operation. Cat. No. 259 31
Adapter and suction tube are autoclavable
at 121 °C.
The micro-classic minimizes the risk
of contamination when working with
infectious material.

www.brand.de 101
 Pipette fillers

Pipette fillers
Liquid Handling

Simple pipetting aids made of natural rubber for one-mark and graduated pipettes.
Control of the functions by squeezing the appropriate valves between thumb and
forefinger.

Pipette filler
Standard model, for pipettes up to 10 ml.
Pipette filler with 3 valves.
Valve A: Release air
Valve S: Filling
Valve E: Delivery
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 253 00

Pipette filler
Universal model, for pipettes up to 100 ml.
Pipette filler with 3 valves.
Valve A: Release air
Valve S: Filling
Valve E: Delivery
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 253 15

Pipette filler
Flip model, for pipettes up to 100 ml.
Pipette filler with 2 valves.
Release air through an automatic valve.
Valve ↑: Filling
Valve ↓: Delivery
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 254 00

102 info@brand.de
The QuikSip™ bottle-top aspirator from
BRAND is designed for safe and fast aspi-
ration of common laboratory liquids used in
biology, food chemistry and medicine.

■ Safe removal of supernatants (up to max.

25 ml per plunger stroke), e.g., biological
solutions, nutrient media, polar solvents,
aqueous soutions
■ Ideal for use with the new BRANDplates®
Insert System
■ Works without vacuum pump.
Fingertip
■ vacuum control using the
cell-culture™-unit.
■ Works as single channel or 8-channel
aspirator (manifold optional).
■ For use with disposable pipette tips, micro-
pipettes and glass pasteur pipettes.

QuikSip ™
Adapter
■ and suction tube of the
cell-culture™-unit are autoclavable at
121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.
Dispensing cartridge and pump unit are BT-Aspirator
not autoclavable.
 QuikSip™ · Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

QuikSip ™ BT-Aspirator
Spare parts Quik-Sip ™
Items supplied:
1 QuikSip™ BT-Aspirator, Description Cat. No.
1 cell-culture™-unit incl. suction tube and
3 adapters, spare dispensing cartridge Seals for QuikSip™ (Pack of 5) 6788
and 2 PP adapters (GL 45/32 and Filling tube (PP)
7045 75
GL 45/S 40). with filling valve (PP/EPDM)
Discharge valve (PP/EPDM)
7045 80
Cat. No. 4723 150 with seal (EPDM)

Spare parts cell-culture ™

Pack of 1.
Spare parts Cat. No.
cell-culture ™ -unit
Adapter (SI, PVC) for glass Pasteur pipettes 259 60
Single channel device. Complete
Adapter (PVC) for capillaries, micro pipettes 259 33
with suction tube and 3 adapters.
Adapter (PP) for pipette tips 259 61
Cat. No. 259 50 Suction tube (SI), 2 m 259 62

BRANDplates® Insert System,

please see page 159.

Accessories
8-channel manifold Dispensing cartridge
and Spare Parts PP. Autoclavable (121 °C). Piston (PE), cylinder (PP).
Pack of 1. Pack of 3.
Cat. No. 7045 26 Cat. No. 7045 04

Adapter
PP. Pack of 1.
Outer- for bottle Cat. No.
thread thread
Membrane filter
GL 32 GL 25 7043 25 Cap
Membrane filter, 0.2 µm.
GL 32 GL 28 7043 28
PP. Cap for valve block. Pack of 10 in PE-bag,
GL 45 S* 40 7043 43
Autoclavable (121 °C). non-sterile, autoclavable
GL 32 GL 45 7043 45
Pack of 1. (121 °C). Pack of 1.
GL 45 GL 32 7043 96
GL 45 GL 38 7043 97 Cat. No. 7045 54 Cat. No. 265 35
* buttress rim

104 info@brand.de
The most frequent cause of inaccuracy in air
displacement pipettes is leakage. This arises
from damage either to the seals, pistons, or

PLT unit
tip cones. Often not detectable by the naked
eye, leaks lead to significant volume errors.
The BRAND pipette leak tester (PLT unit)
for air displacement pipettes finds even the Pipette Leak Testing Unit
smallest leaks within seconds.
 PLT unit

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

According to monitoring of measuring instruments, air-displace- Leak rates and their detection
ment pipettes must be checked at regular intervals and the results
The leak rate is a measure of the quantity of material that flows
must be compared with the ISO 8655-2 error limits.
through a leak per time unit. For air-displacement pipettes the
However, a calibration certificate only reflects the results at the
PLT unit determines the rate through a differential pressure
time of testing. The time between these calibrations is crucial,
measurement, i.e., after creating a negative pressure, the pres-
since leaks can occur at any time.
sure rise over a given time is measured.
Well over 80% of pipettes sent in for repair have leaks and are
outside their volume tolerances, even if they don’t drip.
n Complex determinations n The pV value
While the PLT unit cannot replace regular gravimetric testing,
The leak rate is determined The pV value is the product
daily pipette checks can provide a safeguard during the periods
by considering complex of the pressure and the vol-
between calibrations. Even the smallest leaks are detected! Pro-
physical relationships. Cal- ume of a certain quantity of
cess reliability for the pipettes is thus significantly improved.
culation of the limit values a gas at the prevailing tem-
resident in the PLT must perature. This is a measure
include factors such as the of the quantity of material or
dead volume of the pipette/ the mass of the gas.
tip system, flow cross-
section of the pipette tip, n The leak rate Q L
pressure rise per time unit, The leak rate Q L is the ratio
pipette volume and type, etc. of the pV value and the
period of time during which
the gas flows through a path
cross-section.

n The volume loss

For the pipette test,
Single-channel hPa ml/s is a suitable unit
adapter for the leak rate. A leak rate
of e.g., 1 hPa ml/s at an
air pressure of 1000 hPa
means a volume loss of
about 1 μl/s.
Display

"Start/Execute"
button

"Back" button

Select knob

LED display

Single-channel Single-channel PE filter in single- Multichannel adapter Back of the instrument

adapter for pipettes adapter for pipettes and multichannel for pipettes with and with AC adapter socket
with tip without tip adapters without tip and USB port

106 info@brand.de
 PLT unit

Use and Handling

Liquid Handling
Testing with and without tip Dynamic or static test? Features
To check the overall pipette The dynamic test can rapidly n Limit values for the com-
system, the test is conducted determine whether a defec- mercially available single-
with a mounted, unused tip. tive piston (contamination, and multichannel pipettes
When a leak has been identi- scratches, etc.) has caused a in the volume range 1 µl to
fied, the test can be repeated leak. The pipette button must 10 ml are pre-programmed.
without a tip to determine be pushed down numerous
whether the leak arises from times during the measurement n Testing with and without
the tip cone/tip coupling period. The associated piston tips
region. movement allows a defective n Test results in seconds
piston to be recognized.
In the static test, the pipette n Patent pending
button is not pressed during
the test procedure, i.e. the
piston doesn't move. This will
only determine a leak in a gen-
eral way, without attributing it
to a particular component.

Main Menu Limit values

A wide variety of submenus The limit values referenced If the pipette is mechanically With the correlation table in
can be selected from the during testing represent a defect-free, clean, and the the PLT operating manual,
main menu, e.g., pipette type, warning limit, from which sig- test is carried out properly with the missing volume can be
volume range, self-test, and nificantly lower volume values the BRAND PLT unit, then the approximately determined from
settings (language, shut-off can also be determined gravi- instrument is within the ISO the leak rate. The level of the
time, pressure units, etc.) metrically. This is one quarter 8655-2 tolerances. progress bar in the display
of the volume tolerances, The marks in the vertical indicates whether the pipette
Main Menu according to ISO 8655-2. progress bars in the display is leak-tight, and whether it
Pipette Type The limit value for the leak vol- represent the resident limit lies within the tolerance limits
Self Test ume of a given pipette allows values for the leak rate Q L. or leaks.
Switch OFF the leak rate to be calculated.
Settings... These calculations, which are
based on over 35 years of
Auswahl
select zurück
back
experience in the development
PASS FAIL
and production of pipettes, in-
SC – 100 µl SC – 100 µl
clude the dead volume and the
Q L: 0.04 hPa* ml/s Q L: 4.6 hPa* ml/s
intake characteristics, among
other things. start start

www.brand.de 107
 PLT unit · Ordering Data

Ordering Data
Liquid Handling

PLT unit
(Pipette Leak Testing Unit)
Including one 1-channel pipette adapter*
each for testing of single-channel air-
displacement pipettes with tip (mounted)
and without tip, 2 plugs, 3 replacement PE
filters for the pipette adapters, universal AC
adapter, quality certificate and operating
manual. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7039 70

* 4-channel pipette adapter optional

Accessories

1- channel pipette adapter

for testing of single-channel
air-displacement pipettes with
tip mounted, including 1 plug.
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7039 75

4- channel pipette adapter

for testing of single-channel for testing of multichannel air-
air-displacement pipettes displacement pipettes with and
without tip, including 1 plug. without tips, including 4 plugs.
Pack of 1. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7039 76 Cat. No. 7039 77

Universal AC adapter
Input: AC 100 V - 240 V,
Filters
50/60 Hz
PE, for pipette adapter. Output: DC 6,5 V, 800 mA
Pack of 10. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7039 78 Cat. No. 7039 79

108 info@brand.de
BRAND calibration software is compatible
with nearly all liquid handling instruments and
glass or plastic volumetric instruments. Now
you can calibrate and track measuring instru-

EASYCAL ™ 4.0
ments to GLP and ISO 9001 standards with-
out calculators or scratch paper. EASYCAL™
4.0 software from BRAND performs all ac-
curacy and precision calculations, matches Calibration Software
them to standards and generates a report.
 EASYCAL™ 4.0

A Closer Look...
Liquid Handling

n For testing of liquid handling n Continual control of the actual n Reliable transmission, calculation
instruments and volumetric results during testing by means and saving of measurement data.
instruments of glass and plastic, of a traffic-light indicator.
according to ISO 8655, ISO
n Reminder function for outstanding
4787 etc.
calibrations.
n Open software, suitable for
n Recording of primary data in
all volumetric instruments, irre-
accordance with GLP.
spective of the manufacturer.

EASYCAL™ 4.0 carries out all

calculations automatically and
compares them with the error limits
specified in current standards or
your individual preset limit values.
The error limits of many instru-
ments, and the settings of over 100
balances, are already preset in the
software.

In the case of multichannel pipettes, Start screen:

the result of each individual channel This determines whether a liquid
is compared with the error limits. handling or volumetric measuring
device of glass/plastic is to be
tested.

After entering the weighing values

(primary data), all calculations are
carried out automatically.
Automatic import of the weighing
values is only available in the
professional version.

You can print out a clear and con-

clusive report to GLP standards.
The test results are also stored in
an easily sorted database. The test
certificate can be saved in various
formats (e.g., MICROSOFT® Word
or Excel).

110 info@brand.de
 EASYCAL™ 4.0 · Ordering Data

Liquid Handling
Quit calibration early?
After entering three weighing values
(either manually or via data transmis-
sion from the balance), EASYCAL™
4.0 executes a background compari-
son of the results with the error lim-
its. A traffic-light indicator (green/
red) displays whether your results
exceed the error limits.
In the event of unsuccessful test-
EASYCAL™ also helps you with
ing, the test equipment can be
testing times and intervals. You
designated as a 'defective device'.
will be automatically reminded
You can cancel this selection after
which tests are due.
successful cleaning or repair.

Ordering Data

EASYCAL ™ 4.0
Items supplied:
CD-ROM with EASYCAL™ software in 5 languages (German/English/French/Spanish/
Dutch), manual and testing instructions (SOPs) in 4 languages in PDF format for single-
and multichannel pipettes, hand-held dispensers, bottletop burettes and dispensers and
volumetric measuring instruments of glass/plastic.
Version Description Cat. No.

Professional Version automatic import of measurement values 7084 40

Basic Version manual entry of measurement values 7084 45
Upgrade on request
Network license on request

Demo version EASYCAL™ 4.0 System requirements:

A demo version of our software is available PC with 32 MB RAM, MICROSOFT®
for download from www.brand.de. With this, WINDOWS® 98/NT with SP6 / ME / 2000 /
you can test EASYCAL™ for 4 weeks be- XP, SVGA graphic card with 256 colors,
fore deciding to purchase the full version. mouse, CD-ROM drive, MICROSOFT® Paint.

For connection of the professional version of

EASYCAL™ with the balance, please obtain
the necessary interface cable from the bal-
ance manufacturer.
EASYCAL™ supports balances such as
those from sartorius®, Kern, A&D, OHAUS®,
etc. METTLER TOLEDO® balances are only
partially compatible (AT and AG series).

www.brand.de 111
 EASYCAL™ 4.0 · Accessories

Accessories
Liquid Handling

Protection against evaporation

Avoid time-consuming evaporation traps or an expensive
dual-pan balance! Pipettes < 50 µl can be surprisingly easy
to calibrate using EASYCAL™ testing tubes (available as an
accessory) or using the new micro-weighing container.

EASYCAL ™ test tubes Pipette holder (clip)

For pipettes < 50 µl. For test tubes.
Pack of 250. Pack of 10.
Cat. No. 7084 62 Cat. No. 7086 05

Attach testing tube

1. Tare the testing tube and 2. Place filled testing tube
clip. Remove the testing with clip on the balance;
tube from the balance after note mass. Done!
taring. Pipette the sample
from the pipette tip into the
testing tube.

Micro-weighing container Filter pack

Cover cap set
incl. 10 filters and 20 replacement filters
3 cover caps. (capacity approx. 1000 µl). 3 spare closures.
Cat. No. 7084 70 Cat. No. 7084 71 Cat. No. 7084 72

Micro-weighing container
The extremely small cap open-
ing and internal filter provides
simple protection against
evaporation.

112 info@brand.de
 Liquid Handling
BRAND online

Liquid Handling
Notes:

www.brand.de 113
© altrendo nature/altrendo/Getty Images
Life Science
Research – and even routine applications – in the bio-
sciences are unimaginable today without high quality
plastic consumables. Increasingly sensitive detection
methods rely on ever higher quality from lab dispos-
ables.
In addition to pipette tips, filter tips, microcentrifuge
tubes and PD-Tips, BRAND Life Science also pro-
vides a variety of other high-performance products for
PCR, storage, immunology and cell culture technol-
ogy.
 Life Science

Life Science products

Life Science

Quality is our highest priority – for reliable

analyses and reproducible results
It is hard to imagine carrying out analyses in the life sciences field these days without using
high-quality disposables. For almost 25 years, BRAND has offered high-performance plastic
products for various applications. We start by asking users around the world for input on prod-
uct details, and then select raw materials and design injection-molding tools to ensure the
highest product performance. Finally, the entire manufacturing process is strictly controlled,
with quality assurance testing in accredited internal and external laboratories.

Starting materials
Sensitive applications, such as enzyme tests, ammonium (DiHEMDA) and 9-octadecen-
PCR or DNA purification, require plastic dis- amide (oleamide). Both of these additives
posable products of the highest quality. The are frequently found in PP granules, and
proper selection of raw materials is a signifi- can interfere with biological tests, leading to
cant step in the manufacture of high-quality spurious results*.
products. Over many years, polypropylene The starting materials for life science prod-
and polystyrene have earned their place as ucts are carefully selected by BRAND so
preferred materials for life science consum- that substances that can dissolve out of the
ables. These materials often come into direct raw material (leachables), which could affect
contact with expensive reagents and valuable the results of biological tests, are reduced to
samples. the minimum necessary for processing. Mold
For manufacturing pipette tips, BRAND uses release agents, such as stearates and erucic
specially selected PP types, free from the acid amide, are not used in the production
additives di-(2-hydroxyethyl) methyldodecyl- process.

Advantages of PP Advantages of PS

 High resistance to chemicals  Good optical characteristics

Deep-well plates and microplates can be Colorimetric tests like ELISA and
used with DMSO and other aggressive microanalyses can be carried out
chemicals. with PS microplates.
 Good temperature resistance  Easily modifiable surface
Containers remain stable even at high Physiochemical treatments can modify
temperatures; these products are gener- the surface so as to be suitable for
ally autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), applications in cell culture or immuno-
acc. DIN EN 285. analytics.
 Minimal retention
PCR vessels, micro tubes and tips have
no residual wetting and the material is
biologically inert – no adhesion of
biomolecules to the surfaces.
(Foto © Fraunhofer/Rafael Krötz)

* G. R. McDonald, A. L. Hudson, S. M. J. Dunn, H. You, G. B. Baker, R. M. Whittal, J. W. Martin, A. Jha, D. E.

Edmondson, A. Holt (2008). Bioactive Contaminants Leach from Disposable Laboratory Plasticware. Science,
322 (5903), 917-917.

116 info@brand.de
 Life Science

Cleanroom production

Life Science
BRAND disposable items for the life sciences
are produced using the most advanced clean-
room techniques in one of the world's largest
cleanrooms for laboratory disposable items.
Continuous cleanroom monitoring, together
with precise control of environmental condi-
tions, ensures a high level of temperature
stability over the entire production area. This
uniformity, together with quality testing of the
final product by batch, guarantees the con-
sistently high quality of life science products
from BRAND.
Depending on the desired usage environment
for the final product, cleanrooms according
to ISO 14 644-1 (Classes 5, 7 and 8) are
available for manufacturing.

Surface modification
To produce optimal properties, surface mod- As exemplified by BRAND Ultra Low Reten-
ification using various physical and chemical tion tips, even PP surfaces can be modified
methods is required for the products used in to be as hydrophobic as PTFE, and such
many life sciences applications. a material will not be wetted by liquids in
Depending on the modification conditions which the surface tension has been reduced
employed, starting materials can be custom- through the use of detergents.
ized, e.g., with either hydrophilic or hydro-
phobic surfaces. To take a specific case, PS Surface Surface tension
surfaces can either be made hydrophobic so
BRAND® PP Ultra Low Retention 9 mN/m
that membrane proteins can bind, or hydro-
PTFE 19 mN/m
philic to enable cell growth.
Silicone 21.5 mN/m
Untreated PP 30 mN/m
Water 72 mN/m

Internal quality controls and

independent laboratory tests

All products are subjected to a number of

optical and functional tests before they are
tested for molecular-biological contaminants.
For example, PCR products are tested for
evaporation losses and PCR plates are sub-
jected to stringent vacuum tests to ensure
that the systems satisfy your highest expec-
tations. After the disposable items have suc-
cessfully completed this internal process, the
products are examined by an independent
accredited laboratory. Sensitive detection
methods are used to ensure that the prod-
ucts, depending on the intended use, con-
tain no DNA, DNase, RNase, endotoxins or
ATP.

www.brand.de 117
 Life Science

The proper quality grade for every application

Life Science

The right quality grade should be used in each application. Consequently, BRAND
offers a range of quality grades so that the optimal one is always available.

sterile acc. free of free of free of free of free of cytotoxic

ISO 11 137 DNA RNase endotoxins ATP substances acc.
ISO  10 993

Pipette tips and filter tips standard, racked 4 4 4 4

Pipette tips and filter tips BIO-CERT® 4 4 4 4 4
PD-Tips sterile/endotoxin-free 4 4
PD-Tips BIO-CERT® 4 4 4 4 4
Microcentrifuge tubes sterile BIO-CERT® 4 4 4 4 4
Microcentrifuge tubes with lid closure 4 4 4
Micro tubes with screw cap, sterile 4 4 4 4 4
PCR products 4 4 4
Deep-well plates 4 4 4
Cryogenic tubes 4 4 4 4 4
BRANDplates® standard 4 4 4 4
BRANDplates® sterile 4 4 4 4 4
UV-Cuvettes micro 4 4 4

BIO-CERT® products correspond to the Endotoxins Endotoxins refer to the components present
highest quality grade. They are sterile, free from DNA, RNases, in the outer membranes of Gram-negative bacteria. These com-
endotoxins and ATP. ponents are lipopolysaccharides that are released when cells are
destroyed. Endotoxins make up the largest group of pyrogens,
and these two are often falsely believed to be synonymous.
Depending on the concentration, these heat-stable substances
Sterility Sterility means being free of living organisms. lead to fever, circulatory collapse, shock, etc., and can be fatal
BRAND products are sterilized with beta radiation according to in very high doses. The concentration of endotoxins in products
ISO 11 137 and the AAMI Guidelines. The radiation dose is at from BRAND is determined by the kinetic-turbidimetric limulus
least 12.1 kGy. The inertGrade™ microplates are an exception; amebocyte lysate (LAL) test. The detection limit is 0.01 EU/ml.
these are sterilized with ethylene oxide due to their special surface This corresponds to an endotoxin concentration of < 1 x 10-12 g/tip
characteristics. (1 pg/tip). Freedom from endotoxins is required in pharmaceutical
An SAL (sterility assurance level) of 10-6 is guaranteed, meaning manufacture and cell culture.
no more than one part in 1 x 106 is contaminated! This level of
sterility complies with the requirements of USP 29 and the Ph.Eur.

ATP Adenosine triphosphate is the energy source for every

DNA and RNases DNA (deoxyribonucleic acid) is the living cell. ATP is an energy-rich, transportable molecule. It is an
carrier of genetic information. RNases (ribonucleases) are en- indicator for living cells, and can serve as a marker for detecting vi-
zymes that can degrade ribonucleic acid (RNA) through hydrolysis. able bacteria, yeasts, and human cells, etc. Products from BRAND
Ribonucleic acids serve as transmitters of genetic information. are free of ATP (ATP concentration < 1 x 10-15 g/tip = 1 fg) and
RNases are ubiquitous and extremely stable. To protect the RNA thus are especially suitable for
molecules from undergoing enzymatic degradation, one must be luminescence measurements,
absolutely certain that plastic items are free from RNases. e.g., those employed in the hy-
Products from BRAND are free from DNA (< 4 x 10-14 g/tip = giene monitoring field according
40 fg), to avoid false positive results, e.g., in PCR*, and free to the HACCP concept.
from RNases (< 8.6 x 10-15 g/tip = 8.6 fg), to make it possible
to work with RNA.

* The Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is covered by international patents.

Use of the PCR process may require a license.
Cytotoxicity Various substances are capable of damaging
cells. Extracts from BRANDplates® for cell culture are checked
for their effects on cell cultures using an in vitro cytotoxicity test.
BRANDplates® are free from cytotoxic substances according to
DIN EN ISO 10 993.

118 info@brand.de
 Microcentrifuge Tubes

Life Science
Microcentrifuge Tubes
Quality features

n Uniform lid thickness ensures

trouble-free piercing.

n Consistent wall thickness.

n Tight fitting attached lid provides

leak-free seal, yet reopens easily.

n High clarity.

n Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),

acc. DIN EN 285

Relative Centrifugal Force (RCF)

Quoted RCF (g) values are determined with
20 °C water being centrifuged for 20 min.
Actual stress limit may be affected by con-
ditions such as rotor positioning, reagents,
run time and temperature. Specified RCF
values should only be used as a comparati-
ve guide (DIN 58 970).

To calculate RCF:

( )
2
n
RCF = 1.118 · r · 1000

Example:
Rotation radius r = 180 mm
(vertical distance between center
of rotation axis and bottom of
centrifuge tube)
Speed n = 6000 min-1

( 1000 )
2
6000
RCF = 1.118 · 180 ·
= 7245

www.brand.de 119
 Microcentrifuge Tubes

Microcentrifuge tubes
Life Science

0.5 ml, with lid

PP.
RCF max. Lid membrane Ø Thickness Outer-Ø Height
mm lid membrane mm mm
mm

10 000 (at 20 °C, te 20 min) 5.4 0.3 7.9 31.4

Pack of 1000
(1 bag).
Cat. No. 7805 07

1.5 ml, with lid

PP. Frosted marking area, subdivisions for approximate volume determination.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
RCF max. Lid membrane Ø Thickness Outer-Ø Height
mm lid membrane mm mm
mm

20 000 (at 20 °C, te 20 min) 8.5 0.3 10.75 40.8

Pack of 500
(1 bag).
Cat. No. 7805 00 BIO-CERT®
Sterile and free of endotoxins, DNA,
Pack of 3000 RNase and ATP.
(6 bags of 500). Pack of 450 (30 blister packs of 15 tubes).
Cat. No. 7805 02 Cat. No. 7804 00

Colored
Pack of 500.
Color Cat. No.

yellow 7805 21
blue 7805 22
green 7805 23
orange 7805 24
amber* 7805 25
* The amber-colored microcentrifuge tubes are particu-
larly suitable for light-sensitive reagents.

120 info@brand.de
 Microcentrifuge Tubes

Life Science
0.5 ml, 1.5 ml and 2.0 ml,
with lid closure NEW!
PP. RNase-, DNA- and endotoxin-free. Lid closure to achieve especially effective sealing
and prevent accidental opening! Frosted marking area, subdivisions for approximate volume
determination.
Volume RCF max. Outer-Ø Height Pack Cat. No.
ml mm mm of

0.5 30 000 (at -5 °C, te 20 min) 10.0 30.0 500 7805 36

1.5 30 000 (at -5 °C, te 20 min) 12.8 38.8 1000 7805 40
2.0 30 000 (at -5 °C, te 20 min) 12.8 40.0 500 7805 46

lid closure

1.5 ml, without lid

PP.
RCF max. Outer-Ø Height
mm mm

6 000 (at 20 °C, te 20 min) 11 39.5

Pack of 12 000
(6 bags of 2000).
Microcentrifuge tube racks
Cat. No. 7805 05
and adapters can be found
on page 125.

2 ml, with lid

PP. Frosted marking area, subdivisions for approximate volume determination.
RCF max. Lid membrane Ø Thickness Outer-Ø Height
mm lid membrane mm mm
mm

20 000 (at 20 °C, te 20 min) 8.5 0.3 10.7 41.15

Pack of 500
(1 bag).
Cat. No. 7805 50

www.brand.de 121
 Micro Tubes

Micro tubes with screw caps

Life Science

Screw cap micro tubes are ideal for storage of serums

and blood samples, and for boiling, centrifugation, etc.
Colored
Cap inserts for coding,
available in a variety of
colors.
Safe
Positive sealing screw Fast
cap with sealing cone Fast opening and closing
or silicone seal. with 1¼ turn of cap.

Accurate
Dimensions: outer Ø
11 mm, height 47 mm.
Clear
All tubes are made of
high-transparency PP
for easy visibility of
samples.
Rugged
Withstands RCF to
17 000 g at 20 °C,
for 20 min.
Convenient
Micro tubes with ring stands
(self-standing) can be placed
in suitable racks one-handed.

Versatile
Micro tubes with screw caps
are available in different
formats, designs and quality
grades. Micro tubes of PP and
screw caps of PE or PP are
precisely matched to ensure a
secure seal.
with sealing cone with silicone seal with silicone seal,
tamper-evident screw cap
Micro tubes with sealing cone Micro tubes are sealed The tamper-evident screw
are particularly suitable for the extremely well with silicone cap guarantees the user an
storage of sensitive samples, seals, without contact be- uncontaminated sample. A vis-
since they avoid the risk of tween the sample and the ible ring acts as an anti-tamper
contamination from existing sealing ring. The containers seal, which breaks when the
silicone seals. These tubes are suitable for the storage of cap is first opened. The micro
are not autoclavable. samples in the gaseous (va- tubes have a silicone seal, and
por) phase of liquid nitrogen. are suitable for the storage of
Micro tubes with silicone seals samples in the gaseous (va-
are autoclavable at 121 °C por) phase of liquid nitrogen.
(2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285. The micro tubes with tamper-
evident screw cap are auto-
clavable at 121 °C (2 bar),
acc. DIN EN 285.

122 info@brand.de
 Micro Tubes

Micro tubes

Life Science
Colored screw caps and colored
cap inserts are available sepa-
rately (page 124).

attached screw cap with sealing cone, non-sterile

PP, ungraduated, screw cap PE. Operating range: -90 °C to +100 °C.
Pack of 1000.
Capacity Description Cat. No.
ml

0.5 self-standing 7807 00

1.5 self-standing 7807 01
1.5 round-bottom 7807 02
2 self-standing 7807 03
2 round-bottom 7807 04

attached screw cap with silicone seal, non-sterile

PP, graduated, screw cap PP. With frosted marking area.
Operating range: -196 °C to +121 °C. Pack of 1000.
Capacity Subdiv. up to Description Cat. No.
ml ml

0.5 * – self-standing 7807 10

1.5 1 self-standing 7807 11
1.5 1 round-bottom 7807 12
2 1.2 self-standing 7807 13
2 1.2 round-bottom 7807 14
* ungraduated

bulk screw cap with silicone seal, sterile

PP, graduated, screw cap PP. With frosted marking area. Operating range: -196 °C to
+121 °C. DNA-, DNase-, and RNase-free, endotoxin-free, non-mutagenic, non-toxic.
Pack of 500.
Capacity Description sterile
ml with cap
Cat. No.

0.5 * self-standing 7807 50

1.5 self-standing 7807 51
1.5 round-bottom 7807 52
2 self-standing 7807 53
2 round-bottom 7807 54
* ungraduated

without screw cap, non-sterile

PP, graduated. With frosted marking area. Operating range: -196 °C to +121 °C.
Pack of 1000.
Capacity Description non-sterile
ml without cap
Cat. No.

0.5 * self-standing 7807 30

1.5 self-standing 7807 31
1.5 round-bottom 7807 32
2 self-standing 7807 33
2 round-bottom 7807 34
* ungraduated

www.brand.de 123
 Micro Tubes

Micro tubes
Life Science

with tamper-evident screw cap, with silicone seal, sterile

PP, graduated. With frosted marking area. Operating range: -196 °C to +121 °C.
DNA, DNase, and RNase-free, endotoxin-free, non-mutagenic, non-toxic.
Pack of 500.
Capacity Description Cat. No.
ml

0.5 * self-standing 7807 55

1.5 self-standing 7807 56
1.5 round-bottom 7807 57
2 self-standing 7807 58
2 round-bottom 7807 59
* ungraduated

without screw cap, non-sterile

PP, ungraduated. Operating range: -196 °C to +121 °C.
Pack of 1000.
Capacity Description Cat. No.
ml

0.5 self-standing 7807 60

1.5 self-standing 7807 61
1.5 round-bottom 7807 62
2 self-standing 7807 63
2 round-bottom 7807 64

Caps, colored
Cap Cat. No.
Color

Screw caps with silicone seal, white 7807 40

for micro tubes 7807 30 - 7807 34, blue 7807 41
7807 50 - 7807 54 red 7807 42
green 7807 43
PP. Applications: -196 °C to +121 °C.
yellow 7807 44
Pack of 1000.

Cap insert Cat. No.

Color

Cap inserts white 7807 20

for micro tubes with attached or blue 7807 21
bulk screw caps red 7807 22
green 7807 23
PP. Applications: -196 °C to +121 °C.
yellow 7807 24
Pack of 500.

Cap Cat. No.

Color

transparent 7807 70
Tamper-evident screw caps with blue 7807 71
silicone seal, for micro tubes green 7807 72
7807 60 - 7807 64 purple 7807 73
red 7807 74
PP. Applications: -196 °C to +121 °C.
yellow 7807 75
Pack of 1000.

124 info@brand.de
 Accessories
Microcentrifuge Tubes

Accessories microcentrifuge tubes

Life Science
Microcentrifuge tube rack
PP, grey. Numbered positions for 20 microcentrifuge tubes, 1.5 ml.
Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.
Pack of 1.
Positions Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

20 210 70 37 7806 05

0.5 ml adapter
for Cat. No. 7806 05
PP. Microcentrifuge tube racks can be
equipped with inserts to accommodate
0.5 ml microcentrifuge tubes. Easy perma-
nent assembly. Pack of 20.
Cat. No. 7806 08

Microcentrifuge tube racks

PP. Stackable racks with alphanumerical positions. Operating temperature -20 °C to
+90 °C. Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285. Density 1.2 g/cm³. Will not
float in waterbath. Racks are supplied in two-pieces (Ø 11 mm, for microcentrifuge tubes)
or three-pieces (Ø 13 mm, for cryogenic tubes) for convenient and permanent assembly.
L x W x H in mm: 265 x 126 x 38. Pack of 5.
For Ø up to Positions white blue red yellow
mm Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

11 8 x 16 43410 50 43410 51 43410 52 43410 53

13 6 x 14 43410 00 43410 01 43410 02 43410 03

Mini cooler
PC. Mini coolers are designed to protect a wide range of solutions (enzymes, DNA, RNA,
cell suspensions) by helping to maintain freezer temperatures on the lab bench. Durable
polycarbonate filled with non-toxic gel. Mini coolers hold twelve 0.5 ml to 2.0 ml tubes.
Bench temp. Time held Color Cat. No.
maintained

0 °C 60 min. red 1149 30

-20 °C 60 min. yellow 1149 35
-70 °C 45 min. white 1149 40

www.brand.de 125
 PCR Products

PCR
Life Science

Tubes, strips, plates and accessories

BRAND has significantly expanded its product
range of extra-thin-wall disposable products,
which were specially developed to satisfy the
demands of PCR applications, particularly in 96-
well PCR plates. Single tubes, strips of 8 and 12,
and, for high sample throughput, PCR plates in
24-well, 48-well, 96-well, and 384-well formats
are available. Thus, there is an optimal product
for every application.

Features

n Suitable for use in common thermal cyclers.

n PP, extra-thin uniform wall thicknesses to provide the
optimal thermal transfer and short cycle times.
n 96-well PCR plates with blue alphanumeric code and
cut corner marking
n Highly transparent flat covers optimally suited for qPCR
n DNase-, DNA- and RNase-free
n Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285

Real-Time PCR?
q!PCR outstanding!

q!PCR PCR Plates:

Plates that fit in quantitative Real-Time thermal cyclers,
also available in white

q!PCR PCR Tubes:

Tubes with highly transparent caps for sensitive detection
of fluorescence signals

q!PCR PCR Seals:

Seals, highly transparent for sensitive detection
of fluorescence signals

Note! Autoclaves can be a source of contami-

nation for disposable products.

The Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) is covered by international patents.

Use of the PCR process may require a license.

126 info@brand.de
 PCR Tubes

Single PCR tubes

Life Science
0.2 ml and 0.5 ml PCR tubes with attached caps are compatible with leading thermal cyclers
with heated lids. The caps are easy to open and close without tools, yet ensure a tight fit
to reduce sample evaporation. The various colors of the PCR tubes allow fast sample clas-
sification.

0.2 ml and 0.5 ml

with attached caps
PP. Pack of 1000.
Capacity Description Color Cat. No.
ml

0.2 domed cap clear 7813 00

0.2 flat cap clear 7813 05
flat cap rose 7813 01
flat cap yellow 7813 02
flat cap green 7813 03
flat cap blue 7813 04

0.5 flat cap clear 7813 10

flat cap rose 7813 11
flat cap yellow 7813 12
flat cap green 7813 13
flat cap blue 7813 14

domed cap flat cap

www.brand.de 127
 PCR Strips

PCR Strips
Life Science

White PCR products offer significantly better results for qPCR, and are specifically
recommended by many thermal cycler manufacturers.

Strips of 8
with detached cap strips
PP. 8 connected 0.2 ml tubes. Separate, domed or flat caps are available in strips of 8.
They are easy to open and close without tools. The tubes have a holding strap at one end,
and the cover strips on each cap have a small lip on the side for careful, contamination-
free opening.
Pack of 125 strips, 1000 vessels or caps, total.
Capacity Color Strips of 8 Strips of 8 Strips of 8
ml PCR tubes PCR caps domed PCR caps flat*
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.2 clear 7813 20 q!PCR 7813 40 7813 34  q!PCR

rose 7813 21 7813 41 –
yellow 7813 22 7813 42 –
green 7813 23 7813 43 –
blue 7813 24 7813 44 –
white 7813 25 q!PCR – –

Pack of 250 strips each, 2000 tubes and 2000 caps, total.

NEW! Capacity
ml
Color Strips of 8 PCR tubes and
strips of 8 PCR caps domed
Strips of 8 PCR tubes and
strips of 8 PCR caps flat*
Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.2 clear 7813 27 7813 26 q!PCR

* flat caps suitable for Real-Time PCR

NEW!
Strips of 8 PCR tubes
with attached flat individual caps
PP. 8 connected 0.2 ml or 0.15 ml tubes with attached, flat individual caps – ideal protec-
tion against contamination. The highly transparent cap makes them ideal for real-time PCR.
Available in standard and low profile versions.
Pack of 120 Strips, 960 vessels total.
Description Capacity Color Pack of Cat. No.
ml

Standard 0.2 clear 120 strips per bag 7813 32  q!PCR
Standard 0.2 white 120 strips per bag 7813 16 q!PCR NEW!
Low profile 0.15 clear 120 strips per bag 7813 33  q!PCR
Low profile 0.15 white 120 strips per bag 7813 17 q!PCR NEW!

128 info@brand.de
 PCR Strips · PCR Plates

Life Science
Strips of 8 PCR tubes
with attached cap strips
PP. 8 connected 0.2 ml tubes with attached cap strips. Domed caps facilitate one-handed
operation. Pack of 125 strips, 1000 vessels, total.
Cat. No. 7813 30

Strips of 12
with detached cap strips
PP. 12 connected 0.2 ml tubes. The separate domed caps are available in strips of 12.
They ensure a secure seal. Pack of 125 strips, 1500 vessels or caps, total.
Capacity Color Strips of 12 PCR tubes Strips of 12 PCR caps
ml Cat. No. Cat. No.

0.2 clear 7812 80 7812 90

rose 7812 81 7812 91
yellow 7812 82 7812 92
green 7812 83 7812 93
blue 7812 84 7812 94

q!PCR 24-well and 48-well PCR Plates

These plates reduce material costs and allow work on a compact PCR plate even with small
sample throughputs.

24-well, non-skirted
PP. 0.2 ml wells. Suitable for most commercially available thermal cyclers.
A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.
Description Color Pack of Cat. No.

Standard profile clear 40 (5 plates per bag) 7814 11 

Standard profile white 40 (5 plates per bag) 7814 12

48-well, non-skirted
PP. 0.2 ml wells. Suitable for most commercially available thermal cyclers.
A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.
Description Color Pack of Cat. No.

Standard profile clear 20 (5 plates per bag) 7814 15 

Standard profile white 20 (5 plates per bag) 7814 16

www.brand.de 129
 PCR Plates

q!PCR 96-well PCR Plates

Life Science

The ultra thin-walled PCR plate design facilitates constant, rapid and precise heat transfer.
The smooth vessel interior minimizes the binding of enzymes and nucleic acid to the walls.
The rim of the wells are designed to protect against cross-contamination, allowing a reliable
seal with the sealing mats tailored to the plates.

The use of Real-Time PCR (qPCR) is becoming increasingly widespread. In particular,

the direct quantification of the DNA formed can be achieved by the use of fluorescence
measurement. White PCR products by BRAND offer significantly better results in this ap-
plication than transparent tubes. The different products in this line are uniformly colored
with TiO2 (titanium dioxide), so that in combination with the smooth surfaces, the optimum
reflection of the fluorescence signal is provided.

The new 96-well PCR plates from BRAND

offer features such as blue alphanumeric
coding and cut corner design to facilitate
orientation.

2
NEW! Low profile Standard profile Standard profile,
elevated rim

96-well, non-skirted
PP. 0.2 ml or 0.15 ml wells. 96-well non-skirted PCR plates are suitable for most com-
mercially available thermal cyclers. A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.
Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.

3
1 Low profile clear H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 66
Low profile white H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 67

2 Standard profile clear A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 68

Standard profile white A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 69

3 Standard profile, elevated rim clear H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 50 
Standard profile, elevated rim white H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 54 

Please note the thermal cycler 96-well PCR plates in standard profile can be sealed with PCR caps (strips of 8),
compatibility table on page 134. Cat. No. 7813 40 - 7813 44 and 7813 34 page 128.

130 info@brand.de
 PCR Plates

Life Science
1

Low profile Low profile, Standard profile Standard profile,

NEW!
raised skirt elevated rim 2

96-well, semi-skirted
PP. 0.2 ml or 0.15 ml wells. 96-well semi-skirted PCR plates can easily be labeled or
tagged with a barcode. A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.
Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No. 3

1 Low profile clear A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 71

Low profile white A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 72

2 Low profile, raised skirt clear A1 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 73

Low profile, raised skirt white A1 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 74

3 Standard profile clear A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 75

Standard profile white A12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 76
4
4 Standard profile, elevated rim clear H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7814 00 
Standard profile, elevated rim white H12 50 (5 plates per bag) 7813 57 

96-well, semi-skirted NEW!

Suitable for Roche LightCycler 480 and other thermal cyclers
® ®

PP. 0.15 ml wells. Semi-skirted. With black alphanumeric code.

Available with or without self-adhesive sealing film (polyester, high-transparent, for qPCR).
Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.

Low profile* white H12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 64 
50 (10 plates per bag)
Low profile* white H12 7813 65 
+ 50 films for qPCR

* black alphanumeric code, no additional markings on the cut corner.

96-well, skirted NEW!

PP. 0.15 ml wells. 96-well skirted PCR plates are especially rigid, and are optimally suited
for use with automatic pipetting systems and for being transported. A detailed compatibility
table can be found on page 134.
Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.

Low profile* clear H1 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 77

Low profile* white H1 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 78
* black alphanumeric code, no additional markings on the cut corner.

www.brand.de 131
 PCR Plates

q!PCR 384-well PCR Plates

Life Science

384-well, skirted
PP. The 40 μl wells can hold sample volumes of 2 μl to 30 μl. This helps to reduce reagent
costs and shortens cycle times. The plates can be filled using multichannel pipettes or
robotic systems. A detailed compatibility table can be found on page 134.
Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.

Skirted, PP clear A24, P24 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 45

Skirted, PP clear A24 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 47 
Skirted, rigid plate clear A24 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 48

384-well, skirted
Suitable for Roche® LightCycler® 480 and other thermal cyclers
PP. 0.03 ml tubes. The wells can hold sample volumes of 2 µl to 30 µl. This helps to reduce
reagent costs and shortens cycle times. The plates can be filled using multichannel pipettes
or robotic systems.
Description Color Cut corner Pack of Cat. No.

Skirted white A12, H12 50 (10 plates per bag) 7813 58 

Please note the thermal cycler

compatibility table on page 134.

Accessories PCR tubes

PCR-Box/-Rack
sorted by color (red, yellow, green, purple, blue)
PP. Suitable for sample preparation, for keeping and storing 0.2 ml single tubes,
8-strips, and 12-strips, and 96-well PCR plates. These racks can also be stacked
without lids. Withstand temperatures from -80 to +121 °C.
Pack of 5.
Cat. No. 7813 62

PCR Mini cooler

with transparent lid
PP. For protecting samples from warming. The mini PCR cooler keeps samples at 4 ºC
for approximately 3 hours. The insulating gel changes from violet to pink at 7 ºC.
Suitable for 0.2 ml single tubes, 8-strips, and 12-strips, as well as 96-well PCR plates.
Pack of 2.
Cat. No. 7812 60

132 info@brand.de
 PCR Sealing Mats and
Sealing Films

PCR sealing mats

Life Science
PCR sealing mats have been designed to fit BRAND PCR plates exactly and reduce evapora-
tion losses by up to 75% compared to conventional systems. They are characterized by their
high flexibility, tight sealing, autoclavability and are easily pierced by pipette tips.

24-, 48- and 96-well

Product Material Pack of Cat. No.

24-well mat (for Cat. No. 7814 11) TPE 10 7814 02

48-well mat (for Cat. No. 7814 15) TPE 10 7814 03
96-well mat (for 96-well PCR plates) TPE 5 7814 05

PCR sealing films, self-adhesive

In case the PCR plates need not only to be covered, but also securely sealed, self-adhesive
sealing films are available. These film sheets can be easily applied on the plates and removed
without the use of expensive equipment.

for ELISA, PCR

Polyester. Allows visual inspection. Temperature range -40 °C to +120 °C. Single film.
Packs of 100 sheets.
Cat. No. 7813 90

for ELISA, Real-Time PCR (qPCR)

Polyester. High-transparency. Allows visual inspection. Temperature range -20 °C to
+120 °C. Single film. Packs of 100 sheets.
Cat. No. 7813 91 q!PCR

for storage, ELISA, PCR

PP. DMSO resistant. Allows visual inspection. Temperature range -80 °C to +120 °C.
Single film. Pack of 100 sheets.
Cat. No. 7013 67

www.brand.de 133
 Thermal Cycler Compatibility

Thermal Cycler Compatibility

Life Science

One glance at the table will tell you which BRAND PCR plates are compatible with your thermal cycler. We are continuously updating the table
with information from manufacturers and feedback from our customers. Ask for a free sample of our PCR plates to check compatibility with your
thermal cycler (www.brand.de), with no obligation.

non-skirted semi-skirted r.s.-s.* skirted

7814 11
7814 12

7814 15
7814 16

7813 66
7813 67

7813 68
7813 69

7813 50
7813 54

7814 00
7813 57

7813 64

7813 71
7813 72

7813 75
7813 76

7813 73
7813 74

7813 77
7813 78

7813 45

7813 47

7813 48

7813 58
rigid
White color x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Number of wells 24 48 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 384 384 384 384
Standard well x x x x x x
Low Profile well x x x x x
Cut corner H12 A12 H12 H12 H12 A12 A12 A1 H1 A24 + P24 A24 A24 A24 + P24

Agilent Technologies
AriaMx ● ●
Analytik Jena
Flex Cycler2 96 Series ● ● ● ●
Flex Cycler2 Twin 48 ● ●
Speed Cycler2 SPR ● ● ● ●
qTower 2.0 und 2.2 ● ● ● ●
APPLIED BIOSYSTEMS®
2700 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
3100 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
3130 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
3500 ● ● ● ●
3700 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
3730/ 3730x ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
9600 ● ● ● ● ● ●
9700 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
9800 Fast ●
5700 ● ● ● ● ●
7000 ● ● ● ● ● ●
7300 ● ● ● ● ● ●
7500 ● ● ● ● ● ●
7700 ● ● ● ● ● ●
7900 HT ● ● ● ●
7500 Fast ●
Step One Plus ●
Veriti 0.2 ml ●
Veriti 0.1 ml ●
ViiA™ 7 ● ●
AMERSHAM® Bioscience
MegaBace® 500 ●
MegaBace® 1000 ●
MegaBace® 4000 ● ● ● ● ●
BECKMAN®
CEQ ● ●
MegaBace® 4000 ● ● ● ● ●
BIOMETRA® Analytik Jena AG
Uno ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Uno II ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
T1 Thermal Cycler ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Tgradient ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Trobot ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
BIORAD®/MJ RESEARCH®
CFX 96 Touch™ ● ●
CFX 96 Connect™ ● ●
CFX Automated System II ● ● ● ●
T100 ● ●
Genecycler ●
C1000 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
S100 ● ● ● ●
PTC-200 DNA-Engine ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PTC-220 DNA-Eng. Dyad ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PTC-221 Dyad-Disciple ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PTC-225 DNA-Tetrad ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PTC-240 DNA-Tetrad 2 ●
Base Station ●
iCycler ● ● ● ● ● ●
MyCycler ● ● ● ● ●
MyiQ ● ● ● ● ● ●
iQ4 ● ● ●
iQ5 ● ● ● ● ● ●
CFX96 ● ●
Chromo 4 ● ● ● ●

134 info@brand.de
 Thermal Cycler Compatibility

continued

Life Science
non-skirted semi-skirted r.s.-s.* skirted

7814 11

7814 12

7814 15

7814 16

7813 66

7813 67

7813 68

7813 69

7813 50

7813 54

7814 00

7813 57

7813 64

7813 71

7813 72

7813 75

7813 76

7813 73

7813 74

7813 77

7813 78

7813 45

7813 47

7813 48

7813 58
rigid
White color x x x x x x x x x x x x x
Number of wells 24 48 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 384 384 384 384
Standard well x x x x x x
Low Profile well x x x x x
Cut corner H12 A12 H12 H12 H12 A12 A12 A1 H1 A24 + P24 A24 A24 A24 + P24

BIORAD®/MJ RESEARCH®
Opticon ● ● ●
Opticon 2 ● ● ●
Opticon 4 ● ●
Corbett Research
Palm Cycler 96 ●
Palm Cycler 384 ● ● ● ●
Eppendorf®
Mastercycler® Gradient ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mastercycler® ep ● ● ● ● ● ●
Mastercycler® ● ● ● ●
Mastercycler® M384 ● ● ● ●
Mastercycler® ep Realplex ● ● ● ● ●
Ericomp
Single Block ● ● ● ● ● ●
Twin Block ● ● ● ● ● ●
Power Block ● ● ● ●
Delta Cycler ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Esco
Swift ● ●
Flexi
Gene ● ● ●
Genius ● ●
G-Storm
GS1/ GS4/ GSX ● ● ● ●
Labnet
MultiGene™ OptiMax ● ●
Thermo Hybaid
Multi Block System ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Omnigene ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Omn-E ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PCR-Express ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PCR-Sprint − − ● ● − − ● ● ●
pxe ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
px2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Touchdown ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
MWG®
Primus 96 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Primus 384 ● ● ● ● ●
The Q LifeCycler ● ●
PEQLAB®
PeqStar 96 ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Roche®
LightCycler® 480 ● ●
STRATAGENE®
Robocycler ● ● ● ● − ● ● ● ● ●
Robocycler Gradient ● ● ● ● ●
Mx 3000 ● ● ●
Mx 3000 P ● ● ● ●
Mx 3005 P ● ● ● ●
Mx 4000 ● ● ● ● ●
TaKaRa®
TP2400 ● ● ● ●
TP3000 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
TECHNE®
TC-412 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Flexigene ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Genius ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Genius Quad ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
TC-512 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Touchgene Gradient ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Touchgene X ● ● ● ●
TC-3000X ● ● ● − − − −
Quantica
Cyclogene ● ● ● ● ●
TRANSGENOMIC®
Wave System ● ●

● = compatible − = not compatible = no information * r. s.-s. = raised skirt semi-skirted Status as of: 1015

www.brand.de 135
 Sample Storage
Life Science

Sample Storage
BRAND has developed a number of disposable
products of polypropylene and polystyrene espe-
cially for the storage of life science samples.
These products are popular for applications
including cell biology, molecular biology, drug
discovery tests, and screening.

Features

n Polypropylene for high chemical resistance,

e.g., DMSO, phenol, chloroform

n Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),

acc. DIN EN 285 (PP-plates)

n Optimal sample mixing and recovery using

U-bottom wells

n Alphanumeric code and cut-away corner

simplify sample identification and orientation

n Can be used with multichannel pipettes and

automatic liquid handling systems from all
leading manufacturers

136 info@brand.de
 Deep-well Plates

Life Science
Deep-well Plates
The most important application for deep-well plates is sample storage (e.g., in substance
libraries). Deep-well plates are also an important component in numerous other applications,
e.g., cultivation of microorganisms, extraction of nucleic acids and proteins, screening stud-
ies, etc.

Essential features of the 96-well deep-well plates made from PP

n Free from DNA, RNases, and DNases

n High chemical resistance, e.g., against DMSO
n Temperature range -80 °C to 121 °C
n According to ANSI/SLAS 1 and 4
1,2 elevated skirt
n Stackable

The 1.2 ml low profile model reduces the space requirements by approx. 30%.
1

NEW!
3

96-well
U-bottom wells, non-sterile
PP and PS. Capacities 0.5 ml, 1.1 ml, 1.2 ml low profile and 2.2 ml.
Capacity Material well Height Pack Cat. No.
ml shape mm of
4
1 0,5 PP round 28.5 48 7013 46

1,1 PP round 40.6 24 7013 50

2
1,1* PS round 41.0 32 7013 52

1,2 elevated skirt PP round 41.4 32 7013 42

3
1,2 low profile** PP round 26.5 50
NEW! 7013 40

4 2,2 PP square 44.0 24 7013 54

* Not autoclavable, usable down to -20 °C

** Not checked for absence of DNA, RNases, and DNases

www.brand.de 137
 Deep-well Plates
Life Science

384-well
V-bottom wells, non-sterile
PP. Capacity 0.3 ml. Designed for a wide range of applications, such as High-Throughput
Screening (HTS), tests requiring a mother plate, cell and tissue cultures, serial dilutions,
reagent transfer and sample storage down to -80 °C. Deep-well plates are manufactured
in the ANSI/SLAS format and are stackable for easy storage. Pack of 48.
Cat. No. 7013 55

Cover mats for Deep-well plates

Cover mats reduce the maximum volume of wells.
Adhesive sealing films can also be used.
Description Material Pack of Cat. No.

for 0.3 ml 384-well plates Silicone 50 7013 57

for 0.5 ml 96-well plates PP 50 7013 58
for 1.1 ml 96-well plates mod. PE 24 7013 60
for 1.2 ml 96-well plates, low profile TPE 50 7013 68
for 2.2 ml 96-well plates EVA 24 7013 62

Microtitration plates and deep-well plates

are also available with bar codes. More
information at www.brand.de.

96-well microplate
U-bottom wells, non-sterile
PP. For volumes up to 300 µl. Compatible with virtually all leading microplate centrifuges.
Raised rings around the orifice of each well minimize possible cross-contamination.
The plates can be sealed using self-adhesive films, such as DMSO-resistant sealing film
(for more information, see page 140).
Pack of 100 (10 per bag).
Cat. No. 7013 30

138 info@brand.de
 Racks · Tubes

Life Science
96 tube racks
with 0.65 ml or 1.2 ml tubes, non-sterile, for use with robots
Tubes and rack are autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285 (cover mat/strip,
TPE, not autoclavable). Tubes, racks, and lids can withstand temperatures as low as
-80 °C. The seal of the tubes is pressure-tested. Thanks to the stable connection between
the mounting plate and the racks, the stackable racks in ANSI/SLAS format are especially
well-suited for use with robots and other automated dispensing systems. Coded tubes (A1
- H12) and rack sides suitable for barcode labels simplify sample organization.
Description Material Pack Cat. No.
of

Rack with lid for 0.65 ml tubes, empty* PP 50 7815 62

Rack with lid with 96 coded 0.65 ml tubes* PP 50 7815 65
Refill unit of 96 coded 0.65 ml tubes* PP 50 7815 72
Single 0.65 ml tube w/o coding PP 5000 7815 75

Rack with lid for 1.2 ml tubes, empty* PP 50 7815 63

Rack with lid with 96 coded 1.2 ml tubes* PP 50 7815 66
Refill unit of 96 coded 1.2 ml tubes* PP 50 7815 73
Single 1.2 ml tube w/o coding PP 5000 7815 76

Strip of 8 lids, piercable TPE 1000 7815 82

Cover mat for 96 tubes, piercable TPE 100 7815 83
* Not available in the USA.

Tubes 1.2 ml, rack packed

Tubes and rack, non-sterile
PP tubes and rack are autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285 (caps, PE, are
not autoclavable). Ideal for biological tests, such as PCR, cell uptake studies, RIA and
EIA. Designed for storing and freezing down to -80 °C, and for transporting reagents and
samples. Compatible with standard microplates and suitable for working with multichannel
pipettors. (Size of tubes: outer Ø 8.8 mm, height 45 mm.)
Description Material Pack Cat. No.
of

Rack with 96 individual tubes PP 10 7815 00

Rack with 12 strips of 8 tubes PP 10 7815 10
Individual tubes PP 960 7815 20
Strip of 8 tubes PP 120 7815 25
Individual caps PE 960 7815 30
Strip of 8 caps PE 120 7815 35
Rack with grid, empty PP 10 7815 40

www.brand.de 139
 Sealing Films

Sealing films, self-adhesive

Life Science

In case the microplates need not only to be covered, but also securely sealed, self-adhesive sealing
films are available. These film sheets can be easily applied on the plates and also removed without
the use of expensive equipment. They are available in different versions and are especially well-
suited for storage or cell- and tissue-culture.

ELISA, PCR Roller

Allows visual inspection. Temperature range -40 °C to +120 °C (7813 90), -40 °C to +110 °C For simple, even pressure of
(7813 91), -80 °C to+120 °C (7013 67). Single films. Packs of 100 sheets. self-adhesive films.

q!PCR
for ELISA, PCR for ELISA, Real-Time PCR for storage, ELISA, PCR Hard rubber.
Polyester. Transparent. Polyester. High-transparency. PP. DMSO resistant. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 7813 90 Cat. No. 7813 91 Cat. No. 7013 67 Cat. No. 7013 80

Fluorescence and luminescence

Automation measurement
Easy to pierce with pipette tips. Temperature range -40 °C +80 °C.
Temperature range -40 °C to +90 °C. Single films. Single films. Packs of 50 sheets.

PE top, underside PP with Vinyl, acrylic adhesive. for fluorescence for luminescence
adhesive. Inert, chemically Multiply pierceable with measurement measurement
resistant. pipette tips. Vinyl, black. Vinyl, white.
Packs of 50 sheets. Packs of 100 sheets. Light-absorbent. Reflective.
Cat. No. 7013 70 Cat. No. 7013 74 Cat. No. 7013 71 Cat. No. 7013 72

Cell and tissue culture Cold storage

Rayon. Gas-permeable. Temperature range -20 °C to +80 °C. Aluminum. Easy to pierce with pipette tips. Temperature range
Single films. -80 °C to +120 °C. Packs of 100 sheets. Single film or 1 roll.

Non-sterile
pack of 100 sheets
Single sheets
Cat. No. 7013 64
Cat. No. 7813 81
Sterile
pack of 50 sheets Roll
Cat. No. 7013 65 Cat. No. 7813 80

140 info@brand.de
 Cryogenic Tubes

Cryogenic Tubes

Life Science
Designed for storage of biological material, such as microorganisms, human and animal cells,
Cryogenic tubes are sterile,
etc. in the gaseous phase of liquid nitrogen.
RNase-, DNase-, DNA- and
PP, graduated, outer-Ø 12.5 mm. Large frosted marking area and colored cap inserts for
endotoxin-free.
easy sample identification. Temperature stability to -196 °C, γ-sterilized (SAL 10-6) and auto-
clavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.
Marked with the CE symbol according to the IVD Directive 98/79 EC. Tubes without ring
stands can be centrifuged at up to an RCF of 14 000 g.

with external thread

Screw-on cap with silicone seal
Pack of 1000 (10 bags of 100).
Capacity Subdivision up to Description Height Cat. No.
ml ml mm

1.2 1.0 self-standing 41 1148 30

2.0 1.8 round-bottom 47 1148 31
2.0 1.8 self-standing 49 1148 32
3.0 3.0 self-standing 70 1148 33
4.0 3.6 self-standing 76 1148 34
5.0 4.5 self-standing 90 1148 35

with internal thread

Screw-on cap with sealing cone
Pack of 1000 (10 bags of 100).
Capacity Subdivision up to Description Height Cat. No.
ml ml mm

1.2 1.0 self-standing 41 1148 40

2.0 1.8 self-standing 49 1148 41
2.0 1.8 round-bottom 48 1148 42
4.0 3.6 round-bottom 70 1148 43
4.0 3.6 self-standing 71 1148 44
5.0 4.6 round-bottom 90 1148 45

Cap inserts
PP. Fit for all sizes.
Pack of 500.
Color Cat. No.

white 1148 50
blue 1148 51
red 1148 52
green 1148 53
yellow 1148 54

www.brand.de 141
 Accessories Cryogenic Tubes

Accessories Cryogenic Tubes

Life Science

Storage boxes
PC. For cryogenic tubes. Operating range (in the gaseous phase of liquid nitrogen)
-196 °C to +121 °C. Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.
Pack of 4.
for cryogenic tubes Positions Length Width Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm mm

1.2 and 2 81 132 132 52 1148 62

3, 4 and 5*/*** 81 132 132 95 1148 64
1.2 and 2** 100 132 132 52 1148 66
* Pack of 5 ** internal thread *** external thread

Cryogenic tube rack

PP, blue. For 50 self-standing cryogenic
tubes. Pack of 4.
Cat. No. 1148 60

Microcentrifuge tube racks

PP. Operating temperature -20 °C to +90 °C. Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar),
acc. DIN EN 285. Density 1.2 g/cm3, will not float in waterbath.
L x W x H in mm: 265 x 126 x 38. Pack of 5.
Positions white blue red yellow
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

6 x 14 43410 00 43410 01 43410 02 43410 03

Mini cooler
PC. Mini coolers are designed to protect a wide range of solutions (enzymes, DNA, RNA,
cell suspensions) by helping to maintain freezer temperatures on the lab bench. Durable
polycarbonate filled with non-toxic gel. Mini coolers hold twelve 0.5 ml to 2.0 ml tubes.
Pack of 1.
Bench temperature Time held Color Cat. No.
maintained

0 °C 60 min. red 1149 30

-20 °C 60 min. yellow 1149 35
-70 °C 45 min. white 1149 40

142 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ® Microplates

Life Science
BRANDplates ®
Microplates
Modern research methods require high-quality
disposables.
BRANDplates ® microplates can be used in all
important fields of life science. For this compre-
hensive line, three immunological and four cell
culture surfaces have been developed under the
most modern production conditions.
The product line covers a multitude of standard
applications (e.g., homogenous assays, screen-
ings) as well as applications in the fields of im-
munology and cell culture technique.

Non-treated surfaces
n
pureGrade™
pureGrade™ S

Immunology
n
immunoGrade™
hydroGrade™
lipoGrade™

Cell culture
n
cellGrade™
cellGrade™ plus
cellGrade™ premium
inertGrade™

The BRANDplates ® product range has grown

to more than 115 different microplates.
To assist you in the selection and to give a
quick overview, we offer the BRANDplates ®
Selection Guide, available on the internet at
www.brand.de.

www.brand.de 143
 BRANDplates® Microplates
Life Science

BRANDplates ®
pureGrade ™
pureGrade ™ S

Microplates,
non-treated surface

Non-treated microplates made of PS are used

in the most diversified application fields, such
as homogenous standard assays and extensive
screening assays. The hydrophobic characteris-
tics of non-treated PS are often helpful in per-
forming these applications.

pureGrade ™ (medium binding)*

Non-treated surface, non-sterile
• The standard plate for most applications.
• Particularly applicable for homogenous assays,
screening, and for storage.
* high binding surface, see page 150

pureGrade ™ S
Non-treated surface, sterile
• Sterilized via β-radiation.
• Especially suited for bacteriological assays.

144 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ®
non-treated

Life Science
Application Specifications
Application Types (see below)

96-well 384-well 1536-well

for homogenous assays, screening, and

pureGrade ™ for storage, for DNA, RNA and protein 1 2 3 4 1 2 1
medium binding, non-sterile quantification

pureGrade ™ S for bacteriological assays, screenings etc. 1 2 1 2 1

sterile

Types
96-well microplates NEW! NEW!

1 Standard 2 with transparent bottom 3 with UV-transparent film 4 Strip plates

bottom (without and with grid)

384-well microplates

1 Standard 2 with transparent bottom

1536-well microplates

Insert System microplates

pureGrade™ S 6-well and 24-well
can be found on page 159.

1 Standard

www.brand.de 145
 BRANDplates ®
non-treated

96-well Microplates
Life Science

pureGrade ™ (medium binding)

PS. Non-treated, non-sterile.
For homogenous assays, screenings, storage, etc.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 96-well standard microplates

transparent U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 00
transparent V-bottom 360 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 01
transparent F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 02
transparent C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 03
1
white U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 04
white F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 05
black U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 07
black F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7816 08
2 96-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 330 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7816 10
black F-bottom 330 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7816 11
3 96-well microplates with UV-transparent film bottom
PS with UV-transparent film bottom, slightly hydrophilized, 25 μm bottom thickness, transmission at 240 nm 80%
2
NEW!
transparent,
F-bottom 350 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 14 1
UV-transparent

NEW!
black,
F-bottom 350 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 15 1
UV-transparent

NEW!
4 96-well strip plates

NEW!
transparent, without grid,
F-bottom 360 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7823 00
strips of 8 wells, not divisible
transparent, with grid,
strips of 8 wells, divisible
F-bottom 350 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7823 01 NEW!
1
not available in USA

pureGrade ™ S
3 PS. Non-treated, sterile.
For bacteriological assays, screenings, storage, etc.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

NEW!
1 96-well standard microplates
transparent U-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 60
transparent V-bottom 360 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 61
transparent F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 62
transparent C-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 63
white F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 65
black F-bottom 350 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 68
2 96-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 70
4 black F-bottom 330 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 71

Lids for BRANDplates ®

microplates can be found
on page 164.

146 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ®
non-treated

384-well Microplates

Life Science
pureGrade ™ (medium binding)
PS. Non-treated, non-sterile.
For homogenous assays, screenings, storage, etc.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 384-well standard microplates

transparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 20
white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 21
black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 22
2 384-well microplates with transparent bottom
1
white F-bottom 120 µl 50 (2 bags of 25 plates) 7816 26
black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (2 bags of 25 plates) 7816 27

pureGrade ™ S
PS. Non-treated, sterile. 2
For bacteriological assays, screenings, storage, etc.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 384-well standard microplates

transparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 80
white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 81
black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 82
2 384-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 86
black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7816 87

www.brand.de 147
 BRANDplates ®
non-treated

1536-well Microplates
Life Science

pureGrade ™
PS. Non-treated, non-sterile.
For homogenous assays, screenings, storage, etc.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 1536-well standard microplates

transparent F-bottom 10 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 40
white F-bottom 10 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 41
black F-bottom 10 µl 50 (5 bags of 10 plates) 7816 42

pureGrade ™ S
PS. Non-treated, sterile.
For bacteriological assays, screenings, storage, etc.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 1536-well standard microplates

transparent F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7817 00
white F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7817 01
black F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7817 02

Information on untreated Petri

dishes made of PS and inoculation
loops can be found on page 244.

148 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ® Microplates

Life Science
BRANDplates ®
immunoGrade ™
hydroGrade ™
lipoGrade ™

Microplates
for Immunoassays
Diagnosis of disease, pregnancy or verification
of doping substances – many analyses in the
modern laboratory are performed with immuno-
logical assays in microplates.
They are characterized by their high specificity
and provide the opportunity to detect the lowest
concentrations of defined substances in com-
plex liquids, such as blood serum.

www.brand.de 149
 BRANDplates ® Microplates

BRANDplates ®
Life Science

Surfaces for Immunoassays

immunoGrade™, hydroGrade™ and lipoGrade™ – three surfaces with different
affinities to different types of molecules. The BRANDplates ® microplates are
suitable for a broad section of applications like ELISA, RIA, FIA, etc.

immunoGrade ™ (high-binding)*
Optimized for the immobilization of IgG
• Optimized for the immobilization of IgG, offering highest binding capacity for
molecules with mixed hydrophilic and hydrophobic regions.
• The surface of choice for the majority of standard ELISAs.
• Suitable for solid phase immunoassays.
• Comparable to 'high-binding' plates from other manufacturers.

* medium binding surface, see page 144

hydroGrade ™
For the immobilization of hydrophilic molecules
• Strongly hydrophilic, with high affinity to hydrophilic molecules, such as glycoproteins and
peptides, antibodies with predominantly hydrophilic regions, and nucleic acids.
• An alternative to the immunoGrade™ surface when performing solid phase assays.
• Alternative for homogeneous assays with hydrophobic molecules, that remain in solution.

lipoGrade ™
For the immobilization of hydrophobic molecules
• Strongly hydrophobic (lipophilic), for immobilization of biomolecules with predominantly
hydrophobic regions.
• An alternative to the immunoGrade™ surface for the immobilization of molecules, such
as lipoproteins or peptides.
• Specially suited for liquid phase assays when the reaction component should stay in
solution. The majority of hydrophilic biomolecules are not immobilized on this surface.

150 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ®
Immunoassays

Life Science
Application Specifications
Application Types (see below)

96-well 384-well

immunoGrade ™ Standard ELISA, solid phase immunoassays,

optimized for the immobilization of IgG, 1 2 3 1
high-binding, non-sterile comparable to other 'high-binding' plates

hydroGrade ™ Solid phase with hydrophilic molecules, 1 1

non-sterile liquid phase with hydrophobic molecules

lipoGrade ™ Solid phase with hydrophobic molecules, 1 2 1 2

non-sterile liquid phase with hydrophilic molecules

Types
96-well microplates NEW!

1 Standard 2 with transparent bottom 3 Strip plates

(without and with grid)

384-well microplates

1 Standard 2 with transparent bottom

www.brand.de 151
 BRANDplates ®
Immunoassays

96-well Microplates
Life Science

immunoGrade ™ (high-binding)
PS, non-sterile.
Optimized for the immobilization of IgG, standard ELISA assay.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 96-well standard microplates

transparent U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 20
transparent V-bottom 360 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 21
transparent F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 22
transparent C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 23
1
white U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 24
white C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 26
black U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 27
black C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 29
2 96-well microplates with transparent bottom
black F-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 31
black F-bottom 330 µl 5 (1 bag of 5 plates) 7817 32
3 96-well strip plates

2 transparent, without grid,

strips of 8 wells, not divisible
F-bottom 360 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7823 05 NEW!
transparent, with grid,
F-bottom 350 µl 100 (4 bags of 25 plates) 7823 06 NEW!
NEW!
strips of 8 wells, divisible

hydroGrade ™
PS, non-sterile. Hydrophilic. For solid phase with hydrophilic molecules
and liquid phase with hydrophobic molecules, respectively.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 96-well standard microplates

3 transparent U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 80

transparent F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 82
transparent C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 83
white U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 84
white C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 86
black U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 87
black C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 89

lipoGrade ™
PS, non-sterile. Lipophilic/hydrophobic. For solid phase with hydrophobic molecules
and liquid phase with hydrophilic molecules, respectively.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 96-well standard microplates

transparent U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 40
transparent V-bottom 360 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 41
transparent F-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 42
transparent C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 43
white U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 44
white C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 46
black U-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 47
black C-bottom 350 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 49
2 96-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 50
white F-bottom 330 µl 5 (1 bag of 5 plates) 7818 52
black F-bottom 330 µl 100 (20 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 51
black F-bottom 330 µl 5 (1 bag of 5 plates) 7818 53

152 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ®
Immunoassays

384-well Microplates

Life Science
immunoGrade ™ (high-binding)
PS, non-sterile.
Optimized for the immobilization of IgG, standard ELISA assay.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 384-well standard microplates

transparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 40
white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 41
black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7817 42

hydroGrade ™
PS, non-sterile. Hydrophilic. For solid phase with hydrophilic molecules and liquid phase
with hydrophobic molecules, respectively.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 384-well standard microplates

2
transparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 00
white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 01
black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 02

lipoGrade ™
PS, non-sterile. Lipophilic/hydrophobic. For solid phase with hydrophobic molecules
and liquid phase with hydrophilic molecules, respectively.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 384-well standard microplates

transparent F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 60
white F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 61
black F-bottom 100 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 62
2 384-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 120 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 66
white F-bottom 120 µl 5 (1 bag of 5 plates) 7818 68
black F-bottom 120 µl 50 (10 stacks of 5 plates) 7818 67
black F-bottom 120 µl 5 (1 bag of 5 plates) 7818 69

Lids for BRANDplates ®

microplates can be found
on page 164.

www.brand.de 153
 BRANDplates ® Microplates
Life Science

BRANDplates ®
cellGrade ™
cellGrade ™ plus
cellGrade ™ premium
inertGrade ™
Microplates
for Cell Culture
Cell culture is increasing in popularity in the
research and development area. Outside of
basic research, cells are cultivated today for a
number of reasons, including the production of
proteins and, in particular, as assay systems.
As cell cultures can sometimes be quite demand-
ing regarding their environment, the disposables
used for cultivation have to be of highest qual-
ity. BRAND has drawn upon its extensive expe-
rience in the production of high-quality plastic
disposables to expand the product range of
BRANDplates ® microplates into the field of cell
culture.

154 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ® Microplates

BRANDplates ®

Life Science
Surfaces for Cell Culture
Adherent cells prefer polar surfaces that possess hydrophilic functional groups.
In contrast suspension cells prefer extremly hydrophobic or hydrophilic surfaces,
that don’t allow any immobilization. Four different plate surfaces – cellGrade™,
cellGrade™ plus, cellGrade™ premium, inertGrade™ – allow the optimum combi-
nation between microplate and specific cell line.

cellGrade ™
For the cultivation of adherent cells
• Standard surface for the cultivation of adherent cell lines.
• PS-surface with different chemical groups, such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups,
that are freely accessible.
• Surface is hydrophilic compared with non-treated PS.
• Serum components are easily bound onto the freely accessible chemical groups,
allowing an indirect adhesion of cells.

cellGrade ™ plus
For reduced-serum media cultivation of cells
• For cultivation of fastidious cell lines.
• In addition to carboxyl and hydroxyl chemical groups, free amino groups are present on
the surface.
• The surface has a protein-like composition, so cells can directly attach and spread out.
• Cells adhere faster, better rate of yield.
• Sensitive cell lines can be cultivated.
• Suited for serum-reduced cultivation of cells.

cellGrade ™ premium
Poly-D-Lysine-equivalent surface
• Poly-D-Lysine-equivalent surface, with analogous results regarding growth performance
and cell morphology.
• Optimal adhesion of cells to the surface reduces cell damage when washing frequently.
• Cultivation of cell lines with the highest demands on their environment.
• Surface suited for serum-free and serum-reduced cultivation of cells.
• Good shelf life at room temperature.
• The alternative option to biologically coated surfaces.

inertGrade ™
For cultivation of suspension cells
• Especially suited for cell cultures, when adhesion is not desired.
• Optimized surface characteristics reduce cell adhesion and protein adsorption
to a minimum.
• Inhibits early differentiation of stem cells.
• Sterilized with ethylene oxide.

www.brand.de 155
 BRANDplates ®
Cell Culture

Application Specifications
Life Science

Application Types (see below)

96-well 384-well 1536-well

cellGrade ™ For standard applications in cell culture,

e.g., for the cultivation of adherent cell 1 2 1 2 1
sterile lines

cellGrade ™ plus Serum-reduced cultivation for fastidious

1 2 1 2
sterile cell cultures

cellGrade ™ premium For fastidious cell lines, serum reduced 1 2 1 2

sterile and -free cultivation

inertGrade ™ Cultivation of cells (including normally 1 2

sterile adherent types) in suspension

Types
96-well microplates

Accessories for cell culture

applications (Transferpette®
multichannel pipettes, accu-
jet® pro, QuikSip™) can be
found on page 59, 99, 104.

1 Standard 2 with transparent bottom

384-well microplates

1 Standard 2 with transparent bottom

1536-well microplates

Insert System microplates

cellGrade™ plus 6-well
and 24-well can be found
on page 159.

1 Standard

156 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ®
Cell Culture

cellGrade ™ 96-well Microplates

Life Science
PS, sterile. For standard cell culture applications.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of 5 * Pack of 50 **
Cat. No. Cat. No.
1 96-well standard microplates
transparent U-bottom 330 µl – 7819 60
transparent V-bottom 360 µl – 7819 61
transparent F-bottom 350 µl – 7819 62
transparent C-bottom 350 µl – 7819 63
white F-bottom 350 µl – 7819 65
black F-bottom 350 µl – 7819 68
2 96-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 330 µl 7819 74 7819 70
black F-bottom 330 µl 7819 75 7819 71 1
* 1 bag of 5 plates ** individually wrapped, with lid

cellGrade plus ™

PS, sterile.
For cultivation of fastidious cell lines and for serum-reduced cultivation.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of 5 * Pack of 50 **
Cat. No. Cat. No.
1 96-well standard microplates 2
transparent F-bottom 350 µl – 7820 22
white F-bottom 350 µl – 7820 25
black F-bottom 350 µl – 7820 28
2 96-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 330 µl 7820 34 7820 30
black F-bottom 330 µl 7820 35 7820 31
* 1 bag of 5 plates ** individually wrapped, with lid

cellGrade ™ premium
PS, sterile. For the most demanding cell lines, and for serum-reduced and serum-free
cultivation.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of 5 * Pack of 50 **
Cat. No. Cat. No.
1 96-well standard microplates
transparent F-bottom 350 µl – 7820 82
white F-bottom 350 µl – 7820 85
black F-bottom 350 µl – 7820 88
2 96-well microplates with transparent bottomn
white F-bottom 330 µl 7820 94 7820 90
black F-bottom 330 µl 7820 95 7820 91
* 1 bag of 5 plates ** individually wrapped, with lid

inertGrade ™
PS, sterile. For cultivation of suspension and stem cells.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of 5 * Pack of 40 *
Cat. No. Cat. No.
1 96-well standard microplates
transparent U-bottom 330 µl – 7819 00
transparent F-bottom 350 µl – 7819 02
white U-bottom 330 µl – 7819 04
white F-bottom 350 µl – 7819 05
white C-bottom 350 µl – 7819 06
black U-bottom 330 µl – 7819 07
black F-bottom 350 µl – 7819 08
black C-bottom 350 µl – 7819 09
2 96-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 330 µl 7819 12 7819 10
black F-bottom 330 µl 7819 13 7819 11
* individually wrapped, with lid

www.brand.de 157
 BRANDplates ®
Cell Culture

384-well Microplates
Life Science

cellGrade ™
PS, sterile. For standard cell culture applications.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of 5 * Pack of 50 **
Cat. No. Cat. No.
1 384-well standard microplates
transparent F-bottom 100 µl – 7819 80
white F-bottom 100 µl – 7819 81
black F-bottom 100 µl – 7819 82
2 384-well microplates with transparent bottom
1
white F-bottom 120 µl 7819 88 7819 86
black F-bottom 120 µl 7819 89 7819 87
* 1 bag of 5 plates ** individually wrapped, with lid

cellGrade ™ plus
PS, sterile.
2 For cultivation of fastidious cell lines and for serum-reduced cultivation.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of 5 * Pack of 50 **
Cat. No. Cat. No.
1 384-well standard microplates
transparent F-bottom 100 µl – 7820 40
2 384-well microplates with transparent bottom
white F-bottom 120 µl 7820 48 7820 46
black F-bottom 120 µl 7820 49 7820 47
* 1 bag of 5 plates ** individually wrapped, with lid

cellGrade ™ premium
PS, sterile. For the most demanding cell lines, and for serum-reduced and serum-free
cultivation.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of 5 * Pack of 50 **
Cat. No. Cat. No.
1 384-well standard microplates
transparent F-bottom 100 µl – 7821 00
2 384-well microplates with transparent bottom
Lids for BRANDplates ®
white F-bottom 120 µl 7821 08 7821 06
microplates can be found
on page 164. black F-bottom 120 µl 7821 09 7821 07
* 1 bag of 5 plates ** individually wrapped, with lid

1536-well Microplates

cellGrade ™
PS, sterile. For standard cell culture applications.
Color Bottom Well volume Pack of Cat. No.

1 1536-well standard microplates

transparent F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 00
white F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 01
1
black F-bottom 10 µl 50 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7820 02

158 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ®
Insert System

Life Science
NEW!

BRANDplates ®
Insert System
The new BRANDplates® Insert System offers
an innovative expansion of the existing cell cul-
ture product line at BRAND. Perfect for manual
applications and for use with pipetting robots!

The new cell culture plates and the associated

inserts are available in both a 24-well standard
and a 6-well special plate. These can be used
in a wide variety of applications. The standard
model is used in such applications as co-culture,
secretion studies, and chemotaxis tests, and the
special model finds application in the automated
in vitro preparation of human tissues (3-D tissue
culture). Skin, epidermis, and corneal models,
etc., have taken on greater importance due to
legislation that restricts animal experimentation
to a minimum. These tissues are now employed
on a daily basis for tolerance studies, toxicity
tests, and irritation tests in the pharmaceutical
and cosmetics industries.

www.brand.de 159
 BRANDplates ®
Insert System

BRANDplates ® Insert System

Life Science

NEW! For manual and automated cell and tissue culture work.

The BRAND Insert System, co-developed with the Fraunhofer Society, includes
two different cell culture plates and two types of cell culture inserts, which can
also be used in combination.

24-well Standard Plate

cellGrade ™ plus and pureGrade ™ S surface
• The plate includes 24 individually fillable wells that can be fitted with strips of 4 inserts
and/or individual inserts.
• Manufactured according to the requirements in ANSI/SLAS Standards 1 and 4
• cellGrade™ plus surface: sterile, hydrophilic with different chemical groups,
such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups, that are freely accessible.
• pureGrade™ S surface: untreated, sterile

6-well Special Plate

cellGrade ™ plus and pureGrade ™ S surface
• The 4 wells are all connected as one large, elongated well. This well can be fitted with a
strip of 4 inserts so that all 4 of the inserts in the strip can be supplied with medium at
the same time.
• Manufactured according to the requirements in ANSI/SLAS Standards 1 and 4
• cellGrade™ plus surface: sterile, hydrophilic with different chemical groups,
such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups, that are freely accessible.
• pureGrade™ S surface: untreated, sterile

Cell Culture Insert Strips

smooth-walled
cellGrade ™ plus surface
• Smooth-walled, for standard applications such as secretion studies, co-culture,
migration studies, chemotaxis tests, etc.
• cellGrade™ plus surface: sterile, hydrophilic with different chemical groups,
such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups, that are freely accessible.

Cell Culture Insert Strips

Inlet Opening System*
cellGrade ™ plus surface
• With special inlet channels, for automated in vitro preparation of human tissues. The Inlet
Opening System* enables rapid, consistent changing of media, from submersion culture
to air-lift culture. The special inlet channels enable adjustment of the medium level with-
out damage to the skin model.
• cellGrade™ plus surface: sterile, hydrophilic with different chemical groups,
such as carboxyl and hydroxyl groups, that are freely accessible.
* Patent pending

160 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ®
Insert System

A Closer Look...

Life Science
The well and insert are perfectly n Innovative, specially designed
coordinated: wells with side feeding ports
The guide grooves in the support collars for n Track-etched PC and PET mem-
the wells in the standard 24-well plate hold branes
the guide ridges of the insert in position.
This prevents the individual inserts from ro- n Sterile according to ISO 11 137
tating – the feed ports on the wells remain and AAMI Guidelines, SAL 10-6
open. At the same time, the guide ridges Guide grooves in the Guide Feeding n Non-cytotoxic according to
center the insert in the well. standard 24-well plates ridge port
ISO 10 993-5, endotoxins-free
(< 0.01 EU/ml), free from DNA,
Hanging Inserts DNase, and RNase.
The distance from the well bottom to the
insert membrane is 4 mm.

The cultures remain undisturbed!

Media can be changed simply and with mini-
mal disruption using the plate’s feed ports,
without moving or shifting inserts already in
place – perfect for working with pipetting
robots!

Membrane pore size / application examples

Pore size Areas of application

0.4 µm Co-culture, transport studies, secretion studies, cell polarity studies, etc.
1.0 µm Co-culture, transport studies, secretion studies, etc.
3.0 µm Migration studies, chemotaxis studies, metastasis experiments, etc.
8.0 µm Migration studies, chemotaxis studies, metastasis experiments, etc.
See also the construction of full-thickness skin models by the Fraunhofer IGB
(www.tissue-factory.com)

Membrane pore size and density

Properties PC PET

Optical properties translucent transparent

Cell visibility under Light Microscopy – +
Membrane thickness
Pore size 0.4 µm 10 µm 12 µm
Pore size 1.0 µm 11 µm 12 µm
Pore size 3.0 µm 9 µm 15 µm
Pore size 8.0 µm 7 µm 23 µm
Pore density (pores per cm²)
Pore size 0.4 µm 1 x 108 2 x 106
Pore size 1.0 µm 2 x 10 7
2 x 106
Pore size 3.0 µm 2 x 10 6
6 x 105
Pore size 8.0 µm 1 x 10 5
6 x 104

Comparison of individual insert vs. individual well in the 24-well plate

Individual insert Individual well

Growth surface 59 mm2 184 mm2

Maximum volume 772 µl 3.1 ml

www.brand.de 161
 BRANDplates ®
Insert System

Ordering Data
Life Science

Insert strips and plates available individually packed or as a system

(6-well plates filled with 6 insert strips).

BRAND plates ® Microplates

24-well standard plates or 6-well plates
PS. pureGrade™ S or cellGrade™ plus surface, sterile. With lid with condensation rings.
Description Surface Pack of Cat. No.

24-well standard plate pureGrade™ S 10 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7828 80

6-well plate pureGrade™ S 10 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7828 81
24-well standard plate cellGrade™ plus 10 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7828 90
6-well plate cellGrade™ plus 10 (individually wrapped, with lid) 7828 91

BRAND plates ® Insert Strips

Insert Strips, smooth-walled or with inlet channels (Inlet Opening System*)
PS. cellGrade™ plus surface, sterile. Strips of 4 inserts (divisible).
Description Pore size Pack of PC membrane PET membrane
µm Cat. No. Cat. No.

smooth-walled 0.4 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 00 7828 10

1 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 20 7828 30
3 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 40 7828 50
8 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 60 7828 70
with Inlet Opening System 0.4 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 01 7828 11
1 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 21 7828 31
3 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 41 7828 51
8 12 (individually wrapped) 7828 61 7828 71

* patent pending

BRAND plates ® Insert System

6-well plates filled with 6 insert strips
PS. cellGrade™ plus surface, sterile. Insert strips, smooth-walled or with inlet channels
(Inlet Opening System*). With lid with condensation rings.
Description Pore size Pack of PC membrane PET membrane
µm plates with lid Cat. No. Cat. No.

smooth-walled 0.4 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 02 7828 12

1 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 22 7828 32
3 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 42 7828 52
8 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 62 7828 72
with Inlet Opening System 0.4 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 03 7828 13
1 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 23 7828 33
3 5 (30 insert strips) 7828 43 7828 53
8 5 (30insert strips) 7828 63 7828 73

* patent pending

162 info@brand.de
 BRANDplates ®
Overview

At a Glance

Life Science
Use our BRANDplates® microplates
Selection Guide at www.brand.de

96-well Microplates
Type Non-treated Immunological surfaces Cell culture surfaces
Standard
Color Bottom / pureGrade™ pureGrade™ S immunoGrade™ hydroGrade™ lipoGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ inertGrade™
Well volume plus premium
transparent U / 330 µl 7816 00 7816 60 7817 20 7817 80 7818 40 7819 60 – – 7819 00
transparent V / 360 µl 7816 01 7816 61 7817 21 – 7818 41 7819 61 – – –
transparent F / 350 µl 7816 02 7816 62 7817 22 7817 82 7818 42 7819 62 7820 22 7820 82 7819 02
transparent C / 350 µl 7816 03 7816 63 7817 23 7817 83 7818 43 7819 63 – – –
white U / 330 µl 7816 04 – 7817 24 7817 84 7818 44 – – – 7819 04
white F / 350 µl 7816 05 7816 65 – – – 7819 65 7820 25 7820 85 7819 05
white C / 350 µl – – 7817 26 7817 86 7818 46 – – – 7819 06
black U / 330 µl 7816 07 – 7817 27 7817 87 7818 47 – – – 7819 07
black F / 350 µl 7816 08 7816 68 – – – 7819 68 7820 28 7820 88 7819 08
black C / 350 µl – – 7817 29 7817 89 7818 49 – – – 7819 09
with transparent bottom
Color Bottom / pureGrade™ pureGrade™ S immunoGrade™ hydroGrade™ lipoGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ inertGrade™
Well volume plus premium
white F / 330 µl 7816 10 7816 70 – – 7818 50 7819 70 7820 30 7820 90 7819 10
white* F / 330 µl – – – – 7818 52 7819 74 7820 34 7820 94 7819 12
black F / 330 µl 7816 11 7816 71 7817 31 – 7818 51 7819 71 7820 31 7820 91 7819 11
black* F / 330 µl – – 7817 32 – 7818 53 7819 75 7820 35 7820 95 7819 13
with UV film bottom
Color Bottom / pureGrade™ pureGrade™ S immunoGrade™ hydroGrade™ lipoGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ inertGrade™
Well volume plus premium
transparent F / 350 µl 7816 14 1 – – – – – – – –
black F / 350 µl 7816 15 – – – – – – – –
Strip plates
Color Bottom / pureGrade™ pureGrade™ S immunoGrade™ hydroGrade™ lipoGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ inertGrade™
Well volume plus premium
transparent,
F / 360 µl 7823 00 – 7823 05 – – – – – –
without grid
transparent,
F / 350 µl 7823 01 – 7823 06 – – – – – –
with grid
1
not available in USA * Pack of 5

384-well HTS Microplates

Type Non-treated Immunological surfaces Cell culture surfaces
Standard
Color Bottom / pureGrade™ pureGrade™ S immunoGrade™ hydroGrade™ lipoGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ inertGrade™
Well volume plus premium
transparent F / 100 µl 7816 20 7816 80 7817 40 7818 00 7818 60 7819 80 7820 40 7821 00 –
white F / 100 µl 7816 21 7816 81 7817 41 7818 01 7818 61 7819 81 – – –
black F / 100 µl 7816 22 7816 82 7817 42 7818 02 7818 62 7819 82 – – –
with transparent bottom
Color Bottom / pureGrade™ pureGrade™ S immunoGrade™ hydroGrade™ lipoGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ inertGrade™
Well volume plus premium
white F / 120 µl 7816 26 7816 86 – – 7818 66 7819 86 7820 46 7821 06 –
white* F / 120 µl – – – – 7818 68 7819 88 7820 48 7821 08 –
black F / 120 µl 7816 27 7816 87 – – 7818 67 7819 87 7820 47 7821 07 –
black* F / 120 µl – – – – 7818 69 7819 89 7820 49 7821 09 –
* Pack of 5

1536-well UHTS Microplates

Type Non-treated Immunological surfaces Cell culture surfaces
Standard
Color Bottom / pureGrade™ pureGrade™ S immunoGrade™ hydroGrade™ lipoGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ cellGrade™ inertGrade™
Well volume plus premium
transparent F / 10 µl 7816 40 7817 00 – – – 7820 00 – – –
white F / 10 µl 7816 41 7817 01 – – – 7820 01 – – –
black F / 10 µl 7816 42 7817 02 – – – 7820 02 – – –

www.brand.de 163
 Lids for BRANDplates ®
Microplates

Accessories
Life Science

Lids for 96-well standard plates

For BRANDplates® microplates Cat. No.:
7816 00-08, 7816 60-68, 7817 20-29, 7817 80-89, 7818 40-49, 7819 00-09,
7819 60-68, 7820 22-28, 7820 82-88
Condensation rings Height Sterile Pack of Cat. No.

yes 8 mm – 100 (5 lids per bag) 7821 50

no 8 mm – 100 (5 lids per bag) 7821 51

Lids for 96-well plates with transparent bottom

Lids for all 384-well plates
For BRANDplates® microplates Cat. No.:
7816 10-28, 7816 70-88, 7817 31-42, 7818 00-02, 7818 50-67,
7819 10-27, 7819 70-87, 7820 30-47, 7820 90-7821 07
Condensation rings Height Sterile Pack of Cat. No.

no 4.5 – 50 (10 lids per bag) 7821 52

Lids for all 1536-well plates

For BRANDplates® microplates Cat. No.:
7816 40-42, 7817 00-02, 7820 00-02
Condensation rings Height Sterile Pack of Cat. No.

no 5.5 – 50 (10 lids per bag) 7821 53

Sealing films for microplates

can be found on page 140.

164 info@brand.de
 Cuvettes

Life Science
Cuvettes
For more than 25 years, BRAND has been one
of the leading manufacturers of disposable plas-
tic cuvettes. Macro and semi-micro cuvettes
of PS and PMMA are now standard in every
laboratory. This product line was extended with
the plastic UV-Cuvettes. The UV-transparent cu-
vettes are available in various types and replace
sensitive and expensive glass or quartz cuvettes
in many areas.

Quality features:

n Clear, clean optical path with indication of

optical path orientation
n Manufactured under controlled room condi-
tions and packaged fully automatically,
without human contact
n Packed grouped by mold cavity number to
ensure lowest variation of extinction coef-
ficient
n UV-Cuvettes available as micro, semi-micro
and macro cuvettes

www.brand.de 165
 UV-Cuvette
Life Science

UV-Cuvette micro
Center height: 8.5 mm or 15 mm
Specially designed for photometric determination of proteins, ssDNA, dsDNA,
RNA and oligonucleotides in the UV range. Usable starting from 230 nm.
Ideally suited for measurements at 260 nm, 280 nm and in the visible range.
Standard 10 mm light path. Sample volumes as small as 70 µl are sufficient.
Individually wrapped UV-Cuvettes micro are free of DNase, DNA and RNase!
Center height Pack of Cat. No.
mm

8.5 100 7592 00

8.5 500 7592 10
8.5 100 single wrapped, free of DNase, DNA and RNase 7592 15
15 100 7592 20
15 500 7592 30
15 100 single wrapped, free of DNase, DNA and RNase 7592 35

Information on selecting the UV-Cuvette

compatible with the beam height of your
photometer can be found at www.brand.de

Caps for UV-Cuvette micro

PE. Round covers allow a tight closure
and make it possible to store samples
down to -20 °C. Pack of 100.
Color Cat. No.

blue 7592 40
yellow 7592 41
green 7592 42
orange 7592 43

UV-transparent microplates can

be found on page 146.

UV-Cuvette macro and semi-micro

Ideally suited for determinations in water analysis, chemistry, and in life science
applications. Usable with most polar solvents, acids and alkaline solutions.
Drastically reduced risk of contamination and lower costs compared to quartz glass
cuvettes. 10 mm light path. Pack of 100 per carton.
Description Cat. No.

UV-Cuvette semi-micro 7591 50

UV-Cuvette macro 7591 70

166 info@brand.de
 Cuvettes

Life Science
Standard Cuvettes macro and semi-micro
PS and PMMA. Grouped by mold cavity number. 10 mm light path.
Pack of 1000 (10 boxes of 100 cuvettes per box.)
Description Material Cat. No.

macro cuvette PS 7590 05

semi-micro cuvette PS 7590 15
macro cuvette PMMA 7591 05
semi-micro cuvette PMMA 7591 15

Magnetic stir bars for macro cuvettes

can be found on page 292-295.

Cuvette rack
PP, grey. Numbered positions. Autoclavable (121 °C).
Suitable for standard 10 mm path-length cuvettes. Pack of 1.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

for 16 cuvettes 210 70 38 7595 00

Disposable stirring spatula

PS. Pack quantity 10000 = 20 bags of 500 per pack.
Description Stem diameter Length Cat. No.
mm mm

PS 3 120 mm 7598 00

www.brand.de 167
 Cuvettes

Technical Data
Life Science

Overview Table
Cuvette type Filling volume Dimensions Range of application Standard deviation
min. max. window (w x h) in extinction units

UV-Cuvette micro, z = 8.5 70 µl 850 µl 2 x 3.5 mm (min.)

UV-Cuvette micro, z = 15 70 µl 550 µl 2 x 3.5 mm (min.) _ ± 0.007
240 nm <
from 230 to 900 nm _ ± 0.005
UV-Cuvette macro 2.5 ml 4.5 ml 10 x 35 mm 300 nm <
UV-Cuvette semi-micro 1.5 ml 3.0 ml 4.5 x 23 mm

macro cuvette (PMMA) 2.5 ml 4.5 ml 10 x 35 mm

from 300 to 900 nm _ ± 0.004
320 nm <
semi-micro cuvette (PMMA) 1.5 ml 3.0 ml 4.5 x 23 mm

macro cuvette (PS) 2.5 ml 4.5 ml 10 x 35 mm

from 340 to 900 nm _ ± 0.005
360 nm <
semi-micro cuvette (PS) 1.5 ml 3.0 ml 4.5 x 23 mm

Transmission curves of different cuvettes Chemical resistance* of plastic cuvettes

100 Substance PS PMMA UV-Cuvette

Transmission (%)

90 Acetic acid, 100% – – +

80 Acetone – – +
Ammonia + + +
70
Benzaldehyde – – +
60
Butanone – – +
50 Chloroform – – –

40 Dioxane – – +
DMF – – +
30
Ethyl acetate – – +
20 Hexane – + –
10 Hydrochloric acid, 36% + – +
Wavelength (nm) Hydrofluoric acid, 10% + + +
0
Isopropanol + + +
200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400
Nitric acid, 65% – – +
UV-Cuvette micro Standard cuvette PMMA Sodium hydroxide + + +
UV-Cuvette semi-micro/macro Standard cuvette PS * Short time resistance, 30 min. Longer-term storage of these chemicals
should be confirmed by the user. Request a free sample.
To achieve reproducible results: Before the actual measurement, always determine
the blank value for the cuvette, and determine the linear range of measurement by
means of a calibration curve.

Grouping by Mold Cavity

A plastic injection mold with 8 separate cavities can produce Various photometric methods are currently available for deter-
8 cuvettes at a time. Minor dimensional variations between the mining the concentration and purity of nucleic acids and
cavities are unavoidable despite the most advanced technol- proteins.
ogy. This may result in a greater variation of extinction values
between cuvettes from different cavities. Therefore, BRAND Protein determination using UV cuvettes:
automatically packages cuvettes originating from the same
cavity in each carton of 100, 500 or 1000 cuvettes to mini- C Protein (mg/ml) = 1.55 x A 280 nm – 0.76 x A 260 nm
mize variation in extinction coefficients.
For best results, use cuvettes from the same cavity
Nucleic determination using UV cuvettes:
number for each series of analyses.
C DNA (µg/ml) = 50 x A 260 nm x dilution factor

C RNA (µg/ml) = 40 x A 260 nm x dilution factor

168 info@brand.de
 Life Science
BRAND online

Life Science
Notes:

www.brand.de 169
© allison mcd photography/Flickr open/Getty Images
Volumetric
Instruments
Precision analysis requires measuring instruments
with consistently high precision. Every BLAUBRAND®
volumetric instrument is individually calibrated. Statisti-
cal process control ensures with a certainty of at least
99.6 % (AQL ≤ 0.4) compliance with predefined speci-
fications. BLAUBRAND® – quality from the very start.
 Volumetric Instruments

Volumetric Instruments
Volumetric Instruments

Precision
Class A/AS
The intended application determines
which measuring instrument should Volumetric instruments of class A/AS are within the error limits defined by DIN and ISO and
be used. Precision analysis requires carry the DE-M marking.
measuring instruments with consis-
tently high precision. Even the most Marks and inscriptions in high contrast blue
sophisticated automated systems enamel. It represents the optimum combina-
will only deliver reliable results if tion of resistance and readability.
the volumetric instruments used
in preparing the samples meet the
required precision. Marks and inscriptions in ETERNA amber
BLAUBRAND® volumetric instru- stain. It diffuses into the glass surface
ments represent the highest degree and can only be removed by abrasion. It is
of technical perfection. They are used for volumetric instruments which are
made of glasses which are highly subjected to particularly aggressive cleaning
resistant to nearly all chemical sub- Graduation: methods.
stances – a prerequisite for durable ring marks at major graduations
precision.

Calibration
Class B
Every glass volumetric measuring
instrument is individually calibrated.
Computer-controlled systems ensure Volumetric instruments of class B are within twice the error limits for class A/AS as defined
maximum precision in a fully auto- by DIN and ISO.
mated production line.
Marks and inscriptions in high contrast
'Statistical Process Control' (SPC)
white enamel.
guarantees production of volumetric
instruments with the smallest devia-
tion from nominal capacity (accu- ETERNA marks and inscriptions in amber
racy) and narrow scatter of individual stain are particularly resistant to aggressive
values (coefficient of variation). cleaning methods.
Types of calibration
'TC, In': The contained quantity of
Graduation:
liquid corresponds exactly to the
short graduation marks
capacity indicated on the instru-
ment (e.g., graduated cylinders and
volumetric flasks).
Firing
'TD, Ex': The delivered quantity of
liquid corresponds exactly to the High quality inks combined with carefully controlled annealing processes provide durable
capacity indicated on the instrument graduations. The most modern manufacturing technology is used for controlled heating and
(e.g., pipettes and burettes). cooling. The maximum temperature is between 400 and 550 °C, depending on the type of
glass.
Silk-screening
Silk-screen printing follows calibra-
Quality assurance, AQL ≤ 0,4
tion. BRAND uses flexible screen
stencils for all graduated pipettes, The QM system is DIN EN ISO 9001 certified, and includes ongoing testing during the
burettes, graduated cylinders, and manufacturing process with final random sample testing in compliance with DIN ISO 3951
mixing cylinders. Thus, the volume at final inspection. The accepted quality level (AQL) is less than or equal to 0.4 (see page
markings on the stencil exactly 318 for further information.)
match the calibration marks, at all
capacities. Even intermediate vol-
Heating of volumetric instruments
umes on BRAND volumetric instru-
ments are extremely precise. For All reusable BLAUBRAND® and SILBERBRAND volumetric instruments can be heated up
silk-screen printing BRAND uses to 250 ºC in a dry box or sterilizer without having to worry about a change in volume. Use
special inks designed for volumetric only gradual heating and cooling because abrupt temperature changes cause thermal stress
instruments. and may result in glass breakage.

172 info@brand.de
 Certificates

BLAUBRAND ® Volumetric

Volumetric Instruments
instruments with certificate

All BLAUBRAND® volumet-

ric instruments kept and used
for measurements in legal-
ly regulated applications are
One batch certificate per packing unit!
marked DE-M. The manufac-
turer BRAND uses this mark All reusable BLAUBRAND® volumetric instruments are individually
to certify the conformity of the calibrated and are supplied with one batch certificate per packing
instruments with the German unit. This facilitates the initial performance verification – also with
Measurement and Calibration the monitoring of measuring equipment – as the data can directly
Regulation (replaces the previ- be transferred from the certificate. Batch and individual certificates
ous Calibration Regulation)*. can also be downloaded at www.brand.de.

* as of January 1, 2015
BRAND will change the mark on volumetric instruments
to "DE-M" starting January 1, 2015.

Certificates
Batch certificate Individual certificate USP certificate DAkkS calibration certificate
The batch number, and mean The batch number, the Selected BLAUBRAND volu- ®
This certificate is issued by the
value plus standard deviation individual serial number, the metric instruments can be deliv- DAkkS calibration laboratory at
for the batch, along with the measured volume, measure- ered with volume error limits in BRAND. Due to the extensive
date of issue are documented ment uncertainty, and the date compliance with United States international cooperation of the
on the certificate. The measur- of issue are documented on Pharmacopeia (USP) with batch DAkkS (formerly DKD) Ger-
ing instrument bears the batch the certificate. The measuring certificate and on request, with man accreditation body (EA
number that is burnt in using instrument bears the batch individual certificate. Agreement, ILAC-MRA), the
easy-to-read digital numbers: and serial numbers that are The measuring instrument DAkkS calibration certificate
burnt in using easy-to-read shows the requested error limit is internationally recognized.
15.02 digital numbers: and the USP sign. Both the instrument and the
(Batch number: certificate show an individual
serial number and the labora-
year of manufacture/batch) 15.02 0756
tory's registration number as
(Individual serial number: year
well as the year and month of
of manufacture/batch/con-
issue.
secutive instrument number)

Ordering note
If you require all of your
BLAUBRAND® volumetric How it's done! Ordering example:
instruments to come from one
Volumetric instrument/ BRAND Cat. No.
batch for statistical testing
Certificate
equipment monitoring, please
so indicate by placing a 2 in 100 ml Volumetric flask with batch certificate 372 49
front of the BRAND catalog
number. With dealer-specific 100 ml Volumetric flask, total order from one batch (to the extent possible) 2 372 49
catalog numbers please add the 100 ml Volumetric flask with individual certificate 9 372 49
phrase "from one batch". Re-
quests for individual, USP and 100 ml Volumetric flask with USP individual certificate USP 369 49
DAkkS certificates should be
100 ml Volumetric flask with DAkkS calibration certificate DAkkS 372 49
handled in the same manner.

www.brand.de 173
 Bulb Pipettes

Single Volume
Volumetric Instruments

Inscriptions on a BLAUBRAND ® bulb pipette

Pipettes

Manufacturer

BRAND trademark for ISO association mark

the highest quality grade
volumetric instruments Country of origin

Reference temp. (20 °C),

waiting time (5 seconds),
Nominal volume calibration (TD, Ex = to deliver)

Error limit Class 'A', the highest

quality grade,
'S' for swift delivery

DIN EN ISO 648

In the DIN EN ISO 648,
the waiting time for single
volume pipettes of class
AS was reduced from 15
to 5 seconds.

Specifications, available sizes BLAUBRAND® SILBERBRAND

Bulb pipettes with one or two marks, waiting time 5 s no waiting time
calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Capacity Color-Code Pattern Length mm Error limit Error limit
ml (ISO 1769) (± 10 mm) ± ml ± ml

0.5 2 x black straight 300 0.005 0.007

1 blue straight 300 0.008 0.010
2 orange bulb 330 0.010 0.015
2.5 – bulb 330 0.010 –
3 black bulb 330 0.010 0.015
4 2 x red bulb 400 0.015 – Single volume pipettes are also known as
5 white bulb 400 0.015 0.025 bulb pipettes.
6 2 x orange bulb 400 0.015 –
7 2 x green bulb 400 0.015 –
8 blue bulb 440 0.02 – BRAND bulb pipettes provide the highest
9 black bulb 440 0.02 – accuracy. Strict statistical quality controls
10 red bulb 440 0.02 0.03
assure maintenance of these high standards.
15 green bulb 510 0.03 0.04
All BLAUBRAND® bulb pipettes are supplied
20 yellow bulb 510 0.03 0.04
with a batch number and an accompanying
25 blue bulb 520 0.03 0.04
batch certificate in the original packaging.
30 black bulb 520 0.03 –
On request, they are also available with an in-
40 white bulb 540 0.05 –
dividual certificate, USP individual certificate
50 red bulb 540 0.05 0.07
or DAkkS calibration certificate (ordering
100 yellow bulb 585 (± 15 mm) 0.08 0.12 information, page 173).

174 info@brand.de
 Bulb Pipettes

Bulb pipettes, 1 mark

Volumetric Instruments
Capacity Error limit Cat. No.
ml ± ml
BLAUBRAND®, class AS,
0.5 0.005 297 01
DE-M marking
1 0.008 297 02
AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 648. 2 0.010 297 03
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). 2.5 0.010 297 04
Incl. one batch certificate. 3 0.010 297 05
0.5 to 2 ml: pack of 12; 4 0.015 297 06
2.5 to 100 ml: pack of 6. 5 0.015 297 07
6 0.015 297 08
7 0.015 297 09
8 0.02 297 10
9 0.02 297 11
10 0.02 297 12
15 0.03 297 13
20 0.03 297 14
25 0.03 297 15
30 0.03 297 16
40 0.05 297 17

NEW!
50 0.05 297 18
100 0.08 297 19

Bulb pipettes, 1 mark, Capacity

ml
Error limit
± ml
Cat. No.

USP 0.5* 0.005 USP 306 01

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, 1 0.006 USP 306 02
DE-M marking 2 0.006 USP 306 03
3 0.01 USP 306 05
AR-GLAS . DIN EN ISO 648.
®
4 0.01 USP 306 06
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
5 0.01 USP 306 07
Incl. one USP batch certificate.
6 0.01 USP 306 08
0.5 to 2 ml: pack of 12;
7 0.01 USP 306 09
2.5 to 100 ml: pack of 6.
8 0.02 USP 306 10
9 0.02 USP 306 11
10 0.02 USP 306 12
Note! On request, also avail-
15 0.03 USP 306 13
able with USP individual
20 0.03 USP 306 14
certificate.
25 0.03 USP 306 15
30 0.03 USP 306 16
40 0.05 USP 306 17
50 0.05 USP 306 18
100 0.08 USP 306 19
* Error limit USP ± 0.006 ml

Bulb pipettes, 1 mark Capacity

ml
Error limit
± ml
Cat. No.

BLAUBRAND® ETERNA, class AS,

1 0.008 305 02
DE-M marking
2 0.010 305 03
AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 648. 5 0.015 305 07
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). 10 0.02 305 12
Incl. one batch certificate. 20 0.03 305 14
1 and 2 ml: pack of 12; 25 0.03 305 15
5 to 25 ml: pack of 6. 50 0.05 305 18

www.brand.de 175
 Bulb Pipettes

Bulb pipettes, 2 marks

Volumetric Instruments

Capacity Error limit Cat. No.

ml ± ml
BLAUBRAND®, class AS,
0.5 0.005 297 21
DE-M marking
1 0.008 297 22
2 0.010 297 23 AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 648.
3 0.010 297 25 Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
5 0.015 297 27 Incl. one batch certificate.
10 0.02 297 32 0.5 to 2 ml: pack of 12;
15 0.03 297 33
3 to 50 ml: pack of 6.
20 0.03 297 34
25 0.03 297 35
50 0.05 297 38

Capacity
ml
Error limit
± ml
Cat. No.
Bulb pipettes, 1 mark
SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B
0.5 0.007 295 01
1 0.010 295 02 AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 648.
2 0.015 295 03 Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
3 0.015 295 05 0.5 to 2 ml: pack of 12;
5 0.025 295 07 3 to 100 ml: pack of 6.
10 0.03 295 12
15 0.04 295 13
20 0.04 295 14
25 0.04 295 15
50 0.07 295 18
100 0.12 295 19

Bulb pipettes, made of plastic, 1 mark

PP, high clarity. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Resistant to breakage. Exposure to
temperatures up to 60 °C will not cause permanent exceeding of error limits!
Cleaning temperature below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.
1 and 2 ml: pack of 12; 5 to 50 ml: pack of 6.
Capacity Pattern Error limit Length mm Cat. No.
ml ± ml ± 10 mm

1 straight 0.02 300 300 02

2 straight 0.02 300 300 03
5 bulb 0.03 300 300 07
10 bulb 0.04 440 300 12
25 bulb 0.06 450 300 15
50 bulb 0.1 460 300 18

176 info@brand.de
 Graduated Pipettes

Graduated Pipettes

Volumetric Instruments
In the DIN EN ISO 835 standard, the
waiting time for graduated pipettes
BLAUBRAND ® Graduated Pipettes, Class AS
was reduced from 15 to 5 seconds
and the type 2, total delivery, nominal
volume at top, was included. Type 2 Type 1 Type 3
We recommend the graduated
pipette type 2 as with these pipettes total partial total
the meniscus needs to be set only delivery delivery delivery
once to achieve exact pipetting. nominal volume zero point zero point
In contrast, with types 1 and 3, there at the top at the top at the top
is a risk of over-dispensing while set-
ting the meniscus for partial volumes
the second time. In such a case, the
sample would have to be prepared
again.

Precision pipette tip Set

meniscus Set
Optimized flow geometry in the tip
2 times meniscus
ensures reliable liquid
dispensing from bulb Set 2 times
and graduated pipettes. meniscus
The mechanical resil- 1 time
ience of the tip and
its fire-polished edges
ensure a long service
life.

Technical data, available sizes

Graduated pipettes are calibrated to contain BLAUBRAND® SILBERBRAND
(TC, In) respectively to deliver (TD, Ex). waiting time 5 s no waiting time
DIN EN ISO 835
Capacity Subdiv. Color-Code Length mm Calibr. Error limit Calibr. Error limit In the DIN EN ISO 835,
ml ml (ISO 1769) (± 10 mm) ± ml ± ml
the waiting time for
graduated pipettes of
0.1 0.001 2 x green 360 In 0.001 – – class AS was reduced
0.2 0.002 2 x white 360 In 0.002 – – from 15 to 5 seconds.
0.5 0.01 2 x yellow 360 Ex 0.006 Ex 0.008
1 0.01 yellow 360 Ex 0.007 Ex 0.010
1 0.1 red 360 Ex 0.007 Ex 0.010
2 0.01 2 x white 360 Ex 0.010 Ex 0.015
2 0.02 black 360 Ex 0.010 Ex 0.015
All BLAUBRAND® graduated pipettes
2 0.1 green 360 Ex 0.010 Ex 0.015
are supplied with a batch number and
an accompanying batch certificate in
5 0.05 red 360 Ex 0.030 Ex 0.05
the original packaging.
5 0.1 blue 360 Ex 0.030 Ex 0.05
On request, they are also available
10 0.1 orange 360 Ex 0.05 Ex 0.08
with an individual certificate, USP in-
20 0.1 2 x yellow 360 Ex 0.1 Ex 0.15
dividual certificate or DAkkS calibra-
25 0.1 white 450 Ex 0.1 Ex 0.15
tion certificate (ordering information,
50 0.5 – 450 Ex 0.2 – –
page 173).

www.brand.de 177
 Graduated Pipettes

Graduated pipettes, Type 2, total delivery

Volumetric Instruments

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, nominal volume at the top, DE-M marking

AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. one batch certificate.
Pack of 12 (20, 25, 50 ml: pack of 6).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

0.5 0.01 0.006 no 278 16

1 0.01 0.007 no 278 17
1 0.01 0.007 yes 278 27
1 0.1 0.007 no 278 18
2** 0.01 0.010 no 278 29
2 0.02 0.010 no 278 19
2 0.02 0.010 yes 278 28
2 0.1 0.010 no 278 20
5 0.05 0.030 yes 278 21
5 0.1 0.030 yes 278 22
10 0.1 0.05 yes 278 23
20 0.1 0.1 yes 278 24
25 0.1 0.1 yes 278 25
50* 0.5 0.2 yes 278 26
* in addition to the ISO range ** in addition to the ISO range, no DE-M marking

!
Graduated pipettes, Type 2, total delivery, USP N E W
BLAUBRAND®, class AS, nominal volume at the top, DE-M marking
AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. USP batch certificate.
Pack of 12.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

1* 0.01 0.007 USP yes 275 06

2 0.02 0.01 USP yes 275 09
5 0.05 0.02 USP yes 275 11
10 0.1 0.03 USP yes 275 13
* Error limit USP ± 0.01 ml
Note! On request, also available with
USP individual certificate.

Graduated pipettes, Type 2, total delivery

BLAUBRAND® ETERNA, class AS, nominal volume at the top, DE-M marking
AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. one batch certificate.
Pack of 12 (20, 25, 50 ml: pack of 6).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

0.5 0.01 0.006 no 278 36

1 0.01 0.007 no 278 37
1 0.01 0.007 yes 278 47
2 0.02 0.010 no 278 39
2 0.02 0.010 yes 278 48
5 0.05 0.030 yes 278 41
5 0.1 0.030 yes 278 42
10 0.1 0.05 yes 278 43
20 0.1 0.1 yes 278 44
25 0.1 0.1 yes 278 45

178 info@brand.de
 Graduated Pipettes

Volumetric Instruments
Graduated pipettes, Type 2, total delivery NEW!
SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, nominal volume at the top
AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Pack of 12 (20, 25 ml: pack of 6).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

0.5 0.01 0.008 no 270 01

1 0.01 0.010 no 270 02
1 0.01 0.010 yes 270 03
1 0.1 0.010 no 270 04
2* 0.01 0.015 no 270 05
2 0.02 0.015 no 270 06
2 0.02 0.015 yes 270 07
2 0.1 0.015 no 270 08
5 0.05 0.05 yes 270 09
5 0.1 0.05 yes 270 10
10 0.1 0.08 yes 270 11
20 0.1 0.15 yes 270 12
25 0.1 0.15 yes 270 13

* in addition to the ISO range

Graduated pipettes, Type 1, partial delivery

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, zero point at the top, DE-M marking
AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Incl. one batch certificate. Pack of 12 (25 ml: Pack of 6).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

0.5 0.01 0.006 no 277 21

1 0.01 0.007 no 277 22
2* 0.01 0.010 no 277 24
2 0.02 0.010 no 277 25
5 0.05 0.030 yes 277 27
10 0.1 0.05 yes 277 29
25 0.1 0.1 yes 277 31
* in addition to the ISO range, no DE-M marking

www.brand.de 179
 Graduated Pipettes

Graduated pipettes, Type 3, total delivery

Volumetric Instruments

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, zero point at the top, DE-M marking

AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. one batch certificate.
0.5 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 20 to 50 ml: Pack of 6.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

0.5 0.01 0.006 no 277 05

1 0.01 0.007 no 277 06
1 0.01 0.007 yes 273 06
1 0.1 0.007 no 277 07
2** 0.01 0.010 no 277 08
2 0.02 0.010 no 277 09
2 0.02 0.010 yes 273 09
2 0.1 0.010 no 277 10
5 0.05 0.030 yes 277 11
5 0.1 0.030 yes 277 12
10 0.1 0.05 yes 277 13
20 0.1 0.1 yes 277 14
25 0.1 0.1 yes 277 15
50* 0.5 0.2 yes 277 16
* in addition to the ISO range ** in addition to the ISO range, no DE-M marking

Graduated pipettes, Type 3, total delivery

BLAUBRAND® ETERNA, class AS, zero point at the top, DE-M marking
AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Incl. one batch certificate.
0.5 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 20 and 25 ml: Pack of 6.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

0.5 0.01 0.006 no 284 05

1 0.01 0.007 no 284 06
1 0.01 0.007 yes 273 16
2 0.02 0.010 no 284 09
2 0.02 0.010 yes 273 19
5 0.05 0.030 yes 284 11
5 0.1 0.030 yes 284 12
10 0.1 0.05 yes 284 13
20 0.1 0.1 yes 284 14
25 0.1 0.1 yes 284 15

The use of cotton plugs

Cotton cord Cotton plugs may prolong delivery time

and may therefore influence the accuracy
100% cotton wool, degreased, approx. of measurement. In tests using BRAND
13 g/10 m. Pack of 1 kg. pipettes that have had cotton plugs inserted
by a cotton plugging machine, the results
Cat. No. 282 05
were within the indicated error limits.

180 info@brand.de
 Graduated Pipettes

Volumetric Instruments
Graduated pipettes, Type 3, total delivery
SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, zero point at the top
AR-GLAS®. DIN EN ISO 835. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
0.5 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 20 and 25 ml: Pack of 6.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

0.5 0.01 0.008 no 270 69

1 0.01 0.010 no 270 70
1 0.01 0.010 yes 272 06
1 0.1 0.010 no 270 71
2* 0.01 0.015 no 270 72
2 0.02 0.015 yes 272 09
2 0.02 0.015 no 270 73
2 0.1 0.015 no 270 74
5 0.05 0.05 yes 270 75
5 0.1 0.05 yes 270 76
10 0.1 0.08 yes 270 77
20 0.1 0.15 yes 270 78
25 0.1 0.15 yes 270 79
* in addition to the ISO range

Graduated pipettes, calibrated to contain

BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking
AR-GLAS®. Error limits and subdivisions according to DIN 12 689. Length 360 mm.
Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate. Pack of 12.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

0.1 0.001 0.001 no 277 02

0.2 0.002 0.002 no 277 04

Graduated pipettes, serological

Large tip diameter, total delivery
AR-GLAS®. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Graduations and inscriptions in ETERNA amber
stain. Short graduation marks. Length 360 mm (25 ml: 450 mm). Cotton plug upper end.
1 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 25 ml: Pack of 6.
Capacity Tip Ø Subdivision Error limit Negative range Cat. No.
ml approx. mm ml ± ml ml

1 2 0.01 0.02 -0.2 271 07

2 2 0.02 0.04 -0.4 271 09
5 3 0.1 0.1 -2 271 12
10 3 0.1 0.2 -3 271 13
25 3 0.1 0.4 -5 271 15

www.brand.de 181
 Graduated Pipettes
Volumetric Instruments

Graduated pipettes, tissue culture

Short type, total delivery
AR-GLAS®. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Graduations and inscriptions in ETERNA amber
stain. Ring marks at major graduations. Length 230 mm.
1 to 10 ml: Pack of 12; 25 ml: Pack of 6.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cotton plug Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml upper end

1 0.1 0.02 yes 271 60

2 0.1 0.04 yes 271 64
5 0.1 0.1 yes 271 66
10 0.1 0.2 yes 271 67
25 0.2 0.4 yes 271 79

Graduated pipettes, piston type

SILBERBRAND, total delivery
AR-GLAS®. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Integrated piston pipetting aid with retaining
spring. Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

1 0.01 0.01 311 06

2 0.02 0.02 311 09
5 0.05 0.05 311 11
10 0.1 0.1 311 13
25 0.1 0.2 311 15

Graduated pipettes, made of plastic

PP, high clarity. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Resistant to breakage. Suction tube outer
Ø max. 8 mm. Exposure to temperatures up to 60 °C will not cause permanent exceeding
of error limits! Cleaning temperature below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and
inscriptions. Pack of 12.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length mm Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml ± 10 mm

1 0.1 0.02 300 276 07

2 0.1 0.02 300 276 10
5 0.1 0.05 330 276 12
10* 0.1 0.1 330 276 13
10 0.1 0.1 320 276 14

* Suction tube outer Ø 10 mm

182 info@brand.de
 Volumetric Flasks

Volumetric Flasks BRAND volumetric flasks provide the highest All BLAUBRAND® volumetric flasks

Volumetric Instruments
accuracy. Strict statistical quality controls are supplied with a batch number and
ensure maintenance of these high standards. an accompanying batch certificate in
Volumetric flasks are indispensable for pre- the original packaging.
paring dilutions and standard solutions. On request, they are also available
Standard volumetric flasks are supplied with with an individual certificate, USP in-
a square-grip PP stopper with a dripping tip. dividual certificate or DAkkS calibra-
These stoppers reduce the danger of break- tion certificate (ordering information,
age if a flask tips over, and help to prevent it page 173).
from rolling off the workbench.

BLAUBRAND ® Volumetric Flasks – Durable Quality

Specifications, available sizes

Volumetric flasks are always calibrated to contain (TC, In).

Volumetric flasks, trapezoidal BLAUBRAND ®

Capacity Neck inner Ø Neck size Error limit

ml mm ± ml

 1 7±1  7/16 0.025

 2 7±1  7/16 0.025
 5 7±1  7/16 0.025
Note! The abbreviation Boro 3.3 repre- 10 W 9±1 10/19 0.04
sents the internationally desig- 20 9±1 10/19 0.04
nated borosilicate glass type 3.3. 25 9±1 10/19 0.04
50 11 ± 1 12/21 0.06
W = Wide neck

Trapezoidal volumetric flasks

Small capacity standard volumetric flasks can
Volumetric flasks, standard type BLAUBRAND® SILBERBRAND
tip over more easily due to their higher center
of gravity. Capacity Neck inner Ø Neck size Error limit Error limit
Trapezoidal measuring flasks have a much ml mm ± ml ± ml
larger base area which greatly improves
stability! 5W 9 ±1 10/19 0.04 –
10 W 9 ±1 10/19 0.04 0.06
Twice (!) the base area compared to stan- 20 9 ±1 10/19 0.04 0.06
dard volumetric flasks of the same capacity 20 W 11 ±1 12/21 0.06 –
25 9 ±1 10/19 0.04 0.06
25 W 11 ±1 12/21 0.06 –
50 11 ±1 12/21 0.06 0.09
50 W 13 ±1 14/23 0.10 –
100 13 ±1 12/21 0.10 0.15
100 13 ±1 14/23 0.10 –
200 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 0.25
250 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 0.15 0.25
500 19 ±2 19/26 0.25 0.40
1000 23 ±2 24/29 0.40 0.60
1000 W 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.60 –
2000 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 0.60 0.90
5000 38 ±3 34/35 1.2 1.8
10  000 48 ±4 45/40 2.0 –
Volumetric flask, standard type W = Wide neck

www.brand.de 183
 Volumetric Flasks
Volumetric Instruments

Volumetric flasks, trapezoidal

BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.
Pack of 2.
Capacity Error limit Neck size with PP stopper with glass stopper
ml ± ml Cat. No. Cat. No.

1 0.025 7/16 364 01 364 12

2 0.025 7/16 364 02 364 13
5 0.025 7/16 364 03 364 14
10 W 0.04 10/19 364 04 364 15
20 0.04 10/19 364 06 364 17
25 0.04 10/19 364 07 364 18
50 0.06 12/21 364 08 364 19
W = Wide neck

Volumetric flasks
BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.
5 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 to 10000 ml: Pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Neck size with PP stopper with glass stopper
ml ± ml Cat. No. Cat. No.

5W 0.04 10/19 372 38 372 56

10 W 0.04 10/19 372 43 372 67
20 0.04 10/19 372 46 372 57
20 W 0.06 12/21 372 45 372 68
25 0.04 10/19 372 47 372 58
25 W 0.06 12/21 372 93 372 94
50 0.06 12/21 372 48 372 59
50 W 0.10 14/23 372 90 372 88
100 0.10 12/21 372 49 372 60
100 0.10 14/23 372 91 372 89
200 0.15 14/23 372 50 372 61
250 0.15 14/23 372 51 372 62
500 0.25 19/26 372 52 372 63
1000 0.4 24/29 372 53 372 64
1000 W 0.6 29/32 372 34 –
2000 0.6 29/32 372 54 372 65
5000 1.2 34/35 372 55 372 66
10 000* 2.0 45/40 372 36 –
W = Wide neck * in addition to the ISO range

184 info@brand.de
 Volumetric Flasks

Volumetric Instruments
Volumetric flasks, USP
BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one USP batch
certificate. Pack of 2; 1000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Neck inner Ø Neck size with PP stopper with glass stopper
ml ± ml mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

5* 0.02 USP 7 ±1 10/19 369 38 369 68

10* 0.02 USP 7 ±1 10/19 369 43 369 73
20* 0.02 USP 7 ±1 10/19 369 45 369 75
25 0.03 USP 9 ±1 10/19 369 47 369 77
50 0.05 USP 11 ±1 12/21 369 48 369 78
100 0.08 USP 13 ±1 14/23 369 49 369 79
200 0.10 USP 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 369 50 369 80
250 0.12 USP 15.5 ± 1.5 14/23 369 51 369 81
500 0.20 USP 19 ±2 19/26 369 52 369 82
1000 0.30 USP 23 ±2 24/29 369 53 369 83
2000 0.50 USP 27.5 ± 2.5 29/32 369 54 369 84
* Neck/ground socket connection enlarged
Note! On request, also available with
USP individual certificate.

Volumetric flasks
BLAUBRAND® ETERNA, class A, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.
5 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 and 2000 ml: Pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Neck size with PP stopper
ml ± ml Cat. No.

5W 0.04 10/19 368 38

10 W 0.04 10/19 368 43
20 0.04 10/19 368 45
20 W 0.06 12/21 368 46
25 0.04 10/19 368 41
25 W 0.06 12/21 368 42
50 0.06 12/21 368 47
50 W 0.10 14/23 368 48
100 0.10 14/23 368 49
200 0.15 14/23 368 50
250 0.15 14/23 368 51
500 0.25 19/26 368 52
1000 0.4 24/29 368 53
2000 0.6 29/32 368 54
W = Wide neck

www.brand.de 185
 Volumetric Flasks
Volumetric Instruments

Volumetric flasks, PUR Plastic coated

BLAUBRAND® PURprotect, class A, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.
50 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 ml: Pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Neck size with PP stopper
ml ± ml Cat. No.

50 W 0.10 14/23 365 48

100 0.10 14/23 365 49
200 0.15 14/23 365 50
250 0.15 14/23 365 51
500 0.25 19/26 365 52
1000 0.4 24/29 365 53
W = Wide neck

Synthetic coating for better protection

The PUR coating envelops the volumetric flasks like a protection skin.
In the event of breakage, the safety coating helps contain the glass fragments.
Compared to uncoated glass flasks the electrostatic charge is not increased.
The light blue coating facilitates optical distinction. The maximum operating
temperature at dry heat is 135 °C (exposure time < 30 min).
Frequent autoclaving at 121 °C reduces splintering protection.
Cleaning up to max. 95 °C.

Volumetric flasks with 3 marks, DAkkS calibrated

BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3, DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. DAkkS certificate.
The volumetric flask with 3 marks is used to check the functioning of a dispenser. The
mark in the middle shows the nominal volume, the upper and lower marks show the error
limits as specified in the table below. If the error limit is exceeded even with repeated
measurements, the dispenser is defective. The DAkkS calibrated volumetric flask does
not replace the gravimetric test of the monitoring of measuring instruments according to
ISO 8655. Pack of 1.
Capacity upper/lower mark Neck inner Ø Neck size with PP stopper
ml ± ml mm Cat. No.

10 0.070 7±1 10/19* 382 04

25 0.175 9±1 10/19 382 06
50 0.35 11 ± 1 12/21 382 08
100 0.70 13 ± 1 14/23 382 10
* enlarged ground joint Further sizes on request.

186 info@brand.de
 Volumetric Flasks

Volumetric Instruments
Volumetric flasks, amber glass
BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
Interchangeable PP or amber glass stopper. Incl. one batch certificate.
5 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 ml: Pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Neck size with PP stopper with glass stopper
ml ± ml Cat. No. Cat. No.

5W 0.04 10/19 374 01 374 38

10 W 0.04 10/19 374 02 374 43
20 0.04 10/19 374 03 374 46
25 0.04 10/19 374 04 374 47
50 0.06 12/21 374 05 374 48
50 W 0.10 14/23 374 06 374 45
100 0.10 14/23 374 07 374 49
200 0.15 14/23 374 08 374 50
250 0.15 14/23 374 09 374 51
500 0.25 19/26 374 10 374 52
1000 0.4 24/29 374 11 374 53
W = Wide neck

Volumetric flasks, amber glass, USP NEW!

BLAUBRAND , class A, DE-M marking
®

Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. USP batch certificate.
Pack of 2; 1000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Neck inner Ø Neck size with PP stopper with glass stopper
ml ± ml mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

5* 0.02 USP 7 ±1 NS 10/19 374 81 374 61

10* 0.02 USP 7 ±1 NS 10/19 374 82 374 62
20* 0.02 USP 7 ±1 NS 10/19 374 83 374 63
25 0.03 USP 9 ±1 NS 10/19 374 84 374 64
50 0.05 USP 11 ±1 NS 12/21 374 85 374 65
100 0.08 USP 13 ±1 NS 14/23 374 87 374 67
200 0.10 USP 15.5 ± 1.5 NS 14/23 374 88 374 68
250 0.12 USP 15.5 ± 1.5 NS 14/23 374 89 374 69
500 0.20 USP 19 ±2 NS 19/26 374 90 374 70
1000 0.30 USP 23 ±2 NS 24/29 374 91 374 71
* enlarged ground joint
Note! On request, also available with
USP individual certificate.

Volumetric flasks, beaded rim

BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.
10 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 ml: Pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Cat. No.
ml ± ml

10 W 0.04 370 45
20 0.04 370 46
25 0.04 370 47
50 0.06 370 48
100 0.10 370 49
200 0.15 370 50
250 0.15 370 51
500 0.25 370 52
1000 0.4 370 53
W = Wide neck

www.brand.de 187
 Volumetric Flasks
Volumetric Instruments

Volumetric flasks
SILBERBRAND, class B
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
10 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 to 5000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Neck size with PP stopper
ml ± ml Cat. No.

10 W 0.06 10/19 367 43

20 0.06 10/19 367 46
25 0.06 10/19 367 47
50 0.09 12/21 367 48
100 0.15 12/21 367 49
200 0.25 14/23 367 50
250 0.25 14/23 367 51
500 0.4 19/26 367 52
1000 0.6 24/29 367 53
2000 0.9 29/32 367 54
5000 1.8 34/35 367 55
W = Wide neck

Volumetric flasks for sugar analysis

SILBERBRAND
Boro 3.3. Error limits according to class B. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
For Kohlrausch sugar analysis. Pack of 2.
Capacity Error limit Cat. No.
ml ± ml

100 0.20 4020 38

200 0.30 4020 46

Volumetric flask for oil content determination

SILBERBRAND
Boro 3.3. DIN 51368. Interchangeable hollow glass stopper size 19/26. Calibrated to
contain (TC, In). For determination of oil content in aqueous oil emulsions (e.g., drilling oil).
Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Cat. No.
ml ± ml

Sample volume 100 ml – 0.2

Volume range 0 - 5 ml 0.1 0.1 3655 38
Volume range > 5 - 30 ml 0.5 0.5

188 info@brand.de
 Volumetric Flasks
made of Plastic

Volumetric flasks with screw cap, PFA

Volumetric Instruments
Error limits according to class A, DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
Incl. one batch certificate. Autoclavable, easy to clean. PFA screw cap with molded seal-
ing ring. Exposure to temperatures up to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not cause permanently
exceeded error limits! Cleaning up to max. 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and
inscriptions. Pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Height* Thread Cat. No.
ml ± ml mm

10 W 0.04 90 GL 18 362 08
25 0.04 108 GL 18 362 20
50 0.06 143 GL 18 362 28
100 0.10 166 GL 18 362 38
250 0.15 222 GL 25 362 48
500 0.25 262 GL 25 362 54
W = Wide neck * without screw cap

Thread Cat. No. Replacement screw caps

for volumetric flasks PFA
GL 18 1292 50
GL 25 1292 52 PFA. Pack of 1.

Volumetric flasks, PMP, transparent

With PP stopper. Error limits (EL) according to class A respectively B, DIN EN ISO 1042.
Class A incl. one batch certificate. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to temperatures
up to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not cause permanently exceeded error limits! Cleaning up to
max. 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions. Pack of 1.
Capacity EL 'A' EL 'B' Height* Neck size Cat. No. Cat. No.
ml ± ml ± ml mm EL 'A' EL 'B'

10 W 0.04 0.08 90 10/19 361 70 361 08

25 0.04 0.08 108 10/19 361 72 361 20
50 0.06 0.12 146 12/21 361 74 361 28
100 0.10 0.20 173 14/23 361 76 361 38
250 0.15 0.30 225 19/26 361 78 361 48
500 0.25 0.5 258 19/26 361 80 361 54
1000 0.4 0.8 298 24/29 361 82 361 62
W = Wide neck * without stopper

Volumetric flasks, PP, high clarity

With PP stopper. Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 1042. Calibrated to con-
tain (TC, In). Exposure to temperatures up to 60 ºC will not cause permanently exceeded
error limits! Cleaning up to max. 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscrip-
tions. Pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Height* Neck size Cat. No.
ml ± ml mm

10 W 0.08 90 10/19 360 08

25 0.08 108 10/19 360 20
50 0.12 146 12/21 360 28
100 0.20 173 14/23 360 38
250 0.30 225 19/26 360 48
500 0.5 258 19/26 360 54
1000 0.8 298 24/29 360 62
W = Wide neck * without stopper

www.brand.de 189
 Graduated Cylinders
Volumetric Instruments

Graduated Cylinders
BRAND graduated and mixing cylinders pro- All BLAUBRAND® graduated cylinders are
vide the highest accuracy. Strict statistical supplied with a batch number and an accom-
quality controls ensure maintenance of these panying batch certificate in the original pack-
high standards. aging. On request, they are also available
with an individual certificate, USP individual
certificate or DAkkS calibration certificate
(ordering information, page 173).

Note! The abbreviation Boro 3.3 repre-

sents the internationally desig-
nated borosilicate glass type 3.3.

Graduation and Reading

BLAUBRAND®. Ring marks at major gradu- SILBERBRAND. Short graduation marks.

ations. Reading at lowest point of meniscus. Reading at lowest point of meniscus.

Specifications, available sizes

Graduated and mixing cylinders
are always calibrated to contain BLAUBRAND® SILBERBRAND SILBERBRAND
(TC, In). tall form tall form low form

Capacity Subdivision Error limit Error limit Error limit

ml ml ± ml ± ml ± ml

5 0.1  0.05  0.08 –

10 0.2  0.10  0.15 0.3
25 0.5  0.25  0.4 0.5
Our class A plastic measuring cylin- 50 1  0.5  0.8 1
ders made of PMP (DE-M marking) 100 1  0.5  0.8 1
are low-price high-quality alterna- 250 2  1.0  1.5 2
tive to glass cylinders (see page 500 5  2.5  4 5
194-195). 1000 10  5  8 10
2 000 20 10 15 20

190 info@brand.de
 Graduated Cylinders

Volumetric Instruments
Graduated cylinders, tall form
BLAUBRAND® or BLAUBRAND® ETERNA, class A, DE-M marking,
ring marks at major graduations
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one batch certificate.
With spout and hexagonal base. 5 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 and 2000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Height BLAUBRAND® BLAUBRAND® ETERNA
ml ml ± ml mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

5 0.1  0.05 115 321 05 327 05

10 0.2  0.10 140 321 08 327 08
25 0.5  0.25 170 321 20 327 20
50 1  0.5 200 321 28 327 28
100 1  0.5 260 321 38 327 38
250 2  1.0 335 321 48 327 48
500 5  2.5 365 321 54 327 54
1000 10  5 465 321 62 327 62
2000 20 10 505 321 64 327 64

!
Graduated cylinders, tall form, USP N E W
BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking, ring marks at major graduations
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. USP batch certificate.
With spout and hexagonal base. 5 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Height BLAUBRAND®
ml ml ± ml mm Cat. No.

5 0.1 0
.05 USP 115 328 05
10 0.2 .10 USP
0 140 328 08
25 0.5 0
.17 USP 170 328 20
50 1 .25 USP
0 200 328 28
100 1 0.5 USP 260 328 38
250 2 1
.0 USP 335 328 48
500 5 .0 USP
2 365 328 54
1000 10 3
.0 USP 465 328 62
2000 20 6
.0 USP 505 328 64

Note! On request, also available with

USP individual certificate.

Graduated cylinders, tall form

SILBERBRAND or SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, short graduation marks
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
With spout and hexagonal base. 5 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 and 2000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Height SILBERBRAND SILBERBRAND ETERNA
ml ml ± ml mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

5 0.1  0.08 115 – 319 05

10 0.2  0.15 140 317 08 319 08
25 0.5  0.4 170 317 20 319 20
50 1  0.8 200 317 28 319 28
100 1  0.8 260 317 38 319 38
250 2  1.5 335 317 48 319 48
500 5  4 365 317 54 319 54
1000 10  8 465 317 62 319 62
2000 20 15 505 317 64 319 64

www.brand.de 191
 Graduated Cylinders
Volumetric Instruments

Graduated cylinders, tall form

SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, short graduation marks
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
With spout. With detachable hexagonal base and protective collar of PP (not autoclavable).
10 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Height Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10 0.2  0.15 135 319 09

25 0.5  0.4 170 319 21
50 1  0.8 190 319 29
100 1  0.8 260 319 39
250 2  1.5 335 319 49
500 5  4 370 319 55
1000 10  8 450 319 63

Graduated cylinders, low form

SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B, short graduation marks
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
With spout and hexagonal base.
Pack of 2; 1000 ml and 2000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Height Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10 1 0.3 90 420 08
25 1 0.5 115 420 20
50 2 1 145 420 28
100 2 1 165 420 38
250 5 2 195 420 48
500 10 5 250 420 54
1000 20 10 285 420 62
2000 50 20 340 420 64

192 info@brand.de
 Graduated Cylinders
Dispensers, tilt measure

Volumetric Instruments
Mixing cylinders
BLAUBRAND®, class A, DE-M marking, or SILBERBRAND ETERNA, class B
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 4788. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). BLAUBRAND® mixing
cylinders incl. one batch certificate. With PP stopper and hexagonal base.
10 to 500 ml: Pack of 2; 1000 ml: Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Neck size Height BLAUBRAND® SILBERBRAND ETERNA
ml ml mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

10 0.2 10/19 160 324 08 339 08

25 0.5 14/23 190 324 20 339 20
50 1 19/26 220 324 28 339 28
100 1 24/29 285 324 38 339 38
250 2 29/32 350 324 48 339 48
500* 5 34/35 395 324 54 339 54
1000* 10 45/40 500 324 62 339 62
* with octagonal stopper, PE

Dispensers, tilt measure

Bottletop dispensing head
Dispensing head Boro 3.3. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Inscriptions in green enamel.
The automatic dispenser is particularly well-suited for dispensing suspensions.
Complete with reservoir bottle, borosilicate glass 4.1, capacity 1000 ml, neck size 29/32.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Error limit Height incl. bottle Dispensing head Head with bottle
ml ± ml mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

5 1.0 270 430 55 430 05

10 1.0 270 430 58 430 08
20 2.0 280 430 66 430 16
25 2.5 280 430 70 430 20
50 5 280 430 78 430 28
100 10 290 430 88 430 38

Accessories for dispensers, tilt measure

Joint clip Reservoir bottle
Stainless-steel. Neck size 29/32. Borosilicate glass 4.1.
Pack of 1. Capacity 1000 ml. Neck size 29/32.
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 556 18
Description Cat. No.

Ground joint sleeve

Borosilicate glass 4.1 1269 63
PTFE. Neck size 29/32.
Pack of 10.
Cat. No. 514 22

www.brand.de 193
 Plastic Graduated Cylinders
Volumetric Instruments

Plastic Graduated Cylinders

Graduated cylinders from BRAND are Graduated cylinders, class A
made of high-quality plastics which
provide excellent chemical resistance.

Frequency of individual test results

Class A (DIN 12 681)
The nearly perfect cylindrical design
allows equal graduation marks.

■ Strengthened rim increases over-

all dimensional stability
■ Functional spout minimizes spills
■ Hexagonal base with knobs for
increased stability
Error limit, ml
■ Easy-to-read graduations
■ Extremely durable Class A graduated cylinders are characterized by their
very low measure value scatter, as shown in the ex-
ample above.
Class A error limits are maintained after 20 washing and
10 sterilization cycles at 121 °C. (DIN 12 681 requires
only 10 washing and 3 sterilization cycles.)

Graduated cylinders, class A, PMP

DE-M marking, tall form, with blue printed scale
PMP, transparent. DIN 12 681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Incl. one
batch certificate. A particularly high-quality printing ink is used in the plastic graduated
cylinders. Exposure to temperatures up to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not cause permanently
exceeded error limits! Cleaning temperature below 60 °C is recommended to preserve
marks and inscriptions. 10 to 500 ml: pack of 2; 1000 and 2000 ml: pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit A Height Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10 0.2 0.10 145 351 08

25 0.5 0.25 170 351 20
50 1 0.5 200 351 28
100 1 0.5 250 351 38
250 2 1.0 315 351 48
500 5 2.5 360 351 54
1000 10 5 440 351 62
2000 20 10 535 351 64

194 info@brand.de
 Plastic Graduated Cylinders

Volumetric Instruments
Graduated cylinders, PP
tall form, class B, with blue printed scale or embossed scale
PP, high clarity. DIN 12 681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to
temperatures up to 80 °C will not cause permanently exceeded error limits! Cleaning tem-
perature below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Height Pack blue scale embossed scale
ml ml ± ml mm of Cat. No. Cat. No.

10 0.2 0.20 145 10 348 08 350 08

25 0.5 0.5 170 10 348 20 350 20
50 1 1.0 200 10 348 28 350 28
100 1 1.0 250 10 348 38 350 38
250 2 2.0 315 5 348 48 350 48
500 5 5 360 5 348 54 350 54
1000 10 10 440 5 348 62 350 62
2000 20 20 535 1 348 64 350 64

Graduated cylinders, PMP

tall form, class B, with blue printed scale or embossed scale
PMP, transparent. DIN 12 681 and ISO 6706. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to
temperatures up to 121 ºC (autoclaving) will not cause permanently exceeded error limits!
Cleaning temperature below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.
For autoclaving, we recommend the design with embossed scale.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Height Pack blue scale embossed scale
ml ml ± ml mm of Cat. No. Cat. No.

10 0.2 0.20 145 10 347 08 349 08

25 0.5 0.5 170 10 347 20 349 20
50 1 1.0 200 10 347 28 349 28
100 1 1.0 250 10 347 38 349 38
250 2 2.0 315 5 347 48 349 48
500 5 5 360 5 347 54 349 54
1000 10 10 440 5 347 62 349 62
2000 20 20 535 1 347 64 349 64

Graduated cylinders, PP and SAN

low form, with embossed scale
PP, high clarity. SAN, transparent. Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Exposure to temperatures
up to 80 °C will not cause permanently exceeded error limits!
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Pack PP SAN
ml ml ± ml of Cat. No. Cat. No.

25 0.5 0.5 10 416 20 415 20

50 1.0 1.0 10 416 28 415 28
100 2.0 2.0 10 416 38 415 38
250 5.0 5 5 416 48 415 48
500 10.0 10 5 416 54 415 54
1000 20.0 20 5 416 62 415 62

www.brand.de 195
 Burettes
and Automatic Burettes

Burettes
Volumetric Instruments

and Automatic Burettes

Graduation and reading

BLAUBRAND® SILBERBRAND SILBERBRAND

Schellbach Stripe Schellbach Stripe Short marks at major gradua-
Ring marks at major gradu- Short marks at major gradu- tions. Reading at lowest point
ations. Reading at point of ations. Reading at point of of meniscus.
contact of the two tips. contact of the two tips.

Specifications
Burettes and automatic burettes are always calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Waiting times:
BLAUBRAND® – waiting time 30 sec. SILBERBRAND – no waiting time
Note: A waiting time is usually not neccessary if a titration is performed
(see DIN EN ISO 385).

All BLAUBRAND® burettes and automatic burettes are supplied with a batch
number and an accompanying batch certificate in the original packaging. On
request, they are also available with an individual certificate, USP individual
certificate or DAkkS calibration certificate (ordering information, page 173).

Note! The abbreviation Boro 3.3 represents the interna-

tionally designated borosilicate glass type 3.3.

The needle-valve stopcock

PTFE valve spindle
Operates smoothly yet is tight, even without lubrication, so there is no
grease residue on the burette. The valve spindle is replaceable.
Tight seal without force
A gentle turn is all it takes to close the burette valve.

Precision burette tip

Precise drop by drop control. Drop size remains constant
– from the first to the last drop. The liquid stream breaks
off precisely and does not creep along the outside edge.

196 info@brand.de
 Burettes

Volumetric Instruments
Burettes, lateral stopcock
BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.
Incl. one batch certificate. Length approx. 800 mm. Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Stopcock with Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

10 0.02 0.02 PTFE spindle 138 44

25 0.05 0.03 PTFE spindle 138 47
50 0.1 0.05 PTFE spindle 138 48

10 0.02 0.02 Glass key 138 84

25 0.05 0.03 Glass key 138 87
50 0.1 0.05 Glass key 138 88

Note! On request, BLAUBRAND® class

AS burettes are also available with
USP individual certificate.

Burettes, straight stopcock

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.
Incl. one batch certificate. Length approx. 800 mm. Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Stopcock with Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

10 0.02 0.02 PTFE spindle 124 84

25 0.05 0.03 PTFE spindle 124 87
50 0.1 0.05 PTFE spindle 124 88

10 0.02 0.02 Glass key 124 64

25 0.05 0.03 Glass key 124 67
50 0.1 0.05 Glass key 124 68

www.brand.de 197
 Burettes
Volumetric Instruments

Micro burettes, Bang pattern, straight stopcock

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Incl. one
batch certificate. Available with needle valve stopcock with PTFE spindle (PTFE key in
intermediate stopcock) or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock).
Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Stopcock with Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

2 0.01 0.01 600 PTFE spindle 242 65

5 0.01 0.01 820 PTFE spindle 242 67
10 0.02 0.02 820 PTFE spindle 242 69

2 0.01 0.01 600 Glass key 242 55

5 0.01 0.01 820 Glass key 242 57
10 0.02 0.02 820 Glass key 242 59

Note! On request, BLAUBRAND® class

AS burettes are also available with
USP individual certificate.

Micro burettes, Bang pattern, lateral stopcock

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Incl. one
batch certificate. Available with needle valve stopcock with PTFE spindle (PTFE key in
intermediate stopcock) or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock).
With base. Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Stopcock with Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

2 0.01 0.01 660 PTFE spindle 245 95

5 0.01 0.01 900 PTFE spindle 245 97
10 0.02 0.02 900 PTFE spindle 245 99

2 0.01 0.01 660 Glass key 245 45

5 0.01 0.01 900 Glass key 245 47
10 0.02 0.02 900 Glass key 245 49

198 info@brand.de
 Burettes

Volumetric Instruments
Burettes, lateral stopcock
SILBERBRAND, class B
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.
Length approx. 800 mm. Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Stopcock with Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

10 0.02 0.03 PTFE spindle 135 63

25 0.05 0.05 PTFE spindle 135 66
50 0.1 0.08 PTFE spindle 135 68

25 0.05 0.05 Glass key 135 06

50 0.1 0.08 Glass key 135 08

Burettes, straight stopcock

SILBERBRAND, class B
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.
Length approx. 800 mm. Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Stopcock with Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

10 0.02 0.03 PTFE spindle 120 93

25 0.05 0.05 PTFE spindle 120 96
50 0.1 0.08 PTFE spindle 120 98

www.brand.de 199
 Burettes
Volumetric Instruments

Burettes, straight stopcock

SILBERBRAND
Boro 3.3.
10 ml and 25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Stopcock with Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10* 0.05 0.05 470 Glass key 120 13

25* 0.1 0.08 520 Glass key 120 16
50 0.1 0.08 790 Glass key 120 18
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Burettes, amber glass, straight stopcock

SILBERBRAND
Borosilicate glass 5.4.
25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Stopcock with Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

25* 0.1 0.08 550 PTFE key 135 36

50 0.1 0.10 800 PTFE key 135 38

25* 0.1 0.08 550 Glass key 135 32

50 0.1 0.10 800 Glass key 135 34
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

200 info@brand.de
 Burettes

The Modular Burette Concept!

Volumetric Instruments
The Compact Burette from BRAND.

n with PTFE stopcock

n fast to dismantle and easy to clean
n simple repair – all individual components replaceable!

Compact Burettes
BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3, removable PTFE stopcock. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Items supplied: Burette tube with Schellbach stripe; Stopcock with precision tip.
Incl. one batch certificate. Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10 0.02 0.02 795 139 13

25 0.05 0.03 800 139 16
50 0.1 0.05 800 139 18

Note! On request, BLAUBRAND® class

AS burettes are also available with
USP individual certificate.

Compact Burettes
SILBERBRAND
AR-GLAS®, removable PTFE stopcock. Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Items supplied: Burette tube with Schellbach stripe;
Stopcock with precision tip. Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10* 0.05 0.05 445 139 03

25* 0.1 0.08 510 139 06
50* 0.1 0.10 710 139 08
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Compact Burettes, amber glass

SILBERBRAND
Borosilicate glass 5.4, removable PTFE stopcock.
25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Items supplied: Burette tube with white graduation; Stopcock with precision tip. Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

25* 0.1 0.08 520 139 26

50 0.1 0.10 790 139 28
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

www.brand.de 201
 Burettes
Volumetric Instruments

Spare burette tubes

for the Compact burette
BLAUBRAND®, incl. batch certificate, Pack of 1.
Desription Capacity Length Cat. No.
ml mm

BLAUBRAND®, Boro 3.3 10 700 139 43

BLAUBRAND®, Boro 3.3 25 705 139 46
BLAUBRAND®, Boro 3.3 50 705 139 48

SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS ®
10* 350 139 33
SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS® 25* 410 139 36
SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS® 50* 610 139 38

SILBERBRAND, amber glass 25* 425 139 56

SILBERBRAND, amber glass 50 695 139 58
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Spare burette stopcock

for all Compact burettes and Compact automatic burettes
PTFE. With screw couplings and seals, without burette tip.
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 118 05

Spare burette tips

for Compact burettes and Compact automatic burettes
Pack of 1.
For burettes Desription Cat. No.

clear glass 10 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 10

clear glass 25 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 11
clear glass 50 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 12
amber glass 25 and 50 ml amber glass, Boro 5.4 115 15

202 info@brand.de
 Burettes

Volumetric Instruments
Compact burettes, 'Economy'
SILBERBRAND
AR-GLAS®, removable PTFE stopcock with PP tip. Error limits according to class B, DIN
EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Items supplied: burette tube, stopcock with PP
tip.
Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

25* 0.1 0.08 510 100 12

50* 0.1 0.10 710 100 14
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Burette tubes
SILBERBRAND
AR-GLAS®. Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Discharge tube with outer Ø 8 mm.
For use with PTFE stopcock (Cat. No. 118 00).
Pack of 2.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

25* 0.1 0.08 400 100 02

50* 0.1 0.10 620 100 04
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

PTFE stopcock
for burette tubes
Spare burette tip
for PTFE stopcock
With PP tip. Complete with mounting tool.
Pack of 1. PP, with screw cap. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 118 00 Cat. No. 116 00

www.brand.de 203
 Automatic Burettes

Automatic burettes, Dr. Schilling pattern

Volumetric Instruments

SILBERBRAND
Burette: AR-GLAS®. Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe. Automatic zeroing.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit With bottle Total height Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml ml mm

10* 0.05 0.05 500 530 237 53

15* 0.1 0.08 500 510 237 55
25* 0.1 0.08 1000 620 237 56
50* 0.1 0.10 1000 830 237 58
25*, amber glass 0.1 0.08 1000, amber 650 237 66
50, amber glass 0.1 0.10 1000, amber 900 237 68
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Spare parts for automatic burettes, Dr. Schilling pattern

Spare burettes Bases

Pack of 1. Pack of 1.
Capacity Length Cat. No. For bottle Ø bottle Cat. No.
ml mm ml mm

10* 340 237 13 500 75 237 25

15* 320 237 15 1000 94 237 28
25* 390 237 16
50* 600 237 18
■ Materials:
25*, amber glass 420 237 23
Filling tube: PVC
50, amber glass 670 237 24
Discharge tube: silicone
Reservoir bottle: PE-LD * reduced distance between subdivision marks
Base: PE-HD
Fitting, grey: Polyamide
Micrometer screw: brass/PP
■ Squeezing bottle allows rapid Reservoir bottles
filling PE-LD. Narrow-mouth bottle with tube bushing. Pack of 1.
■ Automatic zeroing
Capacity Ø Height Thread Cat. No.
■ Micrometer screw allows fine ml mm mm GL
titration
500 75 180 25 1290 55
■ Rough titration by releasing the 1000 94 212 28 1290 60
micrometer screw and using 1000, amber 94 212 28 1302 60
the press button

Note! Burettes not in use for

longer periods should be
drained and tubing pres- Fittings Glass discharge tip
sure released by opening
Micrometer screw with push-button, incl. AR-GLAS®. With silicone tubing.
the stopcock.
support clamp. Pack of 1. Pack of 10.
For capacity for reservoir bottle Cat. No. Clear glass
ml ml
Cat. No. 115 00
10 500 237 45
15 500 237 46 Amber glass
25 - 50 1000 237 48 Cat. No. 115 05

204 info@brand.de
 Automatic Burettes

Volumetric Instruments
Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern,
with intermediate stopcock
BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.
Incl. one batch certificate. Available with needle valve stopcock with PTFE spindle (PTFE
key in intermediate stopcock) or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock).
Automatic zeroing. Intermediate stopcock 4 NS/19 for recirculating residual liquid.
Total height approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.

Needle-valve stopcock (PTFE key in intermediate stopcock)

Capacity Subdivision Error limit Description Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

10 0.02 0.02 with bottle 227 64

25 0.05 0.03 with bottle 227 67
50 0.1 0.05 with bottle 227 68

10 0.02 0.02 without bottle 227 61

25 0.05 0.03 without bottle 227 62
50 0.1 0.05 without bottle 227 63

Glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock)

Capacity Subdivision Error limit Description Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

10 0.02 0.02 with bottle 227 34

25 0.05 0.03 with bottle 227 37
50 0.1 0.05 with bottle 227 38

10 0.02 0.02 without bottle 227 31

25 0.05 0.03 without bottle 227 32
50 0.1 0.05 without bottle 227 33

Note! On request, BLAUBRAND® class

AS burettes are also available with
USP individual certificate.

Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern,

without intermediate stopcock
BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.
Incl. one batch certificate. With needle-valve stopcock with PTFE spindle.
Automatic zeroing. Total height approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass).
Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Description Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

10 0.02 0.02 with bottle 225 24

25 0.05 0.03 with bottle 225 28
50 0.1 0.05 with bottle 225 30

10 0.02 0.02 without bottle 225 21

25 0.05 0.03 without bottle 225 22
50 0.1 0.05 without bottle 225 23

www.brand.de 205
 Automatic Burettes
Volumetric Instruments

Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern,

without intermediate stopcock
SILBERBRAND, class B
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Schellbach stripe.
With needle-valve stopcock with PTFE spindle. Automatic zeroing.
Total height approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Description Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

10 0.02 0.03 with bottle 219 14

25 0.05 0.05 with bottle 219 17
50 0.1 0.08 with bottle 219 18

10 0.02 0.03 without bottle 219 11

25 0.05 0.05 without bottle 219 12
50 0.1 0.08 without bottle 219 13

Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern,

with intermediate stopcock
SILBERBRAND, amber glass
Borosilicate glass 5.4.
25 ml: Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Available with titration stopcock with PTFE key (PTFE key
in intermediate stopcock) or STJ glass stopcock (glass key in intermediate stopcock).
Automatic zeroing. Intermediate stopcock 4 NS/19 for recirculating residual liquid.
Total height 25 ml approx. 0.7 m, total height 50 ml approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle
(soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.

Titration and intermediate stopcock with PTFE key

Capacity Subdivision Error limit Description Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

25* 0.1 0.08 with bottle 223 32

50 0.1 0.10 with bottle 223 34

25* 0.1 0.08 without bottle 223 36

50 0.1 0.10 without bottle 223 38
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Titration and intermediate stopcock with glass key

Capacity Subdivision Error limit Description Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

25* 0.1 0.08 with bottle 223 22

50 0.1 0.10 with bottle 223 24

25* 0.1 0.08 without bottle 223 26

50 0.1 0.10 without bottle 223 28
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

206 info@brand.de
 Automatic Burettes

Volumetric Instruments
Automatic burettes, Pellet pattern,
without intermediate stopcock
SILBERBRAND, amber glass
Borosilicate glass 5.4.
25 ml: Error limits according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.
Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex). Available with titration stopcock with PTFE key or glass key.
Total height 25 ml approx. 0.7 m, total height 50 ml approx. 1 m incl. 2000 ml bottle
(soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.

Titration stopcock with PTFE key

Capacity Subdivision Error limit Description Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

25* 0.1 0.08 with bottle 223 12

50 0.1 0.10 with bottle 223 14

25* 0.1 0.08 without bottle 223 16

50 0.1 0.10 without bottle 223 18
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Titration stopcock with glass key

Capacity Subdivision Error limit Description Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml

25* 0.1 0.08 with bottle 223 02

50 0.1 0.10 with bottle 223 04

25* 0.1 0.08 without bottle 223 06

50 0.1 0.10 without bottle 223 08
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Spare key for intermediate stopcock 4 NS/19

for automatic burette, pellet pattern
PTFE or borosilicate glass 5.4, with retention device.
Pack of 1.
Description Clear glass Amber glass
Cat. No. Cat. No.

PTFE key 812 65 812 65

Glass key 812 55 812 56

www.brand.de 207
 Automatic Burettes

The Modular Automatic Burette Concept

Volumetric Instruments

Please order supports, burette

clamps and rubber bellows sepa-
Compact Automatic Burettes from BRAND.
rately (pages 212-213).

n fast to dismantle and easy to clean

n easy to repair – all individual components replaceable!

Compact automatic burettes

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3, detachable PTFE stopcock. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Incl. one batch certificate.
Items supplied:
Burette tube with Schellbach stripe and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,
filling tube (PVC, transparent), pumphead and 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.
Please order supports, burette clamps and rubber bellows separately (pages 212-213).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10 0.02 0.02 775 239 19

25 0.05 0.03 785 239 20
50 0.1 0.05 790 239 21

Note! On request, BLAUBRAND® class AS

burettes are also available with USP
individual certificate.

Compact automatic burettes

SILBERBRAND
AR-GLAS®, detachable PTFE stopcock. Error limits according to class B,
DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Items supplied:
Burette tube with Schellbach stripe and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,
filling tube (PVC, transparent), pumphead and 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.
Please order supports, burette clamps and rubber bellows separately (pages 212-213).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10* 0.05 0.05 455 239 09

25* 0.1 0.08 520 239 10
50* 0.1 0.10 730 239 11
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

208 info@brand.de
 Automatic Burettes

Volumetric Instruments
Please order supports, burette
clamps and rubber bellows sepa-
rately (pages 212-213).

Compact automatic burettes, amber glass

SILBERBRAND
Borosilicate glass 5.4, detachable PTFE stopcock. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.
Items supplied:
Burette tube with white graduation and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,
filling tube (PVC, transparent), pumphead and 2000 ml bottle (soda-lime glass). Pack of 1.
Please order supports, burette clamps and rubber bellows separately (pages 212-213).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

25* 0.1 0.08 495 239 29

50 0.1 0.10 780 239 30
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Compact automatic burettes

BLAUBRAND®, class AS, DE-M marking
Boro 3.3, detachable PTFE stopcock. DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Incl. one batch certificate.
Items supplied: Burette tube with Schellbach stripe and automatic zeroing, stopcock with
precision tip, filling tube (PVC, transparent) and 1000 ml PE-bottle with base. Pack of 1.
Please order supports, burette clamps and rubber bellows separately (pages 212-213).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10 0.02 0.02 775 238 19

25 0.05 0.03 785 238 20
50 0.1 0.05 790 238 21

Note! On request, BLAUBRAND® class AS

burettes are also available with USP
individual certificate.

www.brand.de 209
 Automatic Burettes
Volumetric Instruments

Please order supports and

burette clamps separately
(pages 212-213).

Compact automatic burettes

SILBERBRAND
AR-GLAS®, detachable PTFE stopcock. Error limits according to class B,
DIN EN ISO 385. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
Items supplied:
Burette tube with Schellbach stripe and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,
filling tube (PVC, transparent) and 1000 ml PE-bottle with base. Pack of 1.
Please order supports and burette clamps separately (pages 212-213).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

10* 0.05 0.05 455 238 09

25* 0.1 0.08 520 238 10
50* 0.1 0.10 730 238 11
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

Compact automatic burettes, amber glass

SILBERBRAND
Borosilicate glass 5.4, detachable PTFE stopcock. Calibrated to deliver (TD, Ex).
25 ml: Error limit according to class B, DIN EN ISO 385.
50 ml: DIN EN ISO 385, class B.
Items supplied:
Burette tube with white graduation and automatic zeroing, stopcock with precision tip,
filling tube (PVC, transparent) and brown 1000 ml PE-bottle with base. Pack of 1.
Please order supports and burette clamps separately (pages 212-213).
Capacity Subdivision Error limit Length Cat. No.
ml ml ± ml mm

25* 0.1 0.08 495 238 29

50 0.1 0.10 780 238 30
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

210 info@brand.de
 Spare Burette Stopcocks

Volumetric Instruments
Spare burette tubes
for Compact automatic burettes with automatic zeroing
BLAUBRAND®, incl. batch certificate. Pack of 1.
Description Capacity Length Cat. No.
ml mm

BLAUBRAND®, Boro 3.3 10 680 238 43

BLAUBRAND®, Boro 3.3 25 690 238 46
BLAUBRAND®, Boro 3.3 50 695 238 48

SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS® 10* 360 238 33

SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS® 25* 425 238 36
SILBERBRAND, AR-GLAS® 50* 635 238 38

SILBERBRAND, amber glass 25* 400 238 66

SILBERBRAND, amber glass 50 685 238 68
* reduced distance between subdivision marks

(Burette clamps, see page 212-213)

Spare burette stopcock

for all Compact burettes and Compact automatic burettes
PTFE. With screw couplings and seals, without burette tip.
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 118 05

Spare burette tips

for all Compact burettes and Compact automatic burettes
Pack of 1.
For burettes Desription Cat. No.

clear glass 10 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 10

clear glass 25 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 11
clear glass 50 ml clear glass, Boro 3.3 115 12
amber glass 25 and 50 ml amber glass, Boro 5.4 115 15

Bases
Spare filling tube Pack of 1.
PVC, transparent. For bottle Ø bottle Cat. No.
Inner-Ø 5 mm, Outer-Ø 7 mm, length 1 m. ml mm
Pack of 1.
500 75 237 25
Cat. No. 115 25 1000 94 237 28

Reservoir bottles
PE-LD. Narrow-mouth bottle with tube bushing. Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm GL

500 75 180 25 1290 55

1000 94 212 28 1290 60
1000, amber 94 212 28 1302 60

www.brand.de 211
 Burette Accessories
Volumetric Instruments

Spare reservoir bottles for automatic burettes

Available in clear or amber glass
Boro 3.3 or soda-lime glass. Capacity 2000 ml. Pack of 1.
Material Ø Height Neck size Description Cat. No.
mm mm

Boro 3.3 160 200 29/32 Clear glass 233 10

Boro 3.3 160 200 29/32 Amber glass 233 20

Soda-lime glass 160 200 29/32 Clear glass 1269 65

Soda-lime glass 160 200 29/32 Amber glass 1270 65

Pumphead
for glass reservoir bottle,
compact automatic burette
Boro 3.3. NS 29/32. Fitting length
185 mm. Nozzle outer diameter 7 mm.
Pack of 1.
Description Cat. No.

Clear glass 238 75

Amber glass 238 76

Rubber bellows
for automatic burettes
Orange colored, single-bulb rubber
bellows. With valve and tubing. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 234 00

Burette clamps
Zinc alloy, nickel-plated.
PVC-coated clamps.
Pack of 1.
Description Cat. No.
Joint Clip
Stainless-steel Neck size 29/32.
Pack of 1.
for 1 burette 165 15
for 2 burettes 165 20 Cat. No. 556 18

212 info@brand.de
 Burette Accessories

Volumetric Instruments
Burette clamp
Alluminium die cast. Two burettes up to Very sturdy design, easy to operate. Integral
50 ml can be mounted in seconds. With support connector. Ideal for use with burette
plastic-coated roller grips. Comfortable support (Cat. No. 238 82). Pack of 1.
height adjustment. Graduations remain
Cat. No. 5780 00
visible.

Burette clamps
PP, white. To be mounted on support rods
of 8 to 14 mm Ø. Easily affixes the burette
by clamping with a non-corroding spring.
Pack of 1.
Description Cat. No.

for 1 burette 165 05

for 2 burettes 165 10

Burette support
Baseplate: PP with rubber feet minimize
sliding and protect bench-top.
Support rod: Stainless steel.
Includes baseplate 210 x 155 mm (L x W).
Support rod 550 x 12 mm (L x diameter)
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 238 82

Burette covers
PP. Ribbed inside to prevent suction
attachment during titration. Pack of 10.
Inner Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm

20 30 164 00

www.brand.de 213
 Spare Burette Stopcocks

Spare burette stopcocks

Volumetric Instruments

Needle-valve stopcocks
BISTABIL, Boro 3.3/PTFE
Valve housing with precision Boro 3.3 burette tip.
Interchangeable PTFE valve spindle, PP cap and retention device.
Valve opening 0-2.5 mm. Pack of 1.
For burette capacity Lateral needle-valve stopcock Straight needle-valve stopcock
ml Cat. No. Cat. No.

2 - 10 821 20 822 20
25 821 21 822 21
50 821 22 822 22

Spare spindle with retention

for ml

2 - 50 821 70 821 70

Glass stopcocks
BISTABIL, Boro 3.3
Stopcock housing with precision Boro 3.3 burette tip.
Interchangeable borosilicate glass stopcock key with retention device.
Stopcock size 3NS/12. Pack of 1.
For burette capacity Boro 3.3 Boro 3.3
ml Lateral stopcock Straight stopcock
Cat. No. Cat. No.

2 - 10 818 05 818 15
25 818 07 818 17
50 818 09 818 19

Spare key with retention

for ml

2 - 10 811 40 810 53
25 811 41 810 53
50 811 42 810 53

Glass stopcocks, amber glass

BISTABIL, Borosilicate glass 5.4
Stopcock housing with burette tip.
Interchangeable PTFE or borosilicate glass key with retention device.
Stopcock size 3NS/12. Pack of 1.
For burette capacity Lateral stopcock Lateral stopcock Straight stopcock Straight stopcock
ml PTFE key Glass key PTFE key Glass key
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

25 819 27 819 07 819 37 819 17

50 819 27 819 09 819 39 819 19

Spare key with retention

for ml

25 811 67 811 46 812 48 812 47

50 811 67 811 47 812 48 812 47

214 info@brand.de
 Volumetric Instruments
BRAND online

Volumetric Instruments
Notes:

www.brand.de 215
© Mark Newman/Lonely Planet Images/Getty Images
Temperature
and Density
Measurement
For the measurement of temperature and density,
BRAND offers high quality thermometers, individually
calibrated BLAUBRAND® density bottles, and fast,
reliable hydrometers.
 Density Bottles

Density Bottles
Temperature and Density

BLAUBRAND® density bottles are individu- Certification note:

ally adjusted. The nominal capacity is indel-
All BLAUBRAND® density bottles are sup-
ibly engraved on each bottle. Each bottle is
plied with one accompanying individual
calibrated with its own stopper or thermom-
certificate in the original packaging.
eter; hence, stoppers and thermometers are
On request, they are also available with a
not interchangeable.
DAkkS calibration certificate.
Each bottle and its stopper or thermometer
is marked with a unique matching identifica-
tion number.

Density bottles,
calibrated
BLAUBRAND®
Borosilicate glass 3.3. DIN ISO 3507, Nominal capacity Cat. No.
Gay-Lussac type. Calibrated to contain cm³
(TC, In). Reference temperature 20 °C.
5 433 05
Individual certificate included. Stopper
10 433 08
NS 10/19 with capillary. Top of stopper
25 433 20
ground and polished. The volume in cm3
50 433 28
is specified to a precision of 3 decimal
100 433 38
places. Pack of 1.

Inscriptions in high
contrast blue enamel

Density bottles,
calibrated
BLAUBRAND®. No longer available in EU
With thermometer and side capillary Member States (EU direc-
Borosilicate glass 3.3. DIN ISO 3507. tive EG 847/2012).
Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Reference
temperature 20 °C. Individual certificate
included. Side capillary with conical ground Nominal capacity Cat. No.
cap size NS 7/16. Thermometer with cm³
enclosed scale, with standard ground joint
10 434 08
NS 10/19, range 10 to 35 °C, divided in
25 434 20
0.2 °C, mercury filled. The volume in cm3
50 434 28
is specified to a precision of 3 decimal
places. Pack of 1. 100 434 38

218 info@brand.de
 Oxygen flasks

Temperature and Density

Density bottles, Nominal capacity Cat. No.

uncalibrated cm³

5 432 05
Borosilicate glass 3.3. DIN ISO 3507,
10 432 08
Gay-Lussac type. Stopper NS 10/19
25 432 20
with capillary. Top of stopper ground and
50 432 28
polished. Nominal capacity printed on the
100 432 38
bottom. Pack of 2.

Oxygen flasks,
Winkler pattern
Soda-lime glass. For the determination of Each flask and its stopper is marked with a
oxygen dissolved in water. The measured unique matching identification number.
volume is indicated to a precision of 2 Pack of 2.
decimal places. White labelling area. Solid,
obliquely cut standard-ground glass stopper Nominal capacity Neck Size Cat. No.
can be secured with a fastening clip. ml
Each flask is calibrated with its own stop-
100 - 150 14/23 3860 38
per; hence, stoppers and flasks are not
250 - 300 19/26 3860 48
interchangeable.

Fastening clips for oxygen flasks

Accessories: Winkler pattern
(please order separately)
Pack of 1.
For Flask Cat. No.

3860 38 3861 38
3860 48 3861 48

www.brand.de 219
 Centrifuge Tubes

ASTM Centrifuge Tubes

Temperature and Density

BLAUBRAND® ASTM centrifuge tubes

Relative Centrifugal Force (RCF)
Borosilicate glass 3.3. Capacity 100 ml.
Withstands RCF up to 700. (n
RCF = 1.118 · r · 1000
2
)
Design, accuracy, etc. to meet ASTM
("American Society for Testing and
(see DIN 58 970)
Materials") specifications. r = Rotation radius in mm
Pack of 2.
n = Speed

Note! On request, ASTM centrifuge

tubes are also available with
individual quality certificate by
BRAND.

ASTM centrifuge tubes,

cylindrical, conical bottom
ASTM D 91.
Length max. 203 mm,
neck inner-Ø approx. 17 mm.
Graduation Subdiv.
ml ml

from 0 to 0.5 0.05

from 0.5 to 2 0.10
from 2 to 3 0.20
from 3 to 5 0.50
from 5 to 10 1
from 10 to 25 5
from 25 to 100 25

Cat. No. 3620 38

ASTM centrifuge tubes,

cylindrical, conical bottom
Former standard ASTM D 96.
Length max. 167 mm,
neck inner-Ø approx. 17 mm.
Graduation Subdiv.
ml ml

from 0 to 0.5 0.05

from 0.5 to 2 0.10
from 2 to 3 0.20
from 3 to 5 0.50
from 5 to 10 1
from 10 to 25 5
from 25 to 100 25

Cat. No. 3623 38

220 info@brand.de
 Sedimentation Cones

Temperature and Density

ASTM centrifuge tubes,
pear-shaped,
cylindrical bottom
Former standard ASTM D 96.
Length max. 160 mm,
neck inner-Ø approx. 17 mm.
Graduation Subdiv.
ml ml

from 0 to 1.5 0.10

from 1.5 to 3 0.50
from 3 to 5 0.50
from 5 to 10 1
from 10 to 25 5
from 25 to 100 25

Cat. No. 3621 38

Sedimentation Cones

Imhoff
sedimentation cones
SILBERBRAND. Graduated to
100 ml, ring mark at 1000 ml.
Borosilicate glass 3.3. DIN 12 672.
Graduation range Subdiv. Error limit
ml ml ± ml

0 - 2 0.1 0.1
> 2 - 10 0.5 0.5
With stopcock. Without stopcock.
> 10 - 40 1 1
Pack of 1. Pack of 4.
> 40 - 100 2 2
Ring mark 1000 – 10 Cat. No. 3876 62 Cat. No. 3873 62

www.brand.de 221
 Sedimentation Cones
Temperature and Density

Imhoff sedimentation cone

SILBERBRAND.
Graduated to 1000 ml.
Borosilicate glass 3.3. DIN 12 672.
Without stopcock. Pack of 4.
Graduation range Subdiv. Error limit
ml ml ± ml

0 - 2 0.1 0.1
> 2 - 10 0.5 0.5
> 10 - 40 1 1
> 40 - 100 2 2
> 100 - 1000 50 10

Cat. No. 3874 62

Imhoff sedimentation cone,

SAN
Graduated to 1000 ml.
SAN, transparent. DIN 12 672.
Screw cap allows drainage. Withstands tem-
peratures up to 85 °C. Pack of 1.
Graduation range Subdiv. Error limit
ml ml ± ml

0 - 2 0.1 0.1
> 2 - 10 0.5 0.5
> 10 - 40 1 1
> 40 - 100 2 2
> 100 - 1000 50 10

Cat. No. 3880 00

222 info@brand.de
 Racks for
Sedimentation Cones

Temperature and Density

Rack for sedimentation
cones with and without
stopcock
PMMA/PP, holds 2 Imhoff sedimentation
cones (glass or plastic; with and without
stopcock). Compact design and easy to
carry, even with cones filled. Pack of 1.
Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

300 130 400 3880 60

Rack for plastic

sedimentation cones
PMMA/PP, holds 2 plastic sedimentation
cones. Compact design and easy to carry,
even with cones filled. Pack of 1.
Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

300 130 315 3880 50

www.brand.de 223
 Hydrometers
Temperature and Density

Hydrometers
Measuring Procedures

Hydrometers determine the density of liquids or the concen- Temperature correction

tration of dissolved matter.
1. Measuring instrument
Density is frequently indicated in g/cm3 (g/ml) or in °Baumé.
Certain applications may re-
Concentration is indicated in percentage by volume (Vol.%) or in
quire a correction to account
percentage by mass (Weight%). Permissible deviations are within
for the thermal expansion of
± 2 graduation marks.
the hydrometer glass, if the
measuring temperature devi-
ates from the reference tem-
perature of the hydrometer.
This factor corrects the result
1
for the corresponding measur-
ing temperature.
K t = (1- γ (t - t 0 )) ρ
K t For the density after
2 correction
γ Volume expansion coeffi-
cient of the hydrometer
glass (25 ± 2) 10-6 K-1
t Measuring temperature °C
t 0 Reference temperature °C
'from below'/'from above'
ρ Density reading g/ml

Measuring procedure 2. Sample

Pour the sample into a trans- The meniscus should remain non-transparent samples are Conversion tables for mea-
parent cylinder (see fig. 1) and even and not change its shape read "from above". (see fig. 2). sured densities to different
adjust its temperature to the or height when the stem Check the temperature of the temperature can be found in
indicated reference tempera- moves up and down. sample immediately after the many chemical references.
ture of the hydrometer. Imme- Hydrometer should first be reading. Maximum hydrometer These tables can provide
diately before measuring, mix cleaned carefully in Mucasol® measuring temperature should expansion coefficients and
well with a glass rod to reduce (see page 312). not exceed 70 °C. densities for different sample
differing sample densities and Once the hydrometer has temperatures and concentra-
temperatures. reached its equilibrium, (floa- tions.
A clean hydrometer should ting freely without touching
only be touched above the the walls of the cylinder) the
scale. Liquid should not ad- density is read "from below" Note! All scales are shown in original
here more than 5 mm above for transparent samples, size.
the reading point. For hydrometers no certificates
are provided.

224 info@brand.de
 Hydrometers

Range finder hydrometers General purpose hydrometers

Temperature and Density

Subdivisions 0.001 g/cm3,
reference temperature 20 °C.
Without thermometer,
approx. 160 mm long.
Pack of 1.
Range Cat. No.
g/cm³

0.600 - 0.660 9660 30

0.650 - 0.710 9660 31
0.700 - 0.760 9660 32
0.760 - 0.820 9660 33
0.820 - 0.880 9660 34
0.880 - 0.940 9660 35
0.940 - 1.000 9660 36
1.000 - 1.060 9660 37
1.060 - 1.120 9660 38
1.120 - 1.180 9660 39
1.180 - 1.240 9660 40
Subdivisions 0.005 g/cm3, Subdivisions 0.01 g/cm3,
1.240 - 1.300 9660 41
reference temperature 20 °C. reference temperature 20 °C.
Without thermometer, Without thermometer, 1.300 - 1.360 9660 42 Subdivisions 0.001 g/cm3,
approx. 260 - 300 mm long. approx. 360 mm long. 1.360 - 1.420 9660 43 reference temperature 20 °C.
Pack of 1. Pack of 1. 1.420 - 1.480 9660 44 Without thermometer,
1.480 - 1.540 9660 45 approx. 300 mm long.
Range Cat. No. Range Cat. No. 1.540 - 1.600 9660 46 Pack of 1.
g/cm³ g/cm³
1.600 - 1.660 9660 47
Range Cat. No.
0.700 - 1.000 9700 10 0.700 - 2.000 9705 10 1.660 - 1.720 9660 48 g/cm³
1.000 - 1.500 9700 12 1.720 - 1.780 9660 49
1.500 - 2.000 9700 14 1.780 - 1.840 9660 50 0.600 - 0.700 9685 10

1.840 - 1.900 9660 51 0.700 - 0.800 9685 11

1.900 - 1.960 9660 52 0.800 - 0.900 9685 12

1.960 - 2.020 9660 53 0.900 - 1.000 9685 13
1.000 - 1.100 9685 14
1.100 - 1.200 9685 15
1.200 - 1.300 9685 16
1.300 - 1.400 9685 17
1.400 - 1.500 9685 18
1.500 - 1.600 9685 19
1.600 - 1.700 9685 20
1.700 - 1.800 9685 21
1.800 - 1.900 9685 22
1.900 - 2.000 9685 23

www.brand.de 225
 Hydrometers

General purpose hydrometers Hydrometers Baumé pattern

Temperature and Density

For aqueous solutions and

liquids with similar surface
tensions.
The advantage of this pattern
is that the distances between
graduation marks remain con-
stant throughout the entire
range.

Without thermometer:
Subdivision 0.002 g/cm3, refer-
ence temperature 20 °C.
Approx. 280 mm long.
Pack of 1.
With thermometer:
Thermometer range:
0-30/40 °C (subdivision 1 °C).
Petroleum filled, blue colored. Without thermometer.
Approx. 330 mm long. Reference temperature 20 °C.
Pack of 1. Pack of 1.

Range without thermometer with thermometer Range Subdivisions Length Cat. No.
g/cm³ Cat. No. Cat. No. °Bé °Bé approx. mm

0.600 - 0.800 9695 10 9696 10 0 - 35 1 250 9715 28

0.800 - 1.000 9695 11 9696 11 0 - 50 1 250 9715 34
1.000 - 1.200 9695 12 9696 12 0 - 70 1 250 9715 35
1.200 - 1.400 9695 13 9696 13 0 - 10 0.1 285 9715 36
1.400 - 1.600 9695 14 9696 14 10 - 20 0.1 285 9715 37
1.600 - 1.800 9695 15 9696 15 20 - 30 0.1 285 9715 38
1.800 - 2.000 9695 16 9696 16 30 - 40 0.1 285 9715 39
40 - 50 0.1 285 9715 40
50 - 60 0.1 285 9715 41
60 - 70 0.1 285 9715 42
The range 0-70 °C Bé corresponds to the range 1-1.94 g/cm .
3

226 info@brand.de
 Hydrometers

General purpose alcoholometers Sugar hydrometers

Temperature and Density

Saccharimeters, Brix pattern (Sugar hydrometers)
(1 °Brix = 1% sugar solution)
Subdivisions: 1 °Brix.
Richter + Tralles Gay-Lussac + Cartier Reference temperature 20 °C. Subdivisions: 0.1 °Brix.
pattern pattern Reference temperature 20 °C.
Without thermometer:
Subdivisions: Subdivisions: approx. 210 mm long. With thermometer:
1 weight % / 1 vol.%, 1 vol.% / 0.5 °Cartier, refer- Pack of 1. approx. 330 mm long.
reference temperature 20 °C, ence temperature 15 °C, Thermometer range: 0-40/
Range Cat. No.
range 0-100% (weight/vol.). range 0-100 vol.% / °Brix
50 °C (subdivisions 1 °C).
Pack of 1. 10-45 °Cartier. Pack of 1. petroleum filled, blue colored.
0 - 30 9844 17 Pack of 1.
Without thermometer: Without thermometer: 30 - 60 9844 18
approx. 260 mm long approx. 260 mm long 60 - 90 9844 16
Range Cat. No.
°Brix
Cat. No. 9805 10 Cat. No. 9803 10
0 - 10 9847 10
10 - 20 9847 11
With thermometer: With thermometer: 20 - 30 9847 12
approx. 330 mm long, approx. 330 mm long, 30 - 40 9847 13
thermometer range: 0-30/ thermometer range: 0-30/ 40 - 50 9847 14
40 °C (subdivisions 1 °C), 40 °C (subdivisions 1 °C), 50 - 60 9847 15
petroleum filled, blue colored. petroleum filled, blue colored.
Cat. No. 9805 60 Cat. No. 9803 60

www.brand.de 227
 Hydrometers
Temperature and Density

Hydrometer Hydrometer
cylinders cylinders

Special-purpose
hydrometers
Reference temperature 20 °C.
Without thermometer, approx.
290-320 mm long.
All instruments listed below are
supplied with double scales
(weight % and density), elimi-
nating the need for cross ref-
erence documentation.
Pack of 1.

for Range Subdivision Cat. No. Borosilicate glass 3.3.

Weight % Weight % Ungraduated, with hexagonal PP. With spout and overflow
base and spout. vessel. Hydrometers can
Ammonium hydroxide, NH4OH 0 - 35 0.5 9875 10
Pack of 1. be read while the cylinder
Sodium chloride, NaCl 0 - 27 0.5 9926 10
is completely filled. The elas-
Hydrochloric acid, HCl 0 - 40 0.5 9929 10 Capac. i. H. i. Ø Cat. No. ticity of the jar reduces the
ml mm mm
risk of hydrometer breakage.
250 310 35 9874 02 Pack of 1.
500 340 50 9874 04
Capac. i. H. i. Ø Cat. No.
ml mm mm

500 350 50 500 00

228 info@brand.de
 Thermometers

Thermometer

Temperature and Density

BRAND thermometers – premium instruments for measur-
ing temperature.
These high quality thermometers are manufactured in a single
casting for a long service life. The dark amber stain is integrated
with the glass surface, and is particularly resistant to chemical and
physical corrosion.

Note! At temperatures above 150 °C, the thermometer must

be carefully preheated approximately to the temperature
to be measured before immersion in the fluid.

GOLDBRAND SILBERBRAND Solid-stem thermometer, Enclosed-scale

Precision thermometers, General-purpose thermome- yellow coated thermometer
suitable for official certification ters for routine applications. The vivid yellow coating on the BRAND also carries thermo-
or officially certified (the The accuracy remains within back of these thermometers meters with opal glass scales.
official certificate is valid for twice the PTB* approved error clearly contrasts the mercury
15 years). limits. column and graduations.
The accuracy is within the * PTB (Physikalisch-Technische
PTB* approved error limits. Bundesanstalt): German Federal
Institute of Physics and Metrology

Error limits for Official error limits for thermometers containing

thermometers non-wetting thermometric liquids, for the subdivisions:
The following error limits are Temperature range 0.05 °C 0.1 °C 0.2 °C 0,5 °C 1 °C 2 °C 5 °C
according to "Eichordnung EO from °C/to °C
14-1", the German Federal
-58 / -10 – ± 0.3 ± 0.4 ± 0.5 ±1 ±2 ±5
Weights and Measures Regula-
-10 / 110 ± 0.1 ± 0.2 ± 0.3 ± 0.5 ±1 ±2 ±5
tions.
110 / 210 – – ± 0.4 ± 0.5 ±1 ±2 ±5
For thermometers calibrated
210 / 410 – – – ±1 ±2 ±2 ±5
for total immersion contain-
410 / 610 – – – – ±3 ±4 ±5
ing non-wetting thermomet-
ric liquid (e.g., mercury and Official error limits for thermometers containing
mercury-thallium alloy) and for wetting thermometric liquids, for the subdivisions:
thermometers containing wet-
ting thermometric liquid (e.g., Temperature range 0.5 °C 1 °C 2 °C 5 °C
from °C/to °C
toluene, pentane and petro-
leum). -200 / -110 – ±3 ±4 ±5
-110 / -10 ±1 ±2 ±4 ±5
-10 / 110 ±1 ±2 ±3 ±5
110 / 210 – ±3 ±4 ±5

Calibration / Temperature correction (approximation)

Example:
Unless marked otherwise, is visible above the liquid Temp. reading: t = 160 °C
thermometers are calibrated surface, a correction may be Immersion point: t x = 85 °C
"for total immersion". necessary. Emerging mercury
This means that the meniscus column:
of the mercury column is level Equation for correction: Mean temperature: t' = 32 °C
with the surface of the liquid Length in °C
(t-t') n (on scale): n = 160-85 = 75
being measured. tk = t +
If part of the mercury column 6250 Corrected temp.: t k = 161.5 °C

www.brand.de 229
 Thermometers

1 Solid-stem thermometers
Temperature and Density

1 2 3
DIN 12770, for general purpose, SILBERBRAND
Calibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated, upper end round.
Graduation and inscriptions in dark amber stain. Measuring capillary of oval cross section
improves readability. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Filling Cat. No.
from / to °C °C mm

-35 / 50 1 260 Mercury 8000 01

-10 / 50 1 250 Mercury 8000 02
-10 / 110 1 280 Mercury 8000 03
-10 / 150 1 280 Mercury 8000 04
-10 / 200 1 300 Mercury 8000 05
-10 / 250 2 320 Mercury 8000 96
-10 / 300 2 320 Mercury 8000 97
-10 / 360 2 320 Mercury 8000 98
-10 / 410 2 350 Mercury 8000 99
-35 / 50 1 260 Petroleum, red colored 8001 01
-10 / 100 1 260 Petroleum, red colored 8001 03
-10 / 150 1 260 Petroleum, red colored 8001 04

No longer available in
2 Stirring thermometers, solid-stem
EU Member States (EU DIN 12770, for general purpose, SILBERBRAND
directive EG 847/2012). Calibrated for total immersion. With reinforced bottom end for stirring in beakers, etc.
Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated, upper end round. Graduation and inscriptions in dark
amber stain. Measuring capillary of oval cross section for better readability. Mercury filled.
Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Cat. No.
from / to °C °C mm

-10 / 50 1 300 8005 02

-10 / 110 1 300 8005 03
-10 / 150 1 300 8005 04
-10 / 220 1 300 8005 06
0 / 360 2 300 8005 48
0 / 50 1 150 8006 02
-10 / 110 1 150 8006 03
0
/ 150 1 150 8006 04
0 / 220 2 150 8006 46
0 / 360 2 150 8006 48

3 Enclosed-scale thermometers
DIN 12770, for general purpose, SILBERBRAND
Calibrated for total immersion. Tube Ø 7-8 mm, upper end with ring. Opal glass scale
with black graduation and inscriptions. Prismatic measuring capillary, in brilliant blue.
Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Cat. No.
from / to °C °C mm

-35 / 50 1 260 8004 01

-10 / 50 1 200 8004 02
-10 / 100 1 260 8004 03
-10 / 150 1 260 8004 04
-10 / 200 1 300 8004 05
-10 / 250 1 300 8004 06
-10 / 300 1 340 8004 07
-10 / 360 1 340 8004 08
-10 / 420 1 340 8004 09

230 info@brand.de
 Thermometers

Temperature and Density

Solid-stem thermometers, without mercury
for general purpose, SILBERBRAND
Calibrated for partial immersion. Immersion depth 76 mm. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, white coated,
upper end with ring. Graduation and inscriptions in dark amber stain. Indicator fluid is a
green, wetting, thermometric liquid that is also biodegradable. Measuring capillary with
large cross section for improved readability. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Cat. No.
from / to °C °C mm

-10 / 110 1 300 8002 00

-10 / 110 0.5 300 8002 02
-10 / 150 1 300 8002 04
-10 / 250* 2 300 8002 06
-10 / 360* 2 300 8002 08
* The color may fade due to thermal effects over time

No longer available in
EU Member States (EU
directive EG 847/2012).

Pocket thermometers, solid-stem

DIN 12770, for general purpose, SILBERBRAND
In nickel-plated metal case with bayonet catch and clip. Case Ø 12 mm, overall length
140 mm. Calibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated. Graduation and
inscriptions in dark amber stain. Measuring capillary with oval cross section for improved
readability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Cat. No.
from / to °C °C

-30 / 50 1 8385 01
0 / 100 1 8385 03

www.brand.de 231
 Thermometers

1 Precision solid-stem thermometers

Temperature and Density

1 2,3
DIN 12 770, GOLDBRAND
Calibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated, top end round.
Black graduation and inscriptions. Measuring capillary with oval cross section for
improved readability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Suitable for official certification*
from / to °C °C mm Cat. No.

-10 / 50 1 250 8040 02

0 / 50 0.5 250 8040 12
0 / 50 0.2 320 8040 22
0 / 50 0.1 420 8040 32
-10 / 110 1 300 8040 03
0 / 100 0.5 300 8040 13
0 / 100 0.2 400 8040 23
0 / 100 0.1 550 8040 33
-10 / 150 1 300 8040 04
0 / 150 0.5 320 8040 14
0 / 150 0.2 450 8040 24
-10 / 250 1 350 8040 06
0 / 250 0.5 350 8040 16
-10 / 360 1 380 8040 08
0 / 360 0.5 450 8040 18
-10 / 410 1 400 8040 09
* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate

No longer available in 2 Precision thermometers, enclosed-scale pattern

EU Member States (EU DIN 12 775, GOLDBRAND
directive EG 847/2012).
Calibrated for total immersion. Tube Ø 7.5-8.5 mm, upper end with Richter-pattern top
and knob. Opal glass scale with black graduation and inscriptions. Prismatic measuring
capillary, in brilliant blue. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Suitable for official certification*
from / to °C °C mm Cat. No.

0 / 50 0.5 220 8045 12

0 / 50 0.1 420 8045 32
0 / 100 ** 1 305 8045 03
0 / 100 0.5 270 8045 13
0 / 100 *** 0.1 550 8045 33
0 / 150 ** 1 305 8045 04
0 / 150 0.5 350 8045 14
0 / 250 ** 1 350 8045 06
0 / 250 0.5 420 8045 16
0 / 360 ** 1 380 8045 08
* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate
** to DIN 12 778, *** to DIN 12 770

3 Maximum-precision thermometers, enclosed-scale p.

DIN 12 770, GOLDBRAND
For measurements in the autoclave. Reading is carried out at 23 ºC. No temperature cor-
rection is required. Withstands vacuum and pressure to 5 bar. Calibrated for total immer-
sion. Tube Ø 7-8 mm, upper end with Richter-pattern top and knob. Opal glass scale with
black graduation and inscriptions. Prismatic measuring capillary. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Suitable for official certification*
from / to °C °C mm Cat. No.

-10 / 150 1 260 8206 00

* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate

232 info@brand.de
 Thermometers

1 Precision Anschutz thermometer

Temperature and Density

1 2 3
Precision solid-stem thermometers, DIN 12770, GOLDBRAND
Calibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 5-6 mm, yellow coated, upper end with knob.
Black graduation and inscriptions. Measuring capillary with oval cross section for improved
readability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Suitable for official certification/
from / to °C °C mm calibratable
Cat. No.

0 / 50 0.1 340 8080 32*

50 / 100 0.1 340 8080 33*
100 / 150 0.1 340 8080 34**
150 / 200 0.1 340 8080 35**
200 / 250 0.1 340 8080 36**
250 / 300 0.1 340 8080 37**
300 / 360 0.1 340 8080 38**
* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate
** upon request, available officially tested with calibration certificate and/or DKD calibration certificate

2 Precision high-temperature thermometer

solid-stem thermometer, DIN 12 778, GOLDBRAND No longer available in
Calibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 5-7 mm, frosted reverse side, upper end drawn out EU Member States (EU
and sealed. Black graduation and inscriptions. Measuring capillary with large cross section directive EG 847/2012).
for improved readability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Suitable for official certification*
from / to °C °C mm Cat. No.

0 / 610 2 450 8120 10

* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate

3 Precision low-temperature thermometer

solid-stem thermometer, GOLDBRAND
Calibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-8 mm, upper end round. Black graduation and
inscriptions. Measuring capillary with large cross section for improved readability.
Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Filling Suitable for official certification*
from / to °C °C mm Cat. No.

-38 / 50 *** 1 260 Hg 8050 01

-38 / 50 *** 0.5 280 Hg 8050 11
-50 / 30 1 280 Toluene, dyed red 8052 02
-50 / 30 0.5 280 Toluene, dyed red 8052 12
-100 / 30 ** 1 305 Toluene, dyed red 8052 03
-100 / 30 0.5 320 Toluene, dyed red 8052 13
* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate
** to DIN 12 778, *** to DIN 12 770

www.brand.de 233
 Thermometers
Temperature and Density

1 2 3

1 Dropping point thermometer, Ubbelohde pattern

Precision enclosed-scale thermometer with very small, rapid response mercury
bulb, to DIN 12 785, GOLDBRAND
Calibrated for total immersion. Top tube Ø 9.0-9.6 mm, bottom 3.3-3.7 mm.
Upper end round. Opal glass scale with black graduation and inscriptions.
Prismatic measuring capillary. Mercury filled. Mounted with metal fitting. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Suitable for official certification*
from / to °C °C mm Cat. No.

0 / 110 1 240 8711 01

* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate

2 Cloud point and setting point thermometers

Precision enclosed-scale thermometer to DIN 12 785, GOLDBRAND
Calibrated for 180 mm immersion. Top tube Ø 9-11 mm, bottom 4.5-5.5 mm.
No longer available in
Upper end round. Opal glass scale with black graduation and inscriptions.
EU Member States (EU Prismatic measuring capillary. Toluene filled, dyed red. Pack of 1.
directive EG 847/2012).
Range Subdivision Overall length Suitable for official certification*
from / to °C °C mm Cat. No.

-70 / 50 1 360 8705 03

* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate

3 Congealing point thermometer

Precision solid-stem thermometer, prismatic, to DIN 12 785, GOLDBRAND
Calibrated for total immersion. Stem Ø 6-7 mm, yellow coated, upper end with ring.
Black graduation and inscriptions. Measuring capillary of oval cross section for improved
readability. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Overall length Suitable for official certification*
from / to °C °C mm Cat. No.

0 / 100 0.5 300 8668 01

* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate

234 info@brand.de
 Thermometers

ASTM thermometers

Temperature and Density

ASTM Range Subdi- Overall Immersion Suitable for official
No. from / to °C vision length depth certification*/calibratable
°C mm mm Cat. No.

1 C -20 / 150 1 322 76 8800 01

2 C -5 / 300 1 390 76 8800 02
3 C -5 / 400 1 415 76 8800 03
5 C -38 / 50 1 230 108 8800 04
6 C -80 / 20 1 230 76 8800 05
7 C -2 / 300 1 385 total immers. 8800 06
8 C -2 / 400 1 385 total immers. 8800 07
9 C W
-5 / 110 0.5 290 57 8800 08
10 C W
90 / 370 2 290 57 8800 09
11 C -6 / 400 2 310 25 8800 10
12 C -20 / 102 0.2 420 total immers. 8800 11
14 C 38 / 82 0.1 375 79 8800 13
15 C -2 / 80 0.2 395 total immers. 8800 14
16 C 30 / 200 0.5 395 total immers. 8800 15
17 C W
19 / 27 0.1 275 total immers. 8800 16
18 C W
34 / 42 0.1 275 total immers. 8800 17
20 C W
57 / 65 0.1 275 total immers. 8800 19
22 C W
95 / 103 0.1 275 total immers. 8800 21
23 C 18 / 28 0.2 212 90 8800 22
24 C 39 / 54 0.2 237 90 8800 23
33 C -38 / 42 0.2 420 50 8800 27
34 C 25 / 105 0.2 420 50 8800 28
35 C 90 / 170 0.2 420 50 8800 29
36 C -2 / 68 0.2 405 45 8800 30
37 C -2 / 52 0.2 395 100 8800 31
39 C 48 / 102 0.2 395 100 8800 33 ASTM thermometers
40 C 72 / 126 0.2 395 100 8800 34
41 C 98 / 152 0.2 395 100 8800 35 precision solid-stem thermo-
42 C 95 / 255 0.5 395 100 8800 36 meters, GOLDBRAND
44 C T
18.6 / 21.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 86
45 C T
23.6 / 26.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 87 Design, accuracy, etc. to meet
46 C T
48.6 / 51.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 88 ASTM ("American Society for Test-
49 C 20 / 70 0.2 305 65 8800 37 ing and Materials") specifications.
54 C 20 / 100.6 0.2 310 total immers. 8800 90 Clear contrast through yellow coat-
56 C 19 / 35 0.02 585 total immers. 8800 40 ing. Black graduation and inscrip-
57 C W
-20 / 50 0.5 287 57 8800 41
tions. Mercury filled, under nitrogen
61 C 32 / 127 0.2 380 79 8800 42
62 C -38 / 2 0.1 379 total immers. 8800 43 (except 6 C and 114 C which are
63 C -8 / 32 0.1 379 total immers. 8800 44 toluene filled). All thermometers
64 C T
25 / 55 0.1 379 total immers. 8800 45 without metal fittings. Pack of 1.
66 C T
75 / 105 0.1 379 total immers. 8800 47
67 C T
95 / 155 0.2 379 total immers. 8800 48
82 C W
-15 / 105 1 162 30 8800 52
83 C W
15 / 70 1 171 40 8800 53
86 C W
95 / 175 1 167 35 8800 56
88 C W
10 / 200 1 287 57 8800 58
89 C -20 / 10 0.1 370 76 8800 59
90 C 0 / 30 0.1 370 76 8800 60
91 C 20 / 50 0.1 370 76 8800 61
92 C 40 / 70 0.1 370 76 8800 62
93 C 60 / 90 0.1 370 76 8800 63
94 C 80 / 110 0.1 370 76 8800 64
95 C 100 / 130 0.1 370 76 8800 65**
102 C 123 / 177 0.2 395 100 8800 69
103 C 148 / 202 0.2 395 100 8800 70
104 C 173 / 227 0.2 395 100 8800 71**
105 C 198 / 252 0.2 395 100 8800 72**
106 C 223 / 277 0.2 395 100 8800 73**
107 C 248 / 302 0.2 395 100 8800 74**
110 C T
133.6 / 136.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 79**
No longer available in
114 C -80 / 20 0.5 300 total immers. 8800 78 EU Member States (EU
120 C 38.6 / 41.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 84 directive EG 847/2012).
T

121 C T
98.6 / 101.4 0.05 305 total immers. 8800 85
* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate,
** upon request, available officially tested with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate.
W
Beaded type, T Thermometer with auxiliary scale at 0 °C

www.brand.de 235
 Thermometers
Temperature and Density

Precision thermometers with standard

ground-glass joint
enclosed-scale thermometer, DIN 12 770, NS 14/23, GOLDBRAND
Calibrated for partial immersion, with indication of the mean mercury column temperature.
Top tube Ø 10.5-11.5 mm, bottom 7-8 mm. Upper end with round finished seal. Opal
glass scale with black graduation and inscriptions. Prismatic measuring capillary, in brilliant
blue. Mercury filled. Pack of 1.
Range Subdivision Fitting length Immersion depth Suitable for
from / to °C °C approx. mm approx. mm official certification*
Cat. No.

-10 / 150 0.5 50 27 8130 49

-10 / 150 0.5 60 37 8130 50
a b -10 / 150 ** 0.5 75 52 8130 51
-10 / 250 1 50 27 8130 59
-10 / 250 1 60 37 8130 60
-10 / 250 ** 1 75 52 8130 61
* upon request, officially calibrated with calibration certificate and/or DAkkS calibration certificate
a: Immersion depth ** to DIN 12 784
b: Fitting length

No longer available in
EU Member States (EU
directive EG 847/2012).

236 info@brand.de
 Temperature and Density
BRAND online

Temperature and Density

Notes:

www.brand.de 237
© Ann Cutting/Workbook Stock/Getty Images
Clinical
Laboratory
Clinical laboratories see a wide range of specimens
and use a great variety of methods.
Products from BRAND for the medical laboratory are
subjected to rigid quality control procedures. This
ensures precise results.
 Sample Cups

Sample cup
Clinical Laboratory

for Technicon-Analyzer
PS, transparent. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Packed in bags of 1000.
Capacity Upper Ø Lower Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm mm

1.5 15 12.2 22.7 1150 15

2 14.8 12.8 24.9 1150 16
4 17 13.3 38 1150 17

Push-on caps
for Analyzer Sample cup
PE. Suitable for Technicon 1.5 ml and 2 ml sample tubes.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Pack of 1000.
Cat. No. 1150 20

Sample cup
with snap cap
PS, transparent. PE snap cap.
Pack quantity: 1000 = 10 bags of 100.
Capacity Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

12 22 38 7220 60

Sample cup
for COULTER COUNTER®
PS, transparent. PE lid. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Pack quantity: 1000 = 4 bags of 250.
Capacity Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

20 32 56 7220 55

240 info@brand.de
 Jars

Clinical Laboratory
Jar with snap-on lid
Jar PS, snap-on lid PE-LD. Conical shape. Pack of 1000.
Capacity max. Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

25 47 32 623 15

Jars with push-on lid

PP. Pack of 10.
Capacity max. Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

approx. 50 56 25 618 15
approx. 115 75 30 618 20

Jar with screw cap

PP. Conical shape. Pack of 500.
Capacity max. Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

30 57 32 623 10

www.brand.de 241
 Containers
Clinical Laboratory

Urine beaker
with press-on lid
PP, with red PE lid. For hygienic and odorless urine sample handling. Lid is simply sealed
by being pressed on. Easy to use: simply cut off integrated spout tip and insert test strip.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Description Capacity Subdivision Ø Height Pack Cat. No.
ml ml mm mm of

Beaker + lid 125 25 1000* 7589 00

Beaker 125 25 65 70 1000* 7589 01
Red lid – – 70 – 1000* 7589 02
* Beakers: Pack of 1000, lids: Pack of 2 x 500.

Urine beaker
with screw cap
PP, with PE screw cap. For hygienic and odorless urine sample handling.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Description Capacity Subdivision Ø Height Pack Cat. No.
ml ml mm mm of

non-sterile (green cap) 100 20 65 75 1000* 7589 05

γ-ray sterile (yellow cap) 100 20 65 75 240** 7589 10
* Beakers: Pack of 1 x 1000, lids: Pack of 2 x 500 ** 48 bags of 5

Faeces container
with screw cap
PS. With label. Easy to use with PS screw cap which serves as a sample scoop grip.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. Pack of 400.
Description Capacity Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

non-sterile (blue cap) 30 26 92 623 05

Sterilization indicator tape

Self-adhesive crêpe paper containing thermoactive pigments. The white colored strips turn
brown after autoclaving (121 °C: after approx. 20 min., 134 °C: after approx. 5 min.).
Pack quantity: 1 roll.
Length Width Cat. No.
m mm

50 19 617 50

242 info@brand.de
 Disposal Bags · Containers

Clinical Laboratory
Disposal bags
for collection of disposable items after use
PP/PA. Caution: Risk of injury! Never put sharp objects such as
needles into plastic bags. Bags must be open during sterilization.
PP, autoclavable (121 °C).
PA, autoclavable (134 °C) and hot-air sterilization at 180 °C.
Description Length Width Pack Cat. No.
mm mm of

PP 300 200 100 7597 05

PA 300 200 50 7597 10

Stand for disposal bags

Epoxy-coated steel wire, with rubber feet. Not autoclavable. Pack of 1.
Description Inner Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm

with 100 disposal bags of PP 120 250 7597 00

with 50 disposal bags of PA 120 250 7597 01
Stand, white 120 250 7597 03

Workstation storage/dispenser boxes

PMMA, white and clear. Available in two sizes. Ideal for storing and dispensing
small laboratory items like pipette tips, microcentrifuge tubes, pasteur pipettes, etc.
Removeable top cover with hinged front cover. Pack of 1.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

large 165 152 355 1319 00

small 165 152 178 1319 02

www.brand.de 243
 Petri Dishes
Inoculation Loops

Petri dish
Clinical Laboratory

Soda-lime glass. Excellent glass quality and workmanship. Dish and lid are flat inside and
outside and are free from bubbles and streaks. Cut edges are fire-polished.
Pack of 10.
Lid Ø Dish height (base) Cat. No.
mm mm

40 12 4557 01
60 15 4557 17
80 15 4557 32
100 15 4557 42
100 20 4557 43
150 25 4557 51

Petri dish
PS. Transparent, with lid, disposable. Available with or without vent lid.
Dishes and lids are assembled robotically to reduce the risk of contamination.
Pack of 480 = 24 bags of 20.
Description Lid Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm

without vent 94 16 4520 00

with vent lid 94 16 4520 05

Petri dish
PS. With or without vent. Dishes and lids are assembled robotically to reduce the risk
of contamination. Pack of 1620 = 108 bags of 15.
Description Lid Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm

without vent 55 14 4520 15

with vent lid 55 14 4520 10

Inoculation loops
with needle, disposable
PS. For inoculation of nutrient media. Available either with loop at one end and needle at
the other or loops at both ends. High flexibility permits gentle streaking without damaging
the nutrient surface. γ-ray sterilized. Pack quantity: 1000 = 50 bags of 20.
Description Color Cat. No.

Capacity of loop: 1 µl natural 4522 01

Capacity of loop: 10 µl blue 4522 10
Capacity of loop: 1 + 10 µl yellow 4522 15

244 info@brand.de
 Culture Tubes
Centrifuge Tubes

Culture tubes

Clinical Laboratory
Rimless or with screw cap (GL thread)
AR-GLAS®. Screw cap, PP, with white TPE elastomer seal.
Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.
Description Capacity Outer-Ø Height Wall thick- RCF Pack Cat. No.
ml mm mm ness, mm max. of

with thread GL 14* 6.5 12 100 1 3000 100 1139 31

with thread GL 18* 10 16 100 1 3000 100 1139 35
with thread GL 18* 20 16 160 1 1800 100 1139 41
with thread GL 18* 30 18 180 1 1100 100 1139 43
rimless 3 10 75 0.6 3000 250 1141 05
rimless 5.5 12 75 0.6 3000 250 1141 06
rimless 7.5 12 100 0.6 3000 144 1141 10
rimless 13 16 100 0.7 2600 78 1141 15
rimless 18 16 125 0.7 1800 105 1141 20
rimless 22 16 160 0.7 1500 100 1141 25
rimless 30 18 180 0.7 900 121 1141 30
* and screw cap

Centrifuge tubes
Rimless, round bottom
PC. Embossed graduation, subdivisions approx. 1 mm. Transparent, slight yellow tint.
Withstands RCF up to 20 000. Pack of 10.
Capacity Subdivision Outer-Ø Height Cat. No.
ml ml mm mm

50 1 35 99 7810 29
100 – 41 115 7810 39
100 2 45 98 7810 40

Polycarbonate strength may be dramati-

cally reduced when it is autoclaved or
treated with alkaline cleaning agents.

Centrifuge tubes
with screw cap
PP, translucent. Withstands RCF up to 3000. Graduated, available non-sterile and
γ-ray sterilized in 15 ml or 50 ml. Screw cap PE with sealing cone.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Capacity Description g-ray sterile/ Outer-Ø Height Pack Cat. No.
ml non-sterile mm mm of

15* without base non-sterile 17 120 750 (5 x 150) 1148 17

15* without base sterile 17 120 750 (5 x 150) 1148 18
50 without base non-sterile 30 114 300 (6 x 50) 1148 20
50 without base sterile 30 114 300 (6 x 50) 1148 21
50 with base non-sterile 30 116 250 (5 x 50) 1148 22
50 with base sterile 30 116 250 (5 x 50) 1148 23
* Filling volume (working volume: 13 ml)

www.brand.de 245
 Centrifuge Tubes
Clinical Laboratory

Centrifuge tubes
Cylindrical, with rim
PP. Without stopper. Withstands RCF up to 4500. Autoclavable (121 °C).
Capacity Outer-Ø Height Pack of Cat. No.
ml mm mm (without stopper)

10 16 100 3750 (250 per bag) 1153 42

30 20 100 500 (50 per bag) 1153 48
26 24 90 500 (50 per bag) 1153 46
48 30 100 400 (25 per bag) 1153 50
75 35 100 300 (20 per bag) 1153 52
110 40 120 300 (20 per bag) 1153 54
160 45 120 100 (10 per bag) 1153 56

PE-Stopper *
for PP centrifuge tubes
PE. Packed in bags of 100.
Suitable for tube Pack Cat. No.
No. of

1153 42 1000 1153 60

1153 48 500 1153 66
1153 46 500 1153 68
1153 50 500 1153 70
1153 52 500 1153 72
1153 54 100 1153 74
1153 56 100 1153 76
* Stopper reduces max. volume

246 info@brand.de
 Tubes

Clinical Laboratory
Sample tubes
PS, transparent.
Type of RCF Outer-Ø Height Pack Cat. No.
tube max. mm mm of

Universal 2000 16 100 2000 1147 15

Universal 4000 12 75 4000 1147 60
Coagulometer 2000 12 55 5000 1147 50

Grip stopper
for sample tubes
PE-LD, neutral. Packed in bags of 1000.
Stoppers Pack Cat. No.
for tubes of

1147 15 10000 1147 20

1147 50, 1147 60 20000 1147 30

Sedimentation tube
PS, transparent. Conical bottom. Pack of 2000 = 2 bags of 1000.
RCF Outer-Ø Height Cat. No.
max. mm mm

1000 16 105 1147 40

www.brand.de 247
 Test Tube Racks
Clinical Laboratory

Test tube rack

available in 6 sizes and four colors
PP. Sturdy construction, stackable. Versatile and inexpensive racks for common diameter
test tubes. Filled PP, density 1.2 g/cm³. Will not float in waterbath. Alphanumerical posi-
tions for clear sample identification. Wide spaces between positions. Operating tempera-
ture -20 to 90 °C. Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285. Racks are supplied
in three-pieces for convenient and permanent assembly. Pack of 5.
for Ø up Positions Length Width Height white blue red yellow
to mm mm mm mm Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

13 6 x 14 265 126 75 43400 00 43400 01 43400 02 43400 03

18 5 x 11 265 126 75 43400 10 43400 11 43400 12 43400 13
20 4 x 10 265 126 75 43400 20 43400 21 43400 22 43400 23
25 4 x 8 265 126 88 43400 30 43400 31 43400 32 43400 33
30 3 x 7 265 126 88 43400 40 43400 41 43400 42 43400 43
16 5 x 11 265 126 75 43400 60 43400 61 43400 62 43400 63

Test tube rack

PTFE. Excellent chemical resistance. Operating temperature -200 to 250 °C.
Pack of 1.
for Ø up Positions Length Width Height Cat. No.
to mm mm mm mm

13 21 180 60 60 1155 10
19 10 180 60 70 1155 15
30 4 180 60 80 1155 20

Microcentrifuge tube rack

Filled PP, sturdy construction. Stackable racks with alphanumerical positions.
Operating temperature -20 to 90 °C. Autoclavable at 121 °C (2 bar), acc. DIN EN 285.
Density 1.2 g/cm³. Will not float in waterbath. Racks are supplied in two-pieces
(Ø 11 mm, for microcentrifuge tubes) or three-pieces (Ø 13 mm, for cryogenic tubes). The
racks can be assembled securely and permanently with minimum handling. Generous spac-
ing between positions, so that tubes with screw cap and snap lids can be positioned easily.
Pack of 5.
for Ø up Positions Length Width Height white blue red yellow
to mm mm mm mm Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

13 6 x 14 265 126 38 43410 00 43410 01 43410 02 43410 03

11 8 x 16 265 126 38 43410 50 43410 51 43410 52 43410 53

248 info@brand.de
 Pasteur Pipettes
Dropping Pipettes

Clinical Laboratory
Pasteur pipettes
disposable
PE-LD. Very good reproducibility of the number of drops per milliliter. Ideal for aliquots.
The integrated pipetting bulb depresses easily, minimizing fatigue from frequent pipetting.
Resistant to gas or gamma radiation sterilization. Pack of 500.
Graduation Withdraw Outer-Ø Length Drop Cat. No.
ml volume tip mm quantity
ml mm of ml

– 3.0 2.8 148 28-33 7477 50

0.25 / 0.5 / 0.75 / 1 3.4 3.0 152 25-30 7477 55
0.5 / 1 / 1.5 / 2 / 2.5 / 3 3.5 3.3 152 21-28 7477 60
0.5 / 1 / 1.5 / 2 2.0 2.9 153 22-26 7477 65
– 3.9 3.0 150 22-27 7477 70
0.25 / 0.5 / 0.75 / 1 1.0 1.0 144 68-72 7477 75

Dropping pipettes
with integrated bellows
PE-LD. For sampling and decanting infectious or toxic liquids. Graduated. Pack of 100.
Capacity Length Cat. No.
ml mm

1.5 133 1254 10

5 194 1254 20

Dropping pipette
with integrated pipetting bulb
PE-LD. Pack of 250.
Capacity Length Cat. No.
ml mm

1.8 98 1254 00

www.brand.de 249
 Pasteur Pipettes · Rubber Cap
Clinical Laboratory

Pasteur pipettes
Soda-lime glass. ISO 7712. Long drawn-out capillary tip. Suction end with constriction
for a cotton plug. Pack of 1000 = 4 boxes of 250.
Capacity Inner-Ø Outer-Ø Length Length Total Cat. No.
ml tip mm suction tip length
mm tube, mm mm mm

2 1.0 7 25 45 145 7477 15

2 1.0 7 25 120 225 7477 20

Rubber cap
Natural rubber (NR). Pipetting aid for
glass pasteur pipettes. Pack of 100.
Cat. No. 1247 00

All products can also be found

in our online catalog at:
www.brand.de

250 info@brand.de
 Disposable Micropipettes

Clinical Laboratory
Disposable micropipettes, intraMARK
BLAUBRAND®, DE-M marking, with ring mark
DIN ISO 7550. Volumes greater than 5 µl are with DE-M marking.
Calibrated to contain (TC, In). Color code to ISO for clear identification.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Pack quantity 1000 = 4 boxes of 250. 200 µl: Pack of 800 = 4 boxes of 200.
Mark(s) Color Code Length Accuracy Reproducibility Cat. No.
at µl mm ≤±% ≤%

1*/2*/3*/4*/5 white 125 0.30 0.6 7087 07

10 orange 125 0.25 0.5 7087 09
20 black 125 0.25 0.5 7087 18
25 2 x white 125 0.25 0.5 7087 22
20 + 40 2 x red 125 0.25 0.5 7087 28
40 2 x red 125 0.25 0.5 7087 27
50 green 125 0.25 0.5 7087 33
50 + 100 blue 125 0.25 0.5 7087 45
100 blue 125 0.25 0.5 7087 44
200 red 125 0.25 0.5 7087 57
* no DE-M marking

Disposable micropipettes, intraEND

BLAUBRAND®, DE-M marking, without ring mark
DIN ISO 7550. Volumes greater than 5 µl are with DE-M marking.
Volume defined by end-to-end filling. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. Pack quantity 1000 = 4 boxes of 250.
One pipetting aid, cat. no. 7091 10, included in each pack (> 1 µl).
Capacity Length Accuracy Reproducibility Cat. No.
µl mm ≤±% ≤%

1* 29 0.5 1.5 7091 01

2* 29 0.5 1.0 7091 03
3* 29 0.5 1.0 7091 05
5 29 0.5 1.0 7091 07
10 29 0.5 1.0 7091 09
20 29 0.5 1.0 7091 18
25 29 0.5 1.0 7091 22
50 29 0.5 1.0 7091 33
100 60 0.5 2.0 7091 44
* no DE-M marking

Disposable Delbrück micropipettes, intraEND

BLAUBRAND®, DE-M marking, to Prof. Delbrück
DIN ISO 7550. Volume defined by end-to-end filling. Calibrated to contain (TC, In).
Sodium-heparinized. Ideal for capillary blood sampling. With a length of only 30 mm,
the pipette can be placed directly into a microcentrifuge tube, where it will release the
sample during centrifugation. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Pack quantity 1000 = 10 boxes of 100.
Capacity Length Accuracy Reproducibility Cat. No.
µl mm ≤±% ≤%

20 30 0.5 1.0 7086 60

50 30 0.5 1.0 7086 64

www.brand.de 251
 Pipetting aid
Micro Haematocrit
Clinical Laboratory

Pipetting aid
For BLAUBRAND® intraEND micropipettes
(> 1 µl). Consisting of the PET plastic tube,
silicone adapter, and TPE suction bellows
with venting hole. Pack of 10.
Cat. No. 7091 10

Pipette holder
For intraEND and Delbrück micropipettes
and test tubes (EASYCAL™).
Pack of 10.
Cat. No. 7086 05

Micro haematocrit capillaries

without calibration mark, heparinized or non-heparinized
DIN ISO 12 772 and BS 4316-68. With color code. For use in haematocrit centrifuges.
Heparinized: heparinized with sodium heparinate over internal surface, red color code,
for capillary blood. Non-heparinized: Blue color code, for use with heparinized venous
blood. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Pack quantity 1000 = 10 glass boxes of 100.
Description Color- Length Wall thickness Inner-Ø Outer-Ø Cat. No.
Code mm mm mm mm

heparinized red 75 ± 0.5 0.2 ± 0.025 1.15 ± 0.05 1.55 ± 0.05 7493 11
non-heparinized blue 75 ± 0.5 0.2 ± 0.025 1.15 ± 0.05 1.55 ± 0.05 7493 21

Haematocrit sealing compound

Non-drying cement on a plastic plate. For quick sealing of micro-haematocrit capillaries.
Up to 24 capillaries can be placed vertically in numbered positions along the sides of the
tray. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC. Pack of 10.
Cat. No. 7495 10

Note! Hold the capillaries (~ 2/3 full) near the empty end,
and stick the empty end into the cement with a slight
twist to seal it.

252 info@brand.de
 Counting Chambers

Counting Chambers

Clinical Laboratory
Counting chambers serve to determine the number of particles per volume unit of a liquid.
The particles (e.g., leu­cocytes, erythrocytes, thrombocytes, bacteria, fungus spores, pollen)
are visually counted under a microscope. BLAUBRAND® counting chambers are precision
measuring instruments.

Counting chamber Counting chamber

with spring clips without spring clips
BRAND counting chamber
and haemacytometer cover
glasses are CE-marked
according to IVD-Directive
98/79 EC.

Description of functional characteristics

The microscope-slide-sized base plate is bottom on the central ridge is 0.1 mm
made of special optical glass. Milled grooves lower (= chamber depth) than the two
divide the surface into two large fields (out- outer ridges. Hence, when a cover glass
side) and three narrow ridges (inside). The is placed on top, there is a gap of 0.1 mm
two outer fields are for inscriptions, whereas between the glass and the central ridge.
the ridges are ground and polished. The The lateral boundaries of the volume to be
central ridge (= chamber bottom) has two counted are formed by the imaginary planes
engraved sets of rulings for counting, sepa- projected vertically onto the boundary lines
rated by a groove. Generally the chamber of the ruling.

Equation for particle determination (for general use)

Counted particles
Particles per µl volume =
Counted surface (mm2) · Chamber depth (mm) · Dilution

Example: Erythrocytes
Chamber: Improved Neubauer
528 · 200
1. Counted particles: 528 erythrocytes
0.2 · 0.1 · 1
2. Counted surface: 5 group squares,
equivalent to 0.2 mm2 = 5.28 · 10 6 ery/µl blood
3. Chamber depth: 0.1 mm
4. Dilution: 1:200 = 5.28 Mio ery/µl blood

Pack quantities for all counting chambers:

1 Counting chamber, complete with 2 haemacytometer
cover glasses, in transparent plastic box.

Cleaning
For cleaning, we recommend the disinfectant cleaner Mucocit®-T (page 313).

www.brand.de 253
 Counting Chambers

Improved Neubauer
Clinical Laboratory

double ruling, with or without spring clips

The ruling shows 9 large squares of 1 mm2 each.
The four large squares in the corners marked "L"
for counting leucocytes are each subdivided into
16 squares with 0.25 mm sides.
The large square in the center is subdivided into 25 group
squares of 0.2 mm sides. Each group square consists of
16 mini squares with 0.05 mm sides, each having an area
of 0.0025 mm2.
The 5 group squares marked "E" are used for counting
Large central square
thrombocytes and erythrocytes.
All group squares have triple boundary lines on each side.
Description Chamber depth Cat. No. The central line is the limiting line and determines whether
cells in the marginal area shall be included in the count or
without spring clips 0.1 mm 7178 05 not. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
with spring clips 0.1 mm 7178 20

Improved Neubauer, bright-line

double ruling, without spring clips
Same ruling as Improved Neubauer, but with rhodium-coated
chamber bottom. Rulings are engraved into the rhodium layer
and appear bright under normal microscope settings. By
altering the contrast, the microscope image can be reversed,
so that the rulings appear brighter or darker, as required.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.

Large central square

Description Chamber depth Cat. No.

without spring clips 0.1 mm 7178 10

Neubauer
double ruling, with or without spring clips
The ruling shows 9 large squares of 1 mm2 each.
The four large squares in the corners marked "L" for
counting leucocytes are each subdivided into 16 squares
with 0.25 mm sides.
The large square in the center is subdivided into 16 group
squares of 0.2 mm sides. Each group square consists of
16 mini squares with 0.05 mm sides, each having an area
of 0.0025 mm2.
The 5 group squares marked "E" are used for counting
Large central square
thrombocytes and erythrocytes.
Contrary to the more advanced Improved Neubauer counting
Description Chamber depth Cat. No. chambers, the counting area of each group square is limited
by the outer one of the triple boundary lines. CE-marked
without spring clips 0.1 mm 7186 05 according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
with spring clips 0.1 mm 7186 20

254 info@brand.de
 Counting Chambers

Thoma

Clinical Laboratory
double ruling, with or without spring clips
Rulings correspond to the central large square of the Neubauer
chamber. The mini squares have an area of 0.0025 mm2 each.
Since the outer large squares are not completed, the Thoma
chamber is only used for counting thrombocytes and erythro-
cytes. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.

Haemacytometer cover glasses for counting chambers Large central square

see page 257.
We recommend in mm: 20 x 26 x 0.4 Haemacytometer
Description Chamber depth Cat. No.
cover glasses for all counting chambers in our range
(except Fuchs-Rosenthal: size in mm: 24 x 24 x 0.4,
Nageotte: size in mm: 22 x 30 x 0.4). without spring clips 0.1 mm 7180 05
with spring clips 0.1 mm 7180 20

Bürker
double ruling, with or without spring clips
The ruling shows 9 large squares of 1 mm2 each. These are
used for counting leucocytes. Each large square is subdivided
by double lines (0.05 mm apart) into 16 group squares with
0.2 mm sides. The group squares correspond in size to the
Neubauer counting chamber, but have no further subdivisions.
They are used for counting thrombocytes and erythrocytes.
The double lines form mini squares with an area of
0.0025 mm2.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Large central square

Description Chamber depth Cat. No.

without spring clips 0.1 mm 7189 05

with spring clips 0.1 mm 7189 20

Bürker-Türk
double ruling, with or without spring clips
Combination of the Bürker and Thoma systems. The chamber
depth is 0.1 mm. The ruling shows 9 large squares of 1 mm2
each. The large squares are subdivided into 16 group squares
with 0.2 mm sides. In the central large square, each group
square is subdivided into 16 mini squares with 0.05 mm sides
(= 0.0025 mm2). CE-marked according to IVD-Directive
98/79 EC.

Large central square

Description Chamber depth Cat. No.

without spring clips 0.1 mm 7195 05

with spring clips 0.1 mm 7195 20

www.brand.de 255
 Counting Chambers

Fuchs-Rosenthal
Clinical Laboratory

double ruling, with or without spring clips

The ruling differs from the customary systems for blood cell
counts by its large area of 16 mm2. The ruling shows 16 large
squares of 1 mm2. Each large square is subdivided into 16 mini
squares with 0.25 mm sides and an area of 0.0625 mm2. This
chamber is frequently used for counting cells in the cerebrospi-
nal fluid. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.

Large square

Description Chamber depth Cat. No.

without spring clips 0.2 mm 7198 05

with spring clips 0.2 mm 7198 20

Malassez
double ruling, without spring clips
The ruling is rectangular, covering an area of 5 mm2.
The large rectangles measure 0.25 x 0.20 = 0.05 mm2.
They are each subdivided into 20 mini squares with an area
of 0.0025 mm2. This chamber is commonly used for counting
cells in the cerebrospinal fluid, or for counting nematodes.
CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.

Large square

Description Chamber depth Cat. No.

without spring clips 0.2 mm 7190 05

Nageotte
double ruling, without spring clips
The chamber depth is 0.5 mm. The square area of
100 mm2 is subdivided into 40 rectangles with an area of
0.25 x 10 = 2.5 mm2 each. This chamber is commonly used
for counting cells in the cerebrospinal fluid, or for counting
nematodes. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.

Description Chamber depth Cat. No.

without spring clips 0.5 mm 7213 05

256 info@brand.de
 Haematology · Microscopy

Clinical Laboratory
Haemacytometer cover glasses
for counting chambers
Pure white (clear) borosilicate glass, hydrolyti­c class 1, DIN ISO 8255.
Refractive index ne = 1.52 ± 0.01; Abbe number ve = 56.5 ± 0.5. Flatness tolerance
± 3 µm. Haemacytometer cover glasses differ from ordinary cover glasses by their plain
ground and polished surface. CE-marked according to IVD-Directive 98/79 EC.
Packing: 2 cover glasses in a plastic bag, separated by tissue paper.
Pack quantity: 10 boxes at 10 cover glasses = 100 cover glasses per carton.
Length Width Thickness Cat. No.
mm mm mm

24 24 0.4 7230 14
20 26 0.4 7230 15
22 30 0.4 7230 16

Cover glasses for microscope slides

Pure white (clear) borosilicate glass, hydrolyti­c class 1, with excellent chemical resistance.
Thickness No. 1 (0.13 to 0.17 mm). Refractive index ne = 1.52 ± 0.01, Abbe number
ve = 56.5 ± 0.5. Fully automated production guarantees "ready-for-use" quality – clean,
dust and grease-free, distortion-free, flatness within ± 3 µm.
Pack quantities: Square shape: 2000 = 10 boxes of 200.
Rectangular shape: 1000 = 10 boxes of 100.
Description Size Cat. No.
mm

square shape 18 x 18 4700 45

20 x 20 4700 50
22 x 22 4700 55
24 x 24 4700 60
rectangular shape 24 x 40 4708 16
24 x 50 4708 19
24 x 60 4708 20

Microscope slides
White (clear) soda-lime glass, hydrolytic class 3. Thickness approx. 1 mm, size approx.
76 x 26 mm (DIN ISO 8037-1). We recommend using slides with ground edges to
reduce the risk of injury. To protect against penetrating humidity the entire packing unit
is also optionally available sealed in an aluminium bag.
Pack quantity 2500 = 50 boxes of 50.
Description Cat. No.

ground edges 4747 43

ground edges, twin frosted end 4747 44
cut edges 4747 01
cut edges, twin frosted end 4747 02

Note! Not suitable for storage or transport

at high humidity!

www.brand.de 257
 Haematology · Microscopy
Clinical Laboratory

Cavity slides
White (clear) soda-lime glass, hydrolytic class 3. Rectangular ground edges.
Thickness 1.2 - 1.5 mm, size in mm: 76 x 26. Concavities of 15-18 mm Ø,
depth 0.6 - 0.8 mm. Pack of 50.
Description Cat. No.

1 concavity 4755 05
2 concavities 4755 35
3 concavities 4755 65

Staining trough with tray

Soda-lime glass. For 10 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. With lid.
Please order staining trough, tray, and wire handle separately. Pack of 10.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

Staining trough with lid 105 85 70 4722 00

Tray for 10 slides 91 70 48 4720 00
Wire handle to move tray (stainless steel) 4731 00

Staining trough, Hellendahl

Soda-lime glass. For 16 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. Pack of 10.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

with lid 100 50 95 4726 00

Staining trough, Hellendahl extended

Soda-lime glass. For 16 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. Pack of 10.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

with lid 60 55 105 4727 00

Staining trough, Schiefferdecker

Soda-lime glass. For 10 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. Pack of 10.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

with lid 85 70 45 4725 00

258 info@brand.de
 Microscopy

Clinical Laboratory
Staining trough, Coplin
Soda-lime glass. For 10 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26. Pack of 10.
Description Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm

with lid 80 115 4728 00

Staining trough, Hellendahl extended

PMP, transparent. For 16 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26 (8 pairs back-to-back). Pack of 4.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

with lid 57 57 90 4744 00

Staining trough, Schiefferdecker

PMP, transparent. For 20 slides, size in mm: 76 x 26 (10 pairs back-to-back). Pack of 4.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

with lid 86 70 51 4744 10

Spotting tile
Soda-lime glass. 12 polished cavities 20-22 mm Ø, depth 2 mm,
capacity approx. 0.2 ml. Ground rectangular edges. Pack of 1.
Description Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

Capacity approx. 0.2 ml 130 100 6 4735 00

www.brand.de 259
 Microscopy
Clinical Laboratory

Staining trough with tray

PMP. Transparent. With two lids: one to help protect against evaporation when not
in use; one with a handle slot facilitating the staining process. Tray of polypropylene.
Description Length Width Height Pack Cat. No.
mm mm mm of

Staining trough, without tray 101 83 70 4 4743 00

Tray (PP) for 20 slides 2 4743 05

Staining trough with tray

POM. For 25 slides, size (in mm) 76 x 26. The close-fitting lid helps
protect against evaporation. Staining tray with fold down handle.
Description Length Width Height Pack Cat. No.
mm mm mm of

staining trough complete 98 88 52 5 4718 00

tray with handle 91 79 38 5 4714 00
trough 98 88 52 5 4715 00

Slide boxes
PS. For slides, size (in mm) 76 x 26. Numbered slots in base.
Lid with index card. Pack of 1.
For ... slides Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

25 120 96 35 4758 00
50 230 97 35 4759 00
100 230 187 35 4760 00

Slide box
PP, sturdy design. Screw lid with sealing wire lug. Ideal for storing or shipping 5 thick or
10 thin slides. Slides protrude 10 mm above the box, to facilitate removal. Pack of 10.
Description Cat. No.

Maximum internal dimensions Ø x H in mm: 45 x 90 4769 00

260 info@brand.de
 Clinical Laboratory
BRAND online

Clinical Laboratory
Notes:

www.brand.de 261
© Thomas Dressler/Gallo Images/Getty Images
General
Laboratory
Supplies
Sample preparation and storage impose a wide variety
of requirements on laboratory instruments. Depending
on the requirements, we offer materials ranging from
glass to specialty plastics, like PFA for trace analysis.
 Sealing Film

PARAFILM ® M Sealing film

General Laboratory

for manual applications

Practical features Effects of 48 hours of exposure at 23 °C

Elastic PARAFILM M sealing film always
®
Acids:
fits, whether for beakers or Erlenmeyer
Hydrochloric acid 36.5% resistant
flasks, weighing bottles or graduated cylin-
Sulfuric acid 98% resistant
ders. It protects your samples from contam-
Nitric acid 95% resistant*
ination or evaporation, and prevents leakage
Alkaline solutions:
from overturned containers. PARAFILM® M
Sodium hydroxide 22% resistant
can be stretched by up to 200%, and be
sealed to irregular shapes and surfaces. Ammonia 28% resistant
Saline solutions:
Sodium chloride 20% resistant
Potass. permanganate 5% resistant*
Material Iodine solution 0.1 mol/l resistant*
Organic solvents:
PARAFILM M is free of plasticizers, and
®
Methanol resistant
consists largely of polyolefins and paraf-
Physical properties Ethanol resistant
fin waxes. If PARAFILM® M should come
Toxicity: non-toxic into contact with food, the guidelines of the Isopropanol resistant
Melting point: 60 °C locally valid food handling laws should be Diethylether not resistant
Flash point: 301 °C followed. PARAFILM® M complies with the Chloroform not resistant
Temperature range (continuous general requirements of the FDA (Food and Carbon tetrachloride not resistant
use): Drug Administration) for use under 55 °C, Benzene not resistant
-45 °C to +50 °C as well as satisfying GMP (Good Manufac- Toluene not resistant
Stretching ability: 200% turing Practice). * Brown discoloration
Elongation at tear: 300%
Gas permeability in 24 hours at
23 °C with 50% relative humidity:
O2 (oxygen): ≤ 350 cm3/m2 Chemical resistance Storability
N2 (nitrogen): ≤ 105 cm3/m2 PARAFILM M is resistant up to 48 hours
®
PARAFILM® M can be stored for at least
CO2 (carbon dioxide): against many polar substances, e.g., saline 3 years without loss of quality under storage
≤ 1100 cm3/m2 solutions, inorganic acids and alkaline condition between 7 °C and 32 °C and a
Water vapor permeability in 24 hours solutions. After this period embrittlement relative humidity of 50%.
at 37 °C and 90% relative humidity: may occur.
0.8 g/m2

PARAFILM ® M Sealing film

Width Length Pack Cat. No.
mm m of

50 75 24 7016 11
100 38 12 7016 05
100 75 12 7016 06
500 15 6 7015 01

➀ ➁
PARAFILM ®  M Cutter
The handy PARAFILM® M Cutter is
convenient for clean storage and cutting
of PARAFILM® M sealing film.
Suitable for 50 mm and 100 mm wide rolls.
Pack of 1.

Cat. No. 7016 50 ➂ ➃

264 info@brand.de
 Erlenmeyer Flasks · Beakers

Note! The abbreviation Boro 3.3 repre-

Erlenmeyer flasks

General Laboratory
sents the internationally designated
Narrow neck borosilicate glass type 3.3.
Boro 3.3. DIN ISO 1773. With beaded rim and graduation.
Pack of 10 (3000 ml: Pack of 2; 5000 ml: Pack of 1).
Capacity Neck outer-Ø Flask outer-Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm max. mm

25 22 42 75 927 14
50 22 51 90 927 17
100 22 64 105 927 24
200* 34 79 131 927 32
250 34 85 145 927 36
300* 34 87 156 927 39
500 34 105 180 927 44
1000 42 131 220 927 54
2000 50 166 280 927 63
3000 52 187 310 927 68
5000 52 220 365 927 73
* in addition to the ISO range

Wide neck
Boro 3.3. DIN EN ISO 24450. With beaded rim and graduation. Pack of 10.
Capacity Neck outer-Ø Flask outer-Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm max. mm

25* 31 43 70 928 14
50 34 51 85 928 17
100 34 64 105 928 24
200* 50 79 131 928 32
250 50 85 140 928 36
300* 50 87 156 928 39
500 50 105 175 928 44
1000 50 131 220 928 54
2000* 72 153 276 928 63
* in addition to the ISO range

Beakers
Low form Tall form
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 331/ISO 3819. Boro 3.3. DIN 12 331/ISO 3819.
With graduation and spout. With graduation and spout.
Pack of 10 Pack of 10
(3000 ml: Pack of 4; 5000 ml: Pack of 1). (3000 ml: Pack of 2).
Capacity Ø x Height Cat. No. Capacity Ø x Height Cat. No.
ml mm ml mm

5* 22 x 30 912 10 50 38 x 70 906 17
10* 26 x 35 912 12 100 48 x 80 906 24
25 34 x 50 912 14 150 54 x 95 906 29
50 42 x 60 912 17 250 60 x 120 906 36
100 50 x 70 912 24 400 70 x 130 906 41
150 60 x 80 912 29 600 80 x 150 906 48
250 70 x 95 912 36 800 90 x 175 906 53
400 80 x 110 912 41 1000 95 x 180 906 54
600 90 x 125 912 48 2000 120 x 240 906 63
800 100 x 135 912 53 3000 135 x 280 906 68
1000 105 x 145 912 54
2000 132 x 185 912 63
3000 152 x 210 912 68
5000 170 x 270 912 73
* without graduation

www.brand.de 265
 Beakers

Beakers, low form

General Laboratory

with blue printed scale or embossed

ISO 7056. With graduation, beaded rim and spout. Cleaning at temperatures below 60 °C
is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions. For autoclaving (121 °C), beakers
with an embossed scale should be selected.

NEW!
PP, high clarity
Capacity Subdivision Height max. Ø Pack of Blue scale Embossed scale
ml ml mm mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

10* 2 36 30 12 876 02 –
25 5 50 38 12 876 04 878 04
50 10 60 47 12 876 06 878 06
100 10 70 55 12 876 08 878 08
150* 20 80 66 12 876 10 878 10
250 25 95 77 6 876 12 878 12
400* 50 112 87 6 876 14 878 14
500 50 118 94 6 876 16 878 16
600* 50 127 100 6 876 18 878 18
1000 100 147 120 6 876 20 878 20
2000 200 187 149 6 876 22 878 22
3000* 250 212 170 4 876 24 878 24
5000 500 247 203 4 876 26 878 26
* in addition to ISO 7056

NEW!
PMP, transparent
Capacity Subdivision Height max. Ø Pack of Blue scale Embossed scale
ml ml mm mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

10* 2 36 30 12 875 02 –
25 5 50 38 12 875 04 877 04
50 10 60 47 12 875 06 877 06
100 10 70 55 12 875 08 877 08
150* 20 80 66 12 875 10 877 10
250 25 95 77 6 875 12 877 12
400* 50 112 87 6 875 14 877 14
500 50 118 94 6 875 16 877 16
600* 50 127 100 6 875 18 877 18
1000 100 147 120 6 875 20 877 20
2000 200 187 149 6 875 22 877 22
3000* 250 212 170 4 875 24 877 24
5000 500 247 203 4 875 26 877 26
* in addition to ISO 7056

266 info@brand.de
 Beakers

Graduated beakers with handle

General Laboratory
with blue printed scale or embossed
PP, high clarity. Ergonomic handle for secure grip. Functional spout to minimize spills.
Cleaning at temperatures below 60 °C is recommended to preserve marks and inscriptions.
For autoclaving (121 °C), beakers with an embossed scale should be selected.

NEW!
PP, high clarity
Capacity Subdivision Height max. Ø Pack of Blue scale Embossed scale
ml ml mm mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

50 2 70 40 24 408 02 410 02
100 2 80 50 24 408 04 410 04
250 5 120 74 12 408 06 410 06
500 10 140 92 12 408 08 410 08
1000 20 181 117 6 408 10 410 10
2000 50 213 152 6 408 12 410 12
3000 50 242 172 6 408 14 410 14
5000 100 270 204 6 408 16 410 16

Beakers, low form

ETFE, translucent. Excellent chemical resistance.
With graduation, beaded rim and spout. Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Height Ø Cat. No.
ml ml mm mm

25 5 50 32 902 24
50 10 59 39 902 28
100 20 72 50 902 38
250 50 96 67 902 48
400 50 109 77 902 52
500 100 122 88 902 54
600 100 125 91 902 56
1000 100 143 105 902 62

Beakers, low form

PFA. ISO 7056. Easy to read embossed scale, wear-resistant when used frequently.
Space-saving stackable design. Autoclavable, easy to clean, withstands temperatures
from -200 °C to 260 °C. Pack of 1.
Capacity Subdivision Height Ø Cat. No.
ml ml mm mm

25 5 50 32 901 20
50 10 59 39 901 28
100 20 72 50 901 38
250 50 96 67 901 48
500 100 122 88 901 54
1000 100 141 109 901 62

www.brand.de 267
 Beakers · Erlenmeyer Flasks
General Laboratory

Beakers, low form

PTFE. Excellent thermal and chemical resistance. With reinforced rim and spout.
Without graduation. Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

5 20 26 903 05
10 24 33 903 08
25 32 47 903 20
50 43 55 903 28
100 54 68 903 38
150 59 75 903 44
250 66 97 903 48
400 80 125 903 52
500 100 125 903 54
1000 105 155 903 62
2000 125 205 903 64

Sampling dippers
PTFE. With reinforced rim and spout. PTFE handle with steel core.
Optional extension rod for increased handle length. Pack of 1.
(Extension rod, length 600 mm. Pack of 1. Cat. No. 904 70)
Capacity Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

100 55 65 904 38
250 70 95 904 48
500 80 125 904 54
1000 105 155 904 62

Erlenmeyer flasks, wide neck

with screw cap
PP, high clarity. With graduation. Neck with standard ground socket.
Pack of 6 (1000 ml: Pack of 4).
(Conical joint stopper, PE-LD: STJ 34/35 Cat. No. 1444 40,
STJ 45/40 Cat. No. 1444 45. Pack of 1.)
Capacity Thread Flask outer-Ø Height Neck Cat. No.
ml mm max. mm size

50 GL 40 52 90 34/35 931 70
100 GL 40 64 110 34/35 931 72
250 GL 52 85 140 45/40 931 75
500 GL 52 108 180 45/40 931 80
1000 GL 52 135 220 45/40 931 85

268 info@brand.de
 Watch Glasses
Evaporating Dishes

Watch glasses

General Laboratory
Ø Cat. No.
mm
Soda-lime glass. DIN 12 341.
Fire-polished edges. Stress-reduced 40 1500 10
to minimize risk of shattering. 50 1500 15
Pack of 10. 60 1500 20
70 1500 30
80 1500 40
90 1500 45
100 1500 50
120 1500 60
125 1500 65
150 1500 70
200 1500 80

Watch glasses Ø
mm
for PTFE beakers
size ml
Cat. No.

PTFE. Ideal for covering PTFE beakers.

Excellent chemical resistance. 20 1 1509 00
Pack of 1. 30 5 - 10 1509 02
40 25 1509 04
50 50 1509 05
65 100 1509 07
75 150 1509 10
80 250 1509 12
100 400 - 500 1509 15
125 600 - 1000 1509 20
150 2000 1509 22

Evaporating dishes Capacity

ml
Height
mm
max. Ø
mm
Cat. No.

PP. Shallow form without spout.

Pack of 1. 50 25 70 455 05
170 35 105 455 10

Evaporating dishes Capacity

ml
Cat. No.

PFA, snap-on lid PE. Evaporating

dishes are autoclavable, easy to clean 25 458 00
and withstand temperatures from 50 458 02
-200 °C to +260 °C (The snap-on lid
is not autoclavable). Pack of 1.

www.brand.de 269
 Evaporating dishes

Evaporating dishes
General Laboratory

Capacity max. Ø Height Cat. No.

ml mm mm
PTFE. Crucible form without spout.
5 25 20 455 40 Excellent chemical resistance.
25 45 30 455 45 Pack of 1.
75 60 40 455 50

Capacity
ml
max. Ø
mm
Height
mm
Cat. No.
Evaporating dishes
PTFE. Conical with spout.
25 40 35 456 15 Pack of 1.
50 50 40 456 17
100 65 55 456 20
150 80 40 456 21
180 80 50 456 22
250 95 45 456 23
350 100 60 456 25

Capacity
ml
max. Ø
mm
Height
mm
Cat. No.
Crystallizing dishes
PTFE. Cylindrical without spout.
25 40 25 457 03 Pack of 1.
50 65 25 457 05
100 80 30 457 10
180 80 45 457 18
350 100 55 457 22

max. Ø
mm
Height
mm
Cat. No.
Mortars with pestle
Melamine formaldehyde (MF), white.
125 80 1107 05 Resistant to boiling and autoclavable
150 90 1107 10 (121 °C). With foot and spout.
Pack of 1.

270 info@brand.de
 Centrifuge tubes · Test tubes

General Laboratory
Centrifuge tubes, ungraduated
AR-GLAS® or Boro 3.3. Wall thickness approx. 1.0 mm. Withstands RCF up to 3500.
Description Glass Capacity Outer-Ø Height Pack Cat. No.
ml mm mm of

Conical bottom, beaded rim AR-GLAS® 15 17 113 100 7780 12

Conical bottom, beaded rim Boro 3.3 15 17 113 100 7780 13
Cone-pointed bottom, rimless AR-GLAS® 11 16,5 98 100 7790 12
Round bottom, rimless AR-GLAS® 13 16,5 98 200 7790 22

Centrifuge tubes, graduated

conical bottom
AR-GLAS® or Boro 3.3. Capacity 15 ml. Graduations and inscriptions in high contrast
white enamel. Pack of 10.
Graduation Glass Subdivision Ø Height Wall thickness RCF Cat. No.
from - to ml approx. ml mm mm mm max.

0 - 10 AR-GLAS® 0.1 17 113 ca. 1.0 3500 7783 12

0 - 10 Boro 3.3 0.1 17 113 ca. 1.0 3500 7783 13

0 - 15 AR-GLAS ®
0.1 17 113 ca. 1.0 3500 7787 12
0 - 15 Boro 3.3 0.1 17 113 ca. 1.0 3500 7787 13

Test tubes, graduated

with spout and without stopper, or with standard ground joint neck and PP stopper
Boro 3.3. Graduation and inscriptions in high contrast white enamel.
Wall thickness approx. 1.2 mm. Pack of 10.
Description Capacity Subdivision Neck Ø Height Cat. No.
ml approx. ml size mm mm

With spout, without stopper 10 0.1 – 15 150 1143 08

With spout, without stopper 20 0.2 – 17 180 1143 16
With spout, without stopper 25 0.2 – 17 200 1143 21
With spout, without stopper 30 0.5 – 19 200 1143 24

Standard ground joint neck with PP stopper 10 0.1 12/21 15 165 1145 08
Standard ground joint neck with PP stopper 20 0.2 14/23 17 200 1145 16
Standard ground joint neck with PP stopper 25 0.2 14/23 17 220 1145 21
Standard ground joint neck with PP stopper 30 0.5 14/23 19 220 1145 24

Sample tubes
with screw cap
PFA-screw cap with integrated seal lip. Individually calibrated ring mark at 10 ml.
Autoclavable, easy to clean, withstands temperatures from -200 °C to +260 °C.
Pack of 1. (Replacement screw-cap, PFA. Pack of 1. Cat. No. 1292 52)
Capacity Ø Height Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm GL

15 22 110 25 7794 20

www.brand.de 271
 Funnels

Funnels
General Laboratory

plain interior
Boro 3.3. Angled at 60°, ground and fire-polished upper rim.
Short stem. Pack of 1.
Funnel outer-Ø Stem outer-Ø Stem length Cat. No.
mm mm mm

35 6 35 1455 05
40 6 40 1455 07
50 7 50 1455 15
55 8 55 1455 20
60 8 60 1455 25
70 8 70 1455 30
80 9 80 1455 35
100 10 100 1455 40
120 16 120 1455 45
150 16 150 1455 50
200 26 175 1455 60

Funnels
fluted interior
Boro 3.3. For rapid filtration. Angled at 60°, ground and fire-polished upper rim. Short
sterm. Pack of 10 (Cat. No. 1456 38: Pack of 1).
Funnel outer-Ø Stem outer-Ø Stem length Cat. No.
mm mm mm

70 8 70 1456 11
80 10 80 1456 16
100 10 100 1456 19
150 16 150 1456 31
200 26 175 1456 38

Funnels
plain interior
PP.
Funnel outer-Ø Stem outer-Ø Stem length Pack of Cat. No.
mm mm mm

30 2 25 24 1470 00
30 5 25 24 1470 05
40 5 35 24 1470 10
50 9 43 24 1470 15
75 10 55 12 1470 20
100 13 77 12 1470 25
120 14 90 12 1470 30
150 17 95 12 1470 35

272 info@brand.de
 Funnels

General Laboratory
Funnels
fluted interior
PP. For rapid filtration. Angled at 60°. External flutings allow air to escape during filtration.
Funnel outer-Ø Stem outer-Ø Stem length Pack of Cat. No.
mm mm mm

25 4 39 20 1482 05
35 5 38 20 1482 10
45 5 44 20 1482 15
65 9 63 20 1482 20
80 10 69 20 1482 25
100 11 82 1 1482 35
120 11 85 1 1482 37
150 14 115 1 1482 40
180 14 143 1 1482 45

Powder funnels
Boro 3.3. Ground and fire-polished upper rim. With short, wide stem. Pack of 1.
Upper Ø Lower Ø Cat. No.
mm mm

50 18 1465 06
60 18 1465 08
70 20 1465 11
80 22 1465 16
90 25 1465 17
100 25 1465 19
120 30 1465 23

Powder funnels
PP. With short, wide stem.
Funnel outer-Ø Stem outer-Ø Stem length Pack of Cat. No.
mm mm mm

60 15 19 20 1480 20
80 15 23 20 1480 25
100 25 23 20 1480 30
120 30 28 1 1480 35
150 35 42 1 1480 40
180 40 48 1 1480 45

Carboy funnels
PP. Pack of 1.
Funnel outer-Ø Stem outer-Ø Stem length Cat. No.
mm mm mm

210 25 90 1470 40
260 30 100 1470 45
350 32 170 1470 50
400 40 150 1470 55
440 (PE-HD) 35 140 1470 60

www.brand.de 273
 Funnels
General Laboratory

Standard ground joint funnels

PP. Half-round body. Stem fits standard ground sockets. Ideal for filling liquids
or powders into multi-neck flasks. Pack of 10 (Cat. No. 949 15: Pack of 5).
Distance to flat side Stem fits socket size Cat. No.
mm

40 14/23 949 05
50 19/26 949 10
80 29/32 949 15

Buchner funnels
PP. Two detachable pieces facilitate cleaning. Use with suggested filter paper.
Pack of 1.
Nominal size Filter disk Ø for filter paper Ø Cat. No.
mm mm mm

45 45 45 1485 05
55 55 55 1485 10
70 72 70 1485 15
80 82 70 1485 20
90 93 90 1485 25
110 120 110 1485 30
160 160 150 1485 35
240 240 240 1485 40

Filter disks for Buchner funnels

PE-HD 1 mm mesh. Insert between the Ø Cat. No.
perforated support plate of the Buchner mm
funnel, and the filter paper. Prevents filter
paper sticking. Pack of 10. 45 1486 05
55 1486 10
70 1486 15
80 1486 20
90 1486 25
110 1486 30
160 1486 35
240 1486 40

274 info@brand.de
 Separating funnels

General Laboratory
Separating funnels
PP, high clarity for observation of contents.
With PP screw cap and special conical
PTFE stopcock with retention device.
Autoclavable (121 °C). Pack of 1.
Capacity Cat. No.
ml

125 1400 04
250 1400 05
500 1400 06
1000 1400 07

Holder for separating

funnels
PP. For conical separating funnels up to
1000 ml. Easily mounted on support rods
with an outer-Ø 8-14 mm with a locking
nut. Pack of 1.
Funnel holders
PP. To support 1 or 2 funnels with top
outer-Ø of 50 to 120 mm. Easily mounted
on support rods with an outer-Ø 8-14 mm
with a locking nut.
Pack of 5.
Description Cat. No.

for 1 funnel 1485 00

Cat. No. 1403 00 for 2 funnels 1485 02

Filter funnel supports

PP plates with aluminum support rod. Ø x length in mm: 12.7 x 595.
To support 2 or 4 funnels with top outer Ø of 50 to 120 mm.
Adjustable funnel height. Pack of 1.
Description Length base plate Width base plate Cat. No.
mm mm

for 2 funnels 250 140 745 06

for 4 funnels 450 140 745 11

www.brand.de 275
 Filter Funnels · Filter Crucibles

Filter funnels
General Laboratory

Boro 3.3. Pack of 1.

Identification Porosity Capacity Ø Filter disk Stem outer-Ø Cat. No.
Code ml mm mm

3D 3 50 35 10 4640 03
3D 4 50 35 10 4640 04
11 D 3 75 45 10 4647 13
11 D 4 75 45 10 4647 14
17 D 3 125 60 10 4654 23
17 D 4 125 60 10 4654 24
25 D 3 500 95 22 4661 33
25 D 4 500 95 22 4661 34

Filter crucibles
Boro 3.3. Pack of 10.
Identification Porosity Capacity Ø Filter disk Cat. No.
Code ml mm

1D 1 30 30 4580 21
1D 2 30 30 4580 22
1D 3 30 30 4580 23
1D 4 30 30 4580 24
2D 1 50 40 4587 31
2D 2 50 40 4587 32
2D 3 50 40 4587 33
2D 4 50 40 4587 34

Filter adapters
Boro 3.3. Suitable for filter crucibles, according to identification code above.
Pack of 10.
Identification Upper Ø Overall length Cat. No.
Code mm mm

1D 41 125 4636 16
2D 50 132 4637 32

Porosity Identification Nominal max.

ISO 4793 pore size, µm

1 P 160 100 - 160

2 P 100 40 - 100
3 P 40 16 - 40
4 P 16 10 - 16

276 info@brand.de
 Filter Flasks

General Laboratory
Rubber sleeves
Rubber (EPDM). Suitable for filter crucibles, according to identification code.
Pack of 10.
Identification Outer Ø Cat. No.
Code mm

1D 41 4620 26
2D 49 4622 31

Rubber gaskets
Rubber (EPDM). Conical gaskets to place between filter funnel and filter flask.
Pack of 10.
Upper outer-Ø Lower outer-Ø Lower inner-Ø Cat. No.
mm mm mm

22 11 6 4625 12
28 16 9 4626 17
35 20 14 4627 23
42 25 18 4628 27
50 32 22 4629 32
63 43 33 4630 36
71 52 42 4631 39
84 61 50 4632 43
Rubber gasket set. Pack of 1. 4625 00

Filter flasks with socket

(Buchner filter flasks)
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 476, ISO 6556. Lateral socket for pushing in vacuum tubing with
outer diameter 15-18 mm. Pack of 1.
Capacity max. outer-Ø Height Neck inner-Ø Cat. No.
ml mm mm mm

250 85 155 33.7 737 14

500 105 185 33.7 737 19
1000 135 230 45 737 24
2000 166 265 60 737 29

www.brand.de 277
 Desiccators
General Laboratory

Desiccators
with knob lid
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 491. Precisely ground flat flanges. Base ring surface studded to
improve stability and help prevent cracks. Interchangeable lid. Pack of 1.
Nominal size Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

150 215 252 650 31

200 270 309 650 38
250 320 357 650 43

Desiccators
with socket in the lid
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 491. Precisely ground flat flanges. Base ring surface studded to
improve stability and help prevent cracks. Interchangeable lid. Socket, ground joint neck
size 24/29, with interchangeable stopcock. Pack of 1.
Nominal size Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

150 215 316 652 31

200 270 368 652 38
250 320 417 652 43

Spare parts for desiccators of Boro 3.3

Needle-valve stopcock for desiccators

Boro 3.3. Cone size 24/29. Suitable for
desiccators with lid socket. PTFE spindle,
aperture 0-4 mm. Lateral venting hole
helps to reduce turbulence. Nozzle with
outer diameter 10 mm. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 824 15

Lid with knob

Boro 3.3. Pack of 1.
Nominal size Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

150 215 93 656 31

200 270 102 656 38
250 320 113 656 43

Lid with socket

Boro 3.3. Pack of 1.
Nominal size Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

150 215 84 657 31

200 270 92 657 38
250 320 118 657 43

278 info@brand.de
 Desiccators

General Laboratory
Desiccators
PC lid. PP base and desiccant tray. Venting stopper with non-return valve in lid. Seal
between lid and base: polychlorobutadiene rubber (CR) O-ring, compressed by vacuum.
Lightweight and easy to handle. Pack of 1.
Nominal size Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

150 170 195 658 05

200 235 240 658 10
250 285 300 658 15

Spare parts for desiccators of PC/PP

Sealing rings
CR. Pack of 1.
Nominal size Cat. No.
mm

150 658 20
200 658 22
250 658 24

Venting stopper
PC. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 658 04

Accessories for desiccators of Boro 3.3 or PC/PP

Desiccator plates
Porcelain or PP. For glass and plastic
desiccators. Central hole approx. 20 mm
diameter, small perforations approx. 5 mm
diameter. Pack of 1.
Nominal size Ø Porcelain PP
mm mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

150 140 659 65 660 15

200 190 659 75 660 25
250 235 659 80 660 30

Porcelain PP

www.brand.de 279
 Gas Wash Bottles
General Laboratory

Gas wash bottles, Drechsel pattern

BISTABIL. With P1 filter disc.
Boro 3.3 glass bottle and head. DIN 12 596. With filter disc of porosity P1 (approx. 100-
160 µm pore size). Drechsel pattern heads provide optimal stability. Overall height 275 mm,
standard ground joint neck size 29/32, hose nozzles with outer diameter 11 mm. Pack of 1.
Capacity Cat. No.
ml

100 782 38
250 782 48
500 782 54
1000 782 62

Gas wash bottles, Drechsel pattern

BISTABIL. Without filter disc.
Boro 3.3 glass bottle and head. DIN 12 596. Without filter disc. Drechsel-pattern heads
provide optimal stability. Overall height 275 mm, standard ground joint neck size 29/32,
hose nozzles with outer diameter 11 mm. Pack of 1.
Capacity Cat. No.
ml

100 781 38
250 781 48
500 781 54
1000 781 62

Wash bottles, without head

Boro 3.3. Standard ground joint neck size 29/32, to DIN 12 463. Pack of 1.
Capacity Neck size Ø Height Description Cat. No.
ml mm mm

100 29/32 40 200 with base Ø 55 mm 1269 38

250 29/32 55 200 with base Ø 75 mm 1269 48
500 29/32 75 200 without base 1269 54
1000 29/32 107 200 without base 1269 62

280 info@brand.de
 Gas Wash Bottles

General Laboratory
Wash bottle head with P1 filter disk
for gas wash bottles, Drechsel pattern
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 596. Size 29/32. Length below top of cone 185 mm.
Accommodates all bottle sizes to DIN 12 463. Filter disk outer diameter 25 mm,
porosity P1 (approx. 100-160 µm pore size). Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 782 00

Wash bottle head without filter disk

for gas wash bottles, Drechsel pattern
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 596. Size 29/32. Length below top of cone 185 mm.
Accommodates all bottle sizes to DIN 12 463. Tube outer diameter 8 mm. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 781 00

Gas wash bottles

PFA. Head with S40 thread. Frit, PTFE, with approx. 100 µm pore size for optimum gas
pearling in the liquid. High-quality fluoroplastics make a wide range of applications possible.
Pack of 1.
(For wash bottles, PFA, S40 thread see page 302).
Capacity Ø Height Tubing connection Heads Gas wash bottle, complete
ml mm mm Inner-Ø/outer-Ø mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

250 55 180 4/6 783 00 783 48

500 75 210 4/6 783 01 783 54
1000 107 249 5/8 783 02 783 62

Gas sampling tubes Capacity Cat. No.

BISTABIL ml
(Gas collecting tubes)
100* 2350 10
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 473-1. With straight bore
250* 2350 20
stopcocks size 3 NS/14 with retention
500 2350 30
device. One end with capillary tube (inner-
diameter 2.7 mm, outer diameter 8 mm), * in addition to the DIN range
other end with hose nozzle (outer diameter
9 mm). With marking area. Pack of 1.

www.brand.de 281
 Water jet pumps

Water jet pump

General Laboratory

Pump fluid: water

Overall length: approx. 210 mm
(R 3/4" connector fitted)
Weight: approx. 33 g
(R 3/4" connector fitted)
n High chemical resistance, fluid path
consists of PP, FKM and PTFE
n Operating temperature up to max. 80 °C
n Integrated non-return valve increases
safety
n Simple operation and easy to clean
n Detachable vacuum connection
n Variety of supplied adapters simplify con-
nections to most water sources. Optional
reducing adapters are available.
Very low water consumption
The flow configuration has been optimized,
resulting in a 33 % reduction of water
consumption (190 litres/h at 3.5 bar water
supply pressure).

Constant ultimate pressure

The ultimate pressure of 16 mbar (water
temperature: 12 °C) is reached across a
wide range of water supply pressures
(from 3 to 6 bar).

High suction capacity

Flow rate of approx. 400 litres/h of air
(against atmospheric pressure, at a water
supply pressure of 3.5 bar at 12 °C water
temperature).

Ordering data
Water jet pump includes: Accessories
sleeve nut R 3/4", reducing adapter R 1/2", Reducing adapter R 3/8".
and tubing connector (hose nozzle) of Pack of 1.
10-12 mm outer diameter
Cat. No. 1596 65
Suction line connection:
Detachable hose nozzle of 6-9 mm outer
diameter, with screw cap GL 14. Reducing adapter M 22 x 1
Pack of 1. (thread for screen tap). Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 1596 00 Cat. No. 1596 70

282 info@brand.de
 Tubing

General Laboratory
Tubing
PVC. Particularly high-grade material, manufactured to a first-class standard. Good flex-
ibility and chemical resistance make this tubing ideal for use with apparatus assemblies.
Autoclavable (121 °C). Packing unit 20 meters.
inner-Ø outer-Ø Wall thickness Cat. No.
mm mm mm

2 4 1 1432 55
4 6 1 1432 60
5 8 1,5 1432 65
6 9 1,5 1432 70
7 11 2 1432 75
8 12 2 1432 80
10 14 2 1432 85
12 17 2,5 1432 90

Tubing
Silicone (SI). Translucent. Autoclavable (121 °C). Note: limited chemical resistance when
used with concentrated acids. Packing unit 25 meters.
inner-Ø outer-Ø Wall thickness Cat. No.
mm mm mm

2 4 1 1433 52
3 5 1 1433 55
4 6 1 1433 56
4 7 1,5 1433 57
5 8 1,5 1433 58
6 9 1,5 1433 59
6 10 2 1433 60
7 10 1,5 1433 61
8 12 2 1433 62
10 15 2,5 1433 64

Flow indicator Spring clips

Styrene-acrylonitrile (SAN), transparent. Spring steel, coated with zinc and poly-
Optimizes cooling water flow during distilla- ethylene. Non-scratching, good chemical
tion. This helps to decrease operating costs resistance. For wall mounting of cylindrical
by reducing water consumption. Operating apparatus components, e.g., pipes, tubing,
pressure max. 2 bar, operating temperature etc. Pack of 1.
for SAN max. 30 °C.
L x W x H in mm: 88 x 17 x 40. Grip Ø Bore Cat. No.
For tubing of inner-Ø 6-11 mm. mm mm
Pack of 5.
6.5 2.5 760 05
9.5 2.5 760 10
13 3.0 760 15
16 3.0 760 20
19 3.5 760 25
25 3.5 760 35
29 4.0 760 40
32 4.0 760 45
42 4.0 760 50
51 4.0 * 760 55
Cat. No. 1340 80
* 2 bores

www.brand.de 283
 Tubing Connectors

Tubing Connectors and Tubing Adapters

General Laboratory

straight for tubing Length Cat. No.

inner-Ø mm mm
PP, translucent. Connects tubing of
different diameters. Pack of 10.
5 - 17 110 1524 00

straight for tubing Length Cat. No.

inner-Ø mm mm
PP, translucent.
Pack of 10.
3 - 5 47 1527 05
6 - 10 55 1527 10
9 - 13 57 1527 15

straight for tubing Length Cat. No.

inner-Ø mm mm
PE-HD. Pack of 10.
10 - 11 45 1527 55
12 - 14 74 1527 60
19 - 21 74 1527 65
24 - 26 84 1527 70

straight for tubing Length Cat. No.

inner-Ø mm mm
PP, grey.
Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1522 70 and
4-5 39 1522 50
1522 75: Pack of 10).
5-7 52 1522 55
7-9 59 1522 60
9 - 11 59 1522 65
11 - 13 66 1522 70
13 - 15 66 1522 75

straight (tubing adapter) for tubing Length Cat. No.

inner-Ø mm mm
PE-HD. Pack of 10.
8 - 10 / 11 - 14 66 1525 05
12 - 14 / 18 - 20.5 73 1525 10

284 info@brand.de
 Tubing Connectors

Tubing Connectors and Tubing Adapters

General Laboratory
straight (tubing adapter) for tubing Length Cat. No.
inner-Ø mm mm
PP, translucent.
Pack of 10.
3 - 5 / 6 - 10 55 1526 05
3 - 5 / 9 - 13 55 1526 10
6 - 10 / 9 - 13 59 1526 15

L-shape for tubing Length Cat. No.

inner-Ø mm mm
PP, translucent.
Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1532 30 and
3-4 15 1532 05
1532 35 pack of 10).
5 21 1532 10
6-7 25 1532 15
8-9 30 1532 20
10 - 11 36 1532 25
12 - 13 42 1532 30
14 - 15 48 1532 35

T-shape
PP, translucent. Length 1 = Length of straight-through tube,
Length 2 = Length of side arm including Ø of straight-through tube.
Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1528 20 and 1528 25: Pack of 10).
for tubing inner-Ø Length 1 Length 2 Cat. No.
mm mm mm

3-4 20 15 1528 00
4-5 30 23 1528 03
6-7 40 31 1528 05
8-9 55 39 1528 10
10 - 11 69 47 1528 15
12 - 13 79 53 1528 20
14 - 15 89 60 1528 25

Y-shape
PP, transparent. Length1 = overall length, length 2 = distance between the two arms
from one outer edge to the other.
Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1529 15 and 1529 20: Pack of 10).
for tubing inner-Ø Length 1 Length 2 Cat. No.
mm mm mm

3 24 14 1529 00
4-5 35 21 1529 03
6-7 54 34 1529 05
8-9 64 40 1529 07
10 - 11 74 47 1529 10
12 - 13 87 53 1529 15
14 - 15 98 60 1529 20

www.brand.de 285
 Tubing Connectors

Tubing Connectors
General Laboratory

X-shape for tubing Length Cat. No.

inner-Ø mm mm
PP, translucent.
Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1531 30 and 2-3 26 1531 05
1531 35: Pack of 10). 5 35 1531 10
6-7 42 1531 15
9 50 1531 20
10 - 11 62 1531 25
12 - 13 74 1531 30
14 - 15 84 1531 35

Y-shape (120°) for tubing Length Cat. No.

inner-Ø mm mm
PP, grey. Three arms at equal angles
of 120°.
4-5 26 1530 05
Pack of 20 (Cat. No. 1530 25 and
6-7 35 1530 10
1530 30: Pack of 10).
8-9 42 1530 15
10 - 11 50 1530 20
12 - 13 62 1530 25
13 - 15 74 1530 30

Plug-in coupling
PP. The two parts fit together with a cone- for tubing Length Cat. No.
and-socket joint. Not suitable for pressure inner-Ø mm mm
applications.
Pack of 25. 6-9 68 1523 00

Non-return valve
PE-HD. For tubing of inner diameter 6-9 mm. Length 80 mm. FKM valve disk not
suitable for pressure applications. Pack of 10.
Cat. No. 1340 02

286 info@brand.de
 Stopcocks

Straight-bore stopcocks

General Laboratory
with nozzles
PTFE, valve lever PP. for tubing Bore Cat. No.
Outstanding chemical resistance. inner-Ø mm mm
Two integrated hose nozzles.
Pack of 1. 3 2 886 10
4 2 886 15
5 3 886 20
6 3 886 25
7 4 886 30
8 4 886 35
9 5 886 40

T-bore stopcocks
with nozzles
PTFE, valve lever PP. for tubing T-bore Cat. No.
Outstanding chemical resistance. inner-Ø mm mm
Three integrated hose nozzles.
Pack of 1. 3 2 886 50
4 2 886 55
5 3 886 60
6 3 886 65
7 4 886 70
8 4 886 75
9 5 886 80

Straight-bore stopcocks
with nozzles
PE-HD. For operation under ambient pressure only. Two integrated hose nozzles.
Pack of 1.
for tubing inner-Ø Bore Length Cat. No.
mm mm mm

12.5 9 97 885 05
9.5 7 80 885 10

www.brand.de 287
 Conical Joint Clips
Ground Joint Sleeves

Conical joint clips

General Laboratory

For size Color Cat. No.

POM. Will not scratch glass surfaces. 10/19 turquoise 556 38

Excellent resilience and stability. 12/21 violet 556 39
Outstanding chemical resistance. 14/23 yellow 556 40
Operating temperature up to 150 °C.
19/26 blue 556 42
Pack of 1.
24/29 green 556 44
29/32 red 556 46
34/35 orange 556 47
45/40 brown 556 49

Conical joint clips For size Cat. No.

Coated steel spring 10/19 555 60

PTFE. Will not scratch glass surfaces. 12/21 555 62
Outstanding chemical resistance. 14/23 555 64
Excellent resilience and good stability. 19/26 555 69
Operating temperature up to 200 °C. 24/29 555 74
Pack of 1. 29/32 555 79
34/35 555 84
45/40 555 95

Stopcock grease,
silicone-free
Ideal for lubricating burette stopcocks.
Silicone paste
Easy to remove, e.g., with Mucasol®. Low viscosity. Operating temperature
Good acid- and base-resistance. Operating from -40 to +160 °C. For greasing
temperature range -40 to +320 ºC. ground joints.
Tube of 60 g. Pack of 1. Tube of 50 g. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 616 10 Cat. No. 616 05

Ground joint sleeves For size Cat. No.

PTFE. Greaseless seal will not contaminate 7/16 514 16

sample. Outstanding chemical resistance 10/19 514 17
at operating temperatures from -200 to 12/21 514 18
+260 °C.
14/23 514 19
Thin walled sleeves (0.05 mm thick) fit
19/26 514 20
snugly without adding bulk. Joints fit per-
24/29 514 21
fectly, without a protruding rim simplifying
29/32 514 22
use of joint clips. Wide range of applica-
34/35 514 23
tions, including vacuum to 0.1 mbar,
e.g., for rotary evaporators. 45/40 514 24

Pack of 10. 50/42 514 25

55/44 514 26
60/46 514 27
40/38 514 30

288 info@brand.de
 Sockets · Stoppers

Sockets

General Laboratory
Size Cat. No.

with grip collar 10/19 514 63

PTFE. Greaseless seal will not contaminate 14/23 514 64
sample. Outstanding chemical resistance 19/26 514 65
at operating temperatures from -200 to 24/29 514 66
+260 °C. Sturdy design for permanent 29/32 514 67
use. With grip collar and sealing rings for 34/35 514 68
excellent tightness. Low leakage rate: 45/40 514 69
Q < 1 · 10-4 mbar · l · s-1.
Pack of 1.

Rubber stoppers
Natural rubber (NR), red.
upper-Ø lower-Ø Height Pack of Cat. No.
mm mm mm

9 5 20 25 1443 80
12 8 20 25 1443 82
14 11 20 25 1443 84
16 12 20 25 1443 85
18 14 20 25 1443 86
22 17 25 25 1443 88
24 18 30 25 1443 89
27 21 30 25 1443 90
32 26 30 25 1443 91
35 29 30 5 1443 93
38 31 35 5 1443 94
44 36 40 5 1443 95
49 41 40 5 1443 96
55 47 40 1 1443 97
60 50 45 1 1443 98
65 56 45 1 1443 99

Silicone stoppers
SI, natural-colored.
upper-Ø lower-Ø Height Pack of Cat. No.
mm mm mm

9 5 20 10 1443 05
12 8 20 10 1443 10
14 11 20 10 1443 15
16 12 20 10 1443 20
18 14 20 10 1443 25
22 17 25 10 1443 30
24 18 30 10 1443 35
27 21 30 10 1443 40
32 26 30 10 1443 45
35 29 30 10 1443 50
38 31 35 5 1443 55
44 36 40 5 1443 60
49 41 40 5 1443 65
55 47 40 5 1443 70
75 64 55 5 1443 75

www.brand.de 289
 Conical Ground Joint Stoppers

Conical ground joint

General Laboratory

Size Cat. No.

stoppers 7/16 1444 05

10/19 1444 10
PP. Hollow, with sealing ribs and square
12/21 1444 15
grip. Autoclavable (121 °C).
14/23 1444 20
Pack of 10 (Cat. No. 1444 40, 1444 45
and 1444 46: Pack of 1). 19/26 1444 25
24/29 1444 30
29/32 1444 35
34/35* 1444 40
45/40* 1444 45
60/46* 1444 46
* PE-LD, with octagonal grip

Conical ground joint Size Cat. No.

stoppers 10/19 1444 48

14/23 1444 50
PTFE. Solid, with sealing ribs and
19/26 1444 53
ergonomically designed grip. Resistant
24/29 1444 55
to temperatures up to 270 °C.
Pack of 1. 29/32 1444 58
34/35 1444 59

Conical ground joint Size Cat. No.

stoppers 7/16 1446 05

10/19 1446 10
BISTABIL
12/21 1446 15
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 252. 14/23 1446 20
Hollow, with drip tip and hexagonal grip. 19/26 1446 25
Pack of 1. 24/29 1446 30
29/32 1446 35
34/35 1446 40
45/40 1446 45

Conical ground joint Size Description Cat. No.

stoppers 12/21 solid 1445 15

14/23 solid 1445 20
Boro 3.3. DIN 12 252.
19/26 solid 1445 25
Solid or semi-hollow, with octagonal grip.
24/29 solid 1445 30
Pack of 1.
29/32 semi-hollow 1445 35
34/35 semi-hollow 1445 40
45/40 semi-hollow 1445 45

290 info@brand.de
 Stirrers

Stirrers

General Laboratory
Good operating characteristics due to steel-core shafts. Resistant to breakage.
PP propeller greatly reduces scratching if stirrer inadvertently hits vessel wall.
Pack of 1.

Propeller, PP. Shaft PE-coated.

Stirrer shaft Ø Stirrer shaft length Rotor Ø Cat. No
mm mm mm

6 380 45 1356 00

Propeller, PTFE
Stirrer shaft Ø Stirrer shaft length Rotor Ø Cat. No
mm mm mm

6 400 40 1342 90
6 500 40 1342 91
9.5 550 60 1342 92
9.5 650 60 1342 93

2 moveable paddles, PTFE

Stirrer shaft Ø Stirrer shaft length Rotor Ø Cat. No
mm mm mm

6 400 50 1342 86
6 500 50 1342 87
9.5 550 70 1342 88
9.5 650 70 1342 89

Anchor, PTFE
Stirrer shaft Ø Stirrer shaft length Rotor Ø Cat. No
mm mm mm

6 500 75 1342 96
9.5 550 100 1342 97
9.5 650 140 1343 00

www.brand.de 291
 Magnetic Stirring Bars

Magnetic Stirring Bars, PTFE

General Laboratory

PTFE. High magnetic strength and long life due to Alnico V magnetic cores, Storing conditions:
fully encapsulated with high-grade PTFE. Strict quality control ensures the To prevent demagnetization stirring bars us-
magnetic strength, position of the magnetic core, surface quality, crack ing Alnico V magnetic cores should not be
resistance, and uniform thickness of the PTFE coating. Maximum operating stored in a random mass but should be kept
temperature 270 °C. "paired" and should not be dropped on hard
BRAND provides the right magnetic stirring bar for virtually any application. Rough or steel surfaces.
vessel surfaces or abrasive sediments can quickly deteriorate the PTFE coating and
thus shorten the life of stirring bars. This can be prevented by using reduced contact
surface (e.g., with pivot ring) stirring bars.

Cylindrical Length Bar Ø Cat. No.

mm mm
PTFE. Round, smooth surface, for universal
applications. Pack of 10. 2.5 2.5 1371 00
3.5 3.5 1371 01
5 2 1371 02
6 3 1371 03
8 3 1371 04
12 4.5 1371 05
7 2 1371 06
8 1.7 1371 07
10 3 1371 08
13 3 1371 09
15 4.5 1371 10
15 1.7 1371 11
10 6 1371 13
15 6 1371 14
20 6 1371 15
25 6 1371 20
30 6 1371 25
35 6 1371 27
40 8 1371 30
45 8 1371 32
50 8 1371 35
57* 27 1371 37
60 9 1371 40
Cylindrical, with pivot ring 70 9 1371 45
80 9 1371 50
PTFE. For vessels with slightly uneven 108* 27 1371 55
bottoms. The pivot ring reduces the 159* 27 1371 60
contact surface and enables the stirrer
* flattened sides, pack of 1.
to adopt the optimum stirring position.
Pack of 10.
Length Bar Ø Ring Ø Cat. No.
mm mm mm

8 3 4 1374 04
12 4.5 6 1374 05
15 4.5 6 1374 10
20 6 8 1374 15
25 6 7 1374 20
30 6 7.5 1374 25
35 6 8 1374 27
40 8 8.5 1374 30
45 8 10 1374 32
50 8.5 11 1374 35
60 8.5 11 1374 37
70 8.5 10 1374 45

292 info@brand.de
 Magnetic Stirring Bars

Cylindrical, conical

General Laboratory
Length Bar Ø Cat. No.
mm mm
PTFE. Round, smooth surface. Diameter
increases toward the center to reduce the
10 4 1371 68
contact surface. Pack of 10.
15 5 1371 70
20 7 1371 75
25 8 1371 78
30 8 1371 80
40 8 1371 85
50 8 1371 90
60 8 1371 95
70 10 1371 97
80 10 1371 99

Triangular Length Bar Ø Cat. No.

mm mm
PTFE. Wedge-shaped. Ideal for dissolving
solids and mixing of sediments due to
12 6 1378 05
scraping action. Angular surface creates
20 8 1378 07
high turbulence even at low speeds.
25 8 1378 10
Pack of 10.
25 14 1378 12
35 10 1378 15
40 14 1378 17
50 12 1378 20
55 14 1378 22
80 14 1378 26

Triangular, with pivot rim Length Height Cat. No.

mm mm
PTFE. Angular surface creates high tur-
bulence even at low speeds. For vessels
12 6 1378 40
with slightly uneven bottoms. The pivot rim
25 8 1378 42
reduces the contact surface and enables
35 10 1378 44
the stirrer to adopt the optimum position.
Pack of 10. 50 12 1378 46
80 18 1378 48

Octagonal, with pivot ring

PTFE. Angular surface creates high turbulence even at low speeds. For vessels with
slightly uneven bottoms. The pivot ring reduces the contact surface and enables the
stirrer to adopt the optimum position. Pack of 10.
Length Bar Ø Ring Ø Cat. No.
mm mm mm

13 8 10 1376 07
15 8 9.5 1376 08
25 8 9.5 1376 10
25 10 11 1376 12
38 8 9.5 1376 15
38 10 11 1376 17
51 8 9.5 1376 18
51 10 11 1376 20
64 10 11 1376 22
75 12 14.5 1376 25

www.brand.de 293
 Magnetic Stirring Bars

Magnetic Stirring Bars, PTFE

General Laboratory

Double-ended
PTFE. Excellent centering, small contact surface and high turbulence even at low speeds.
Pack of 10.
Length Bar Ø Ends Ø Cat. No.
mm mm mm

37 8 20 1379 30
54 8 20 1379 35

Oval Length max. Ø Cat. No.

mm mm
PTFE. Ideal for vessels with round bottom,
e.g., round-bottom flasks. Pack of 10.
10 5 1373 00
15 6 1373 01
20 10 1373 02
25 12 1373 05
32 15 1373 07
34 15 1373 10
40 20 1373 12
50 20 1373 15
65 20 1373 20
70 20 1373 25

Crosshead Ø Height Cat. No.

mm mm
PTFE. Steady spinning position.
Excellent stirring action. Pack of 10.
10 5 1376 30
20 9 1376 32
25 10 1376 34
30 12 1376 36
38 15 1376 38

Disc Ø Height Cat. No.

mm mm
PTFE. Convex shape for good centering.
Particularly effective stirring action.
9 6* 1379 26
Pack of 10.
10 6 1379 27
20 10 1379 28
30 12 1379 29
* Also suitable for cuvettes size 10 x 10 mm.

294 info@brand.de
 Magnetic Stirring Bars
Magnetic Stirring Bar Retriever

Magnetic Stirring Bars, PTFE

General Laboratory
Round, with crosshead Ø Height Cat. No.
mm mm
PTFE. Specialshape for small vessels.
Particularly effective stirring action.
10 8 1379 05
Pack of 10.
14 10 1379 10
17 13 1379 15
22 15 1379 17
30 12 1379 19

Spherical Ø Cat. No.

mm
PTFE. Ideal for test tubes or for
eccentric stirring motion. Pack of 1.
12 1379 50

Magnetic stirring
bar retrievers
PP. Magnetic core fully sealed.
Pack of 1.
Length Ø Cat. No.
mm mm

300 10 1377 50
450 10 1377 55

Magnetic stirring
bar retrievers
PTFE. Magnetic core fully sealed.
Pack of 1.
Length Ø Cat. No.
mm mm

150 8 1377 00
250 8 1377 10
350 8 1377 20

www.brand.de 295
 Stirring Rods · Spatulas
General Laboratory

Length Ø Cat. No.

Stirring rods mm mm

AR-GLAS®. Glass tube, fused and sealed

200 5 1358 05
at both ends. Pack of 50.
200 6 1358 10
250 6 1358 15
250 8 1358 20
300 8 1358 25

Stirring rods Length Bar Ø Cat. No.

mm mm
PTFE. With spatulate ends.
Pack of 1.
150 8 1362 10
200 8 1362 15
250 8 1362 20
300 8 1362 25

Stirring rods Length

mm
Bar Ø
mm
Cat. No.

with steel core

100 6 1363 05
PTFE coated steel core. Can be bent
150 6 1363 10
as required; the shape is permanently
200 6 1363 15
retained. Round ends. Pack of 1.
250 6 1363 20
300 6 1363 25
350 6 1363 30
400 6 1363 35

Spatulas
Impact-resistant PS. Available with double spatulate ends or a spatulate
and spoon combination. Pack of 10.
Length Description Cat. No.
mm

150 Double spatula 1398 10

180 Double spatula 1398 15
180 Spatula / spoon 1398 17
210 Spatula / spoon 1398 20

Spatula with steel core

PE-HD coated steel core. Two differently shaped spatulate ends (approx. 16 mm wide).
Pack of 1.
Length Ø Cat. No.
mm mm

260 7 1361 00

Spatula
PP. Two differently shaped spatulate ends (approx. 15 mm wide).
Pack of 10.
Length Ø Cat. No.
mm mm

245 6 1361 10

296 info@brand.de
 Forceps · Scoops

Forceps

General Laboratory
Length Cat. No.
mm
PMP. Pointed ends. Autoclavable (121 °C).
Pack of 10. 115 1128 05
145 1128 10

Forceps Length
mm
Cat. No.

POM, glass-fiber reinforced. Round ends.

Pack of 5. 250 1130 20

Forceps Length
mm
Cat. No.

PTFE. Pointed ends. Outstanding chemical

and thermal resistance. Pack of 1. 100 1131 05
150 1131 10
200 1131 15

Forceps Length
mm
Cat. No.

PTFE. Rectangular ends. Outstanding

chemical and thermal resistance. 100 1131 25
Pack of 1. 150 1131 30
200 1131 35

Scoops Capacity
ml
Length
mm
Cat. No.

PP, white. 2 to 100 ml: Pack of 12;

250 to 1000 ml: Pack of 6. 2 60 1391 02
5 80 1391 03
10 100 1391 05
25 135 1391 10
50 160 1391 15
100 200 1391 20
250 260 1391 25
500 315 1391 30
1000 385 1391 35

Scoops Capacity
ml
Length
mm
Cat. No.

PE, natural-colored. Pack of 6.

500 350 1390 35
1000 400 1390 40

www.brand.de 297
 Weighing Dishes · Jars
General Laboratory

Weighing dishes, square shape

Impact-resistant PS, antistatic. Light and flat design. Ideal for weighing.
Wall thickness approx. 0.2 mm. Pack of 500.
Capacity Length Width Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm mm

7 45 45 7 1555 40
100 84 84 24 1555 42
250 140 140 21 1555 44

Weighing dishes, diamond shape

Impact-resistant PS, antistatic. Light and flat design. Ideal for weighing.
Wall thickness approx. 0.2 mm. Pack of 500.
Capacity Length Width Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm mm

25 70 45 12 1555 46
30 80 56 14 1555 48
100 120 90 17 1555 50

Jars with screw cap

PE-LD. Thick-walled, slightly conical. Screw cap with sealing cone. Pack of 10.
Capacity max. Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

5 23 34 619 50
10 23 52 619 55
30 37 53 619 60
60 37 92 619 65
90 57 62 619 70
180 57 108 619 75

Sample jars with screw cap

PFA. For sampling, transport and storage. PFA screw cap with integrated seal lip.
Autoclavable, easy to clean, withstands temperatures from -200 °C to +260 °C.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Height Ø Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm

30 54 38 GL 40 620 05
60 90 38 GL 40 620 10
90 62 54 GL 56 620 15
180 112 54 GL 56 620 20

Thread Cat. No. Replacement screw caps

for PFA sample jars
GL 40 1292 54 PFA. Pack of 1.
GL 56 1292 56

298 info@brand.de
 Bottles

General Laboratory
Laboratory bottles
Boro 3.3. Threaded to DIN ISO 4796. Studded base for stability and abrasion resistance.
Graduated, with marking area. Screw cap and pouring ring PP. Autoclavable (121 °C).
Pack of 10 (5000 ml to 20 000 ml: Pack of 1).
Capacity Thread Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

25* GL 25 36 74 1225 20
50 GL 32 46 91 1225 28
100 GL 45 56 105 1225 38
250 GL 45 70 144 1225 48
500 GL 45 86 183 1225 54
1000 GL 45 101 232 1225 62
2000 GL 45 136 268 1225 64
5000 GL 45 186 338 1225 70
10000 GL 45 234 412 1225 74
20000 GL 45 300 510 1225 78
* integrated glass ring, no additional pouring ring

Thread Screw Cap Pouring ring Spare parts for laboratory bottles
Cat. No. Cat. No.
PP. Pack of 10.
GL 25 1226 20 –
GL 32 1226 28 1226 62
GL 45 1226 38 1226 64

Synthetic-coating for better protection

The ethylene-acrylate coating envelops the
Threaded bottles glass bottle like a protective skin. Should
the bottle break, the splintering hazards
Soda-lime glass (amber). Screw cap PP, are reduced considerably. The maximum
pouring ring PE-LD. Space-saving square operating temperature for coated bottles is
base. The bottles are available ethylene- 80 °C.
acrylate coated or uncoated. To preserve the coating, do not clean at
Pack of 1. temperatures exceeding 60 ºC.
Capacity Width Height Thread coated uncoated
ml mm mm Cat. No. Cat. No.

100 50 125 GL 32 7040 02 7040 12

250 65 160 GL 32 7040 04 7040 14
500 80 195 GL 32 7040 06 7040 16
1000 95 230 GL 45 7040 08 7040 18
2500* 140 300 GL 45 7040 10 7040 20
* cylindrical shape

Conical-shoulder bottles, narrow-mouth

PP. Standard ground joint and interchangeable stoppers (PP, square). 5000 ml size with
additional carrying handle. 10 000 ml size with two carrying handles.
Capacity Neck Ø Height Pack of Cat. No.
ml size mm mm

100 14/23 52 106 10 1298 38

250 19/26 70 136 10 1298 48
500 24/29 76 172 10 1298 54
1000 29/32 106 209 10 1298 62
2000* GL 32 130 240 6 1298 66
5000* GL 45 175 325 1 1298 70
10000* GL 63 222 394 1 1298 74
* with screw cap

www.brand.de 299
 Bottles
General Laboratory

Conical-shoulder bottles, wide-mouth

PP. Standard ground joint and interchangeable stoppers (PE, octagonal).
Capacity Neck Ø Height Pack of Cat. No.
ml size mm mm

100 29/32 52 106 10 1299 38

250 34/35 70 136 10 1299 48
500 45/40 86 172 10 1299 54
1000 60/46 110 209 10 1299 62
2000 * GL 63 130 244 6 1299 66
* with screw cap

Narrow-mouth bottles
PE-LD, flexible, translucent. Economical multipurpose bottle.
With or without screw cap.
Capacity Ø Height Thread Pack with cap without cap
ml mm mm of Cat. No. Cat. No.

10 26 50 GL 14 100 1294 08 1290 08

20 31 58 GL 14 100 1294 16 1290 16
30 34 66 GL 14 100 1294 24 1290 24
50 39 85 GL 18 100 1294 28 1290 28
100 45 106 GL 18 50 1294 38 1290 38
250 59 140 GL 25 50 1294 48 1290 48
500 75 180 GL 25 50 1294 54 1290 54
1000 94 212 GL 28 25 1294 62 1290 62
2000 117 264 GL 28 25 1294 64 1290 64

Thread Pack of Cat. No. Screw caps for narrow-mouth bottle,

PE-LD

GL 14 100 1292 00
GL 18 50 1292 02
GL 25 50 1292 04
GL 28 25 1292 06

Narrow-mouth bottles, amber

PE-LD, opaque. For storage of light-sensitive substances.
With screw cap. Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm

50 39 85 GL 18 1302 28
100 45 106 GL 18 1302 38
250 59 140 GL 25 1302 48
500 75 180 GL 25 1302 54
1000 94 212 GL 28 1302 62
2000 117 264 GL 28 1302 64

300 info@brand.de
 Bottles

Wide-mouth bottles

General Laboratory
PE-LD, flexible, translucent. With or without screw cap.
Capacity Ø Height Thread Pack with cap without cap
ml mm mm of Cat. No. Cat. No.

50 38 80 GL 32 100 1296 28 1293 28

100 48 94 GL 32 50 1296 38 1293 38
250 62 126 GL 40 50 1296 48 1293 48
500 76 155 GL 50 50 1296 54 1293 54
1000 93 208 GL 65 25 1296 62 1293 62
2000 120 246 GL 65 25 1296 64 1293 64

Thread Pack Cat. No. Screw caps for wide-mouth bottle,

of PE-LD

GL 32 25 1292 08
GL 40 25 1292 10
GL 50 25 1292 12
GL 65 25 1292 14

Wide-mouth square bottles

PE-HD, translucent. Screw cap with sealing cone, PP, blue, with cadmium-free pigments.
Tamper-proof closure with pull-off retaining ring. Space-saving square base.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Length Width Height Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm mm

100 45 45 101 GL 32 1304 12

250 60 60 127 GL 45 1304 14
500 75 75 161 GL 54 1304 18
1000 85 85 210 GL 54 1304 22
1500 111 111 209 GL 80 1304 24
2500 122 122 258 GL 80 1304 26
4000 142 142 294 GL 80 1304 28

Thread Cat. No. Replacement screw caps for

wide-mouth bottles
GL 32 1303 20 PP. Pack of 1.
GL 45 1303 22
GL 54 1303 24
GL 80 1303 26

Wide-mouth bottles
PTFE. Outstanding chemical and thermal resistance. Sturdy, strong-walled design. With
screw cap. Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Neck inner-Ø Cat. No.
ml mm mm mm

5 22 35 10 1305 05
10 26 50 12 1305 08
25 33 61 19 1305 20
50 43 76 25 1305 28
100 52 88 35 1305 38
150 60 90 35 1305 44
250 67 120 42 1305 48
500 80 150 52 1305 54
1000 100 185 57 1305 62
2000 120 240 60 1305 64

www.brand.de 301
 Bottles
General Laboratory

Wide-mouth bottles
PFA. High-quality bottles, specially designed for long-term storage of solvents and
standards (trace analysis). PFA screw cap with integrated seal lip and buttress thread.
Autoclavable, easy to clean, temperature resistant from -200 ºC to +260 ºC.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm

250 61 150 S 40 1287 48

500 76 179 S 40 1287 54
1000 96 217 S 40 1287 62
2000 130 245 S 40 1287 64

Thread Cat. No. Replacement screw cap

for wide-mouth PFA bottles
S 40 1292 62 PFA. Pack of 1.

Narrow-mouth bottles
PFA. High-quality bottles, specially designed for long-term storage of solvents
and standards (trace analysis). PFA screw cap with integrated seal lip and buttress
thread. Autoclavable, easy to clean, temperature resistant from -200 ºC to +260 ºC.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm

50 37 86 S 28 1289 28
100 45 120 S 28 1289 38
250 61 160 S 28 1289 48
500 76 190 S 28 1289 54
1000 96 240 S 28 1289 62

Thread Cat. No. Replacement screw cap for narrow-

mouth PFA bottles
S 28 1292 60 PFA. Pack of 1.

Narrow-mouth bottles
Technical quality PFA, ETFE screw caps. These bottles include components made of
reprocessed PFA material from our production process. Physical properties and chemical
resistance equivalent to highly-pure PFA.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm

50 37 90 GL 18 1304 80
100 45 114 GL 18 1304 82
250 61 157 GL 25 1304 84
500 76 189 GL 25 1304 86
1000 96 233 GL 32 1304 88

Thread Cat. No. Replacement screw caps for narrow-

mouth bottles, technical quality PFA
GL 18 1292 70 ETFE. Pack of 1.
GL 25 1292 72
GL 32 1292 74

302 info@brand.de
 Bottles

Wash bottles

General Laboratory
without venting valve
PE-LD, flexible. Wide-mouth. Capacity 250 ml and 500 ml. High-quality wash bottles
with integrated wash stream and sealing cone closure. Large opening for convenient
filling. Label with designation of contents and general safety statements in English
(with CAS numbers and NFPA codes) and German (with CAS numbers). Pack of 5.

With venting valve (metal ball)

for distilled water and organic solvents only; to avoid dripping caused by overpressure

without venting valve with venting valve

Name of solvent Color 250 ml 500 ml 250 ml 500 ml
stopper Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

Dist. water white 1440 78 1440 84 1440 18 1440 24

Acetone red 1440 79 1440 85 1440 19 1440 25
Methanol green 1440 80 1440 86 1440 20 1440 26
Isopropanol blue 1440 81 1440 87 1440 21 1440 27
Ethanol orange 1440 82 1440 88 1440 22 1440 28
- none - yellow 1440 83 1440 89 – –

Wash heads
Wash bottles Thread Pack Cat. No.
with interchangeable wash head of

PE-LD, flexible. Detachable threaded

GL 18 50 1292 20
wash head. Adjustable height delivery
GL 25 50 1292 22
tube.
Pack of 50 (1000 ml: Pack of 25). GL 28 25 1292 24

Capacity Ø Total height Thread Cat. No.

ml mm mm

100 45 196 GL 18 1441 38

250 59 240 GL 25 1441 48
500 75 279 GL 25 1441 54
1000 94 322 GL 28 1441 62

Narrow-mouth wash bottles

Technical quality PFA, ETFE screw caps, FEP wash elements. These bottles include com-
ponents made of reprocessed PFA material from our production process. The tip opening
can be enlarged by cutting. High temperature and chemical resistance.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Thread Cat. No.
ml mm mm

250 61 157 GL 25 1438 48

500 76 189 GL 25 1438 54
1000 96 233 GL 32 1438 62

Thread Cat. No. Replacement Wash Heads

ETFE. Pack of 1.
GL 25 - with FEP delivery tube 1292 73
GL 32 - with FEP delivery tube 1292 75

www.brand.de 303
 Bottles
General Laboratory

Dropping bottles with pipette

Soda-lime glass. The interchangeable ground joint stopper has an integrated dropping
pipette with rubber cap. Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Total height Description Cat. No.
ml mm mm

50 45 130 Clear glass 1246 33

100 55 150 Clear glass 1246 39

50 45 130 Amber glass 1245 29

100 55 150 Amber glass 1245 39

Rubber caps
Natural rubber (NR). Fitting all sizes.
Pack of 100.
Cat. No. 1247 00

Dropping bottles
PE-LD, flexible. Detachable threaded cap with dropper nozzle and attached spout cap.
Capacity Ø Total height Thread Pack Cat. No.
ml mm mm of

20 31 88 GL 14 100 1252 16
30 34 96 GL 14 100 1252 24
50 39 115 GL 18 100 1252 28
100 45 136 GL 18 50 1252 38
250 59 170 GL 25 50 1252 48
500 75 209 GL 25 50 1252 54
1000 94 240 GL 28 25 1252 62

Caps with dropper nozzle, PE-LD

Thread Pack Cat. No.
of

GL 14 100 1292 30
GL 18 50 1292 32
GL 25 50 1292 34
GL 28 25 1292 36

Dropping bottles
PTFE, flexible. Outstanding chemical resistance. Dropper nozzle with screw cap.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Cat. No.
ml mm mm

25 33 93 1253 16
50 43 100 1253 28

304 info@brand.de
 Containers

General Laboratory
Atomizers
PE-HD. By turning the nozzle, delivery
can be varied from a fine spray to a solid
stream. Pack of 5.
Capacity Cat. No.
ml

400 1441 80
850 1441 90

Aspirator bottles, with stopcock

PE-HD. With screw cap and plastic carrying handle. With PP stopcock, 3/4" connection.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Neck inner-Ø Cat. No.
l mm mm mm

5 165 335 45 1311 70

10 210 420 54 1311 74

Spare stopcock
Fits all sizes. With PP adapter and 2 FKM
seals. Pack of 1
Cat. No. 1311 00

Storage bottles
Narrow mouth
PE-HD. Narrow mouth. With screw cap and carrying handle.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Neck inner-Ø Cat. No.
l mm mm mm

5 165 335 45 1308 70

10 210 420 54 1308 74

www.brand.de 305
 Containers
General Laboratory

Storage bottles
Wide mouth
PE-HD. With screw cap and carrying handle. Pack of 1.
Capacity Ø Height Neck inner-Ø Cat. No.
l mm mm mm

5 165 320 85 1309 70

10 210 395 120 1309 74

Jerry cans
PE-HD. With screw cap and threaded pourer.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Length Width Height Cat. No.
l mm mm mm

5 260 130 260 1316 60

10 260 140 415 1316 62
20 330 165 470 1316 64

Buckets
PE-HD. With or without push-on lid. With
graduation and handle. Without spout.
Push-on lids for buckets PE-LD
Pack of 1.
(Please order push-on lid separately!) PE-LD. Pack of 1.
Capacity Height Cat. No. For bucket Cat. No.
l mm l

5 240 717 72 5 717 71

10 300 717 74 10 717 76

Buckets
PP. With spout, reinforced rim and handle.
Pack of 1.
Capacity Height Cat. No.
l mm

12 300 723 76
15 340 723 78

306 info@brand.de
 Containers

General Laboratory
Trays (photographic trays)
PP, white. Ribbed bottom improves stability, reinforced rim, slightly sloping walls.
Stackable. Pack of 1.
Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

225 180 45 1566 40

300 240 70 1566 42
370 310 75 1566 44
510 410 120 1566 46
625 530 140 1566 48
840 645 160 1566 50

Tidy tray
PVC. Designed for use as utility trays or drawer organizers. Ideal for storing magnetic
stirring bars, etc. Pack of 1.
Compartments Length Width Height Cat. No.
mm mm mm

5 402 302 60 7685 05

12 402 302 60 7685 10

Ice bucket
Durable, rigid polyurethane foam. For bench-top cold storage. Excellent insulating
properties. Sturdy, octagonal design for improved stability. Tapered side with molded
handles and flat lid for easy handling and storage. Suitable for chemical disinfection.
Operating temperature -196 °C to +95 °C. Pack of 1.
Capacity Length Width Height Cat. No.
l mm mm mm

4.5 330 280 180 1561 00

www.brand.de 307
 Pipette Rinsing Systems

Pipette rinsing systems

General Laboratory

Trouble-free and gentle cleaning of pipettes with repetitive siphon rinsing. Water supply
connection via hose nozzle, outer-Ø 12 mm. The complete cleaning system consists of a
rinsing apparatus, soaking jar and pipette basket. Please order each component separately.

Rinsing apparatus
PE-HD. Adjust the water flow to approx. 2 l/min. Pack of 1.
for pipette length Capacity inner-Ø Base Ø Height Cat. No.
mm l mm mm mm

460 13 150 315 740 291 20

600 17 150 315 1000 291 25

Soaking jars
PE-HD. Pack of 1.
for pipette length Capacity inner-Ø Base Ø Height Cat. No.
mm l mm mm mm

460 10 150 240 510 292 10

600 12.5 150 240 660 292 15

Pipette baskets
PE-HD. Pack of 1.
for pipette length Basket height incl. handle Base Ø Basket height Cat. No.
mm mm mm mm

360 495 145 280 290 05

460 645 145 280 290 10
600 870 145 280 290 15

Pipette jar
with lid
PP, lid PE-HD. The jar is suitable for dust-proof storage of pipettes up to 400 mm long.
Pack of 1.
Base Ø Height inner-Ø Cat. No.
mm mm mm

130 430 83 288 00

308 info@brand.de
 Draining Rack
Pipette Trays and Stand

General Laboratory
Draining rack
PS. Integrated wide draining trough. Pegs can be inserted as required. Peg holes are
closed at the back – preventing leakage toward the wall. Suitable for glass graduated
cylinders of up to 250 ml and beakers up to 1000 ml. Supplied complete with drain
tubing and accessories for wall mounting. Width 450 mm, height 630 mm, 72 pegs
(Ø 16 mm, length 120 mm). Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 951 05

Special pegs
for draining rack
PS. Special pegs for narrow-mouthed or small vessels, e.g., test tubes, small volumetric
flasks and graduated cylinders. Outer diameter 6 mm, length 120 mm. Pack of 11.
Cat. No. 951 11

Pipette stand
PP. Holds up to 94 pipettes of different
sizes. Rotary model, with additional rotary Pipette tray
tip rest to protect the pipette tips. Suitable
PVC. Practical tray for pipettes of any size.
for all graduated and one-mark pipettes.
Length 280 mm, width 220 mm, height
Slightly-curved stand base rim helps retain
29 mm. Pack of 1.
dripping liquids. Diameter 230 mm, height
450 mm. Pack of 1. Cat. No. 283 00

Pipette tray
PVC. Drawer organizer.
Four compartments for approx. 30 gradu-
ated pipettes (1 - 20 ml). Length 420 mm,
width 300 mm, height 30 mm.
Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 283 05

Pipette tray
PVC. Nine oblong dividers, open on one
side. For small-volume pipettes.
Length 355 mm, width 300 mm, height
45 mm. Pack of 1.
Cat. No. 309 00 Cat. No. 7685 15

www.brand.de 309
 Water Stills

Water Stills
General Laboratory

MonoDest 3000 E and 3000 N

■ Simple operation and easy to clean
(without dismantling the apparatus)
MonoDest 3000 E
■ Compact design
Ideal for applications requiring small
■ Stainless steel heaters quantities of pure water. Particularly high
■ Separate circuits for feed and cooling water quality level (conductivity 0.7 µS/
water cm) is obtained by the special design of the
condenser.
■ Low water consumption
Cat No. 562 20
■ Thermostatically controlled heating cut-
off switch provides a high level of safety
if the water supply is interrupted
MonoDest 3000 N

MonoDest: items supplied The low-cost alternative to the MonoDest

3000 E. Recommended for applications
Basic unit including power cable, PVC where conductivity of 1.5 µS/cm is
tubing (7 m, inner diameter 10 mm), sufficient.
pinchcock for sump drain; operating
Cat. No. 562 15
manual. Pack of 1.

Accessories and spare parts for MonoDest 3000 E and N. Pack of 1.

Description Cat. No.
MonoDest 3000 E
Glass part, Boro 3.3, for MonoDest 3000 N 563 30
Glass part, Boro 3.3, for MonoDest 3000 E 563 60
Base for MonoDest 3000 E and N 563 65

Technical data
MonoDest MonoDest
3000 E 3000 N

Power consumption W 3000 3000

Rated current A 14 14
Voltage V/Hz 220-240/50-60 220-240/50-60
Tap water connection:
Minimum pressure bar 2 2
Distillate output
with tap water l/h 4.2 4.2
with deionized water l/h 4.0 4.0
Conductivity of distillate
referenced to 25 °C µS/cm 0.7 1.5
Distillate temperature °C 96 96
Cooling water consumption
with tap water l/h 45 45
with deionized water l/h 55 55
Cooling water temperature:
Inlet °C 16 16
Outlet
with tap water °C 64 64
with deionized water °C 48 48
Heater Material Stainless steel Stainless steel
1.4529 1.4529
Glass parts Material Boro 3.3 Boro 3.3
Height mm 750 600
Space required
(without distillate bottle) mm 220 x 220 220 x 220
Weight kg 6 6
MonoDest 3000 N

310 info@brand.de
 Cleaning

Cleaning

General Laboratory
Manual Detergents for Cleaning and Disinfection

Gentle to materials Environmentally friendly

The special formulation of active ingredients All BRAND detergents and disinfecting
achieves optimum cleaning results even at detergents conform to current legisla-
low temperatures, brief soaking times and tion and regulations. They are free from
low alkalinity. Glass surfaces and gradua- formaldehyde, and contain biodegradable
tions will last longer. surfactants and other ingredients that are
not harmful to the environment. Phosphate
content is considerably reduced.

Safe on tests
User-friendly
Detergents and disinfecting detergents can
be removed without residue. Thus, even Our cleaners and disinfecting cleaners have
sensitive tests in hematology, serology, a very broad spectrum of activity. Therefore,
microbiology and enzymatic analytical only a small number of products are needed
chemistry are not affected. Simply observe for a great variety of procedures.
the recommended concentrations and rinse These cleaners and disinfecting cleaners do
thoroughly with water. not contain caustic alkali. This is why they
are particularly gentle to material, and are
fully effective even in hard water.

Cost efficient
Normally soiled instruments will become
clean when using the recommended con-
centration of detergent. For heavy soiling,
it is recommended to heat the solution with-
in the indicated limits. However, an exces-
sively high concentration will not increase
the cleaning performance. Please note the
technical information on page 342-343.

Abbreviations:
Association for Applied Hygene (VAH)
Robert Koch-Institute (RKI)
German Society for Hygene and Microbiology (DGHM)
German Veterinary Medical Society (DVG)

General cleaning basics can be found on page 342-343.

www.brand.de 311
 Detergents

Mucasol ®
General Laboratory

Universal detergent
Ingredients:
Liquid, alkaline high-performance concen- > 30% phosphates,
trate for immersion and ultrasonic baths. < 5% anionic surfactants, amphoteric
Universal cleaner for laboratory equipment surfactants, complexing agents, corrosion
and instruments made of glass, porcelain, inhibitors, auxiliary agents
plastic, rubber and metal. Concentration for use:
Items are cleaned in ~ 10 - 30 minutes, Ultrasonic bath:
without mechanical help. Mucasol® replaces 0.2 - 2% (1.4 - 14 ml/l)
chromosulfuric acid, is free from chlorine Immersion bath:
and caustic alkalis, is non-toxic, non- 0.7 - 3% (5 - 22 ml/l)
aggressive and biodegradable. Prolonged Chemical and physical specifications:
exposure of zinc and non-anodized Light green, clear liquid
aluminium surfaces should be avoided. Density: approx. 1.4 g/ml
pH value (0.7%): approx. 11.5
pH value (3%): approx. 11.7
Description Pack Cat. No.
of

2 liter bottle (2.8 kg) 6 440 03

5 liter can (7 kg) 1 440 05

EDISONITE ® CLASSIC
Universal detergent
Alkaline detergent. Powder compound for Ingredients:
immersion and ultrasonic bath. Ideal for re- > 30% phosphates,
moval of natural fats and oils, proteins and < 5% anionic surfactants, non-ionic surfac-
blood. Durable protection against corrosion tants, corrosion inhibitors, auxiliary agents
damage. Concentration for use:
0.5 - 1% (5 - 10 g/l)
Chemical and physical specifications:
Light green powder
Bulk density: approx. 850 kg/m3
pH value (0.5%): approx. 11.5
pH value (1%): approx. 11.5
Use on zinc and non-anodized aluminium is
restricted.
Description Pack Cat. No.
of

1 kg jar 6 443 01
5 kg bucket 1 442 05
EDISONITE ® SUPER
Universal detergent
Ingredients:
Neutral detergent. Powder compound for > 30% phosphates,
immersion and ultrasonic bath. Ideal for 5 - 15% anionic surfactants,
removal of natural fats and oils, proteins corrosion inhibitors, auxiliary agents
and blood. Concentration for use:
EDISONITE® SUPER is recommended for 0.5 - 1% (5 - 10 g/l)
optical glass, for plastics sensitive to Chemical and physical specifications:
alkalis and rubbers. Light green powder
Bulk density: approx. 800 kg/m3
pH value (0.5%ig): approx. 7.5
pH value (1%ig): approx. 7.5
Description Pack Cat. No.
of

1 kg jar 6 443 61
5 kg bucket 1 443 65

312 info@brand.de
 Detergents

Mucocit ® -T

General Laboratory
Instrument disinfecting detergent Microbiological efficiency/
concentration for use:
Particularly suited for sensitive instruments.
Disinfection of instruments: Bacteria (incl.
Free of phosphates, aldehydes, phe-
Tuberculosis and mycobacteria) and fungi
nols and chlorine derivates. Fresh scent.
with high organic burden according to
CE-marked according to MPG (German
DGHM/VAH directives:
Medical Products Law).
1% (10 ml/l)/1 hour
2% (20 ml/l)/30 minutes
Ingredients:
3% (30 ml/l)/15 minutes
100 g Mucocit®-T contain:
Limited virucidal efficacy* (incl. HIV, HBV,
3.9 g didecyldimethylammoniumchloride,
HCV) 1% (10 ml/l)/5 minutes * As recommended by the RKI,
4.5 g alkylpropylenediamino- Bundesgesundheitsblatt 01/2004
Inactivation of rotaviruses:
1,5-bisguanidiniumacetate,
2% (20 ml/l)/5 minutes
2 g bis(-aminopropyl)-laurylamine,
2.8 g laurylpropylenediamine, Description Pack Cat. No.
5 - 15% non-ionic surfactants, of
auxiliary agents
Chemical and physical specifications: 2 liter bottle 6 448 22
Clear, blue liquid, fresh smell 5 liter can 3 448 25
Density: approx. 1 g/ml
pH value (1%, 20 °C): approx. 10.5

Pursept ® -AF Microbiological efficiency/

concentration for use:
disinfection concentrate Surface disinfection: Bacteria and fungi with
high organic burden according to DGHM/
Surface disinfecting detergents VAH directives: 0.25% (2.5 ml/l)/4 hours
Cleaning and disinfection of floors, walls 0.5% (5 ml/l)/1 hour
and fittings in one operation. Appropriate 1% (10 ml/l)/30 minutes
for use in the foods sector. CE-marked 2% (20 ml/l)/15 minutes
according to MPG (German Medical Limited virucidal efficacy* (incl. HIV, HBV,
Products Law). HCV): 1% (10 ml/l)/15 minutes
Inactivation of rotaviruses:
Ingredients: 0.25% (2.5 ml/l)/2 minutes * As recommended by the RKI,
100 g Pursept®-AF contain: Bundesgesundheitsblatt 01/2004
Effectiveness against TbB:
12.5 g didecyl-dimethyl-ammoniumchloride, 2% (20 ml/l)/1 hour
1.5 g bis(aminopropyl)-laurylamine,
< 5% NTA, < 5% non-ionic surfactants, Description Pack Cat. No. ■ DGHM/VAH-tested
of
auxiliary agents, scents ■ RKI-compliant
Chemical and physical specifications: ■ Aerosol-free disinfectant wipes
2 liter bottle 6 448 50
Clear, green liquid, Density approx.: 1 g/ml
5 liter can 3 448 55 ■ Fresh scent
pH value (1%, 20 °C): approx. 10

www.brand.de 313
 Detergents

Pursept ® -A Xpress
General Laboratory

Fast acting ready-to-use Microbiological efficiency of the

undiluted working solution:
Surface disinfecting detergents Surface disinfection: Bacteria and fungi
Refillable pump-atomizer without propellant. with little organic burden with mechanics
acc. to DGHM/VAH directives: 15 seconds
Ingredients: Limited virucidal efficacy*
100 g Pursept®-A Xpress contain: (incl. HIV, HBV, HCV): 15 seconds
55 g ethanol, Effectiveness against TbB: 30 seconds
0.03 g n-alkyl-aminopropyl-glycine, * As recommended by the RKI, Bundesgesundheitsblatt
auxiliary agents 01/2004
■ Free of aldehydes Chemical and physical specifications:
Description Pack Cat. No.
■ Effective in only 15 seconds Clear, colorless liquid of
Density: approx. 0.9 g/ml
■ DGHM/VAH tested and RKI-
pH value: approx. 7.5
compliant, with aerosol-free 1 liter bottle 10** 448 30
application (disinfectant wipes) 5 liter can 3 448 35
■ Fresh scent Atomizer head 1 448 32
** 10 bottles + 1 atomizer head

Pursept ® -A Xpress disinfection tissues

Surface disinfecting detergents
Simply wipe the surfaces with the tissue Microbiological efficiency of the
and leave to soak. undiluted working solution:
Surface disinfection: Bacteria and fungi
Ingredients: with little organic burden with mechanics
1 Pursept®-A Xpress tissue contains acc. to DGHM/VAH: 15 seconds
approx.: 1027 mg ethanol, Limited virucidal efficacy*
0.56 mg n-alkyl-aminopropyl-glycine, (incl. HIV, HBV, HCV): 15 seconds
auxiliary agents Effectiveness against TbB: 30 seconds
Chemical and physical specifications: * As recommended by the RKI, Bundesgesundheitsblatt
■ Free of aldehydes Active solution (Pursept®-A Xpress): 01/2004

■ Effective in only 15 seconds Clear, colorless liquid, fresh smell Description Pack Cat. No.
■ DGHM/VAH-tested and Density: approx. 0.9 g/ml of
RKI-compliant pH value: approx. 7.5
Tissues: FCC-bleached (oxidation bleach), Dispenser box (150 tissues*) 6 448 40
■ Fresh scent
bio-degradable Refill unit (150 tissues*) 6 448 45
* 135 x 222 mm

Pursept® Wipes XL and Pursept®-A Xpress, to disinfect the workplace, lab table or clean
bench quickly and reliably. Wipes can be stored in the refillable dispenser box.

Pursept ® Wipes XL Description Pack Cat. No.

of
Wipes are made of 100% polyester, spe-
cially designed to be tear-proof and lint-
70 wipes (230 x 280 mm)
free. They offer optimal disinfectant delivery per roll
6 448 70
together with excellent contaminant uptake.

Dispenser Box for

Pursept ® Wipes XL, empty Description Pack Cat. No.
of
Refillable dispenser box for practical and
space-saving storage of Pursept® Wipes
XL, a perfect way to keep pre-soaked Dispenser box for 70 wipes
3 448 75
(230 x 280 mm)
wipes from drying out.

314 info@brand.de
 General Laboratory
BRAND online

General Laboratory
Notes:

www.brand.de 315
© Robert Deutschmann/The Image Bank/Getty Images
Technical
Information
Quality Management..................................... p. 318

Certificates................................................. p. 320

Monitoring of Measuring Instruments.............. p. 321

Easy Calibration Technique............................ p. 324

Calibration Service....................................... p. 326

DAkkS Calibration Laboratory........................ p. 328

IVD Directive............................................... p. 330

Laboratory Glass/Plastics............................. p. 331

Chemical Resistance.................................... p. 338

Cleaning..................................................... p. 342

Safety Instructions....................................... p. 344

 Quality Management

Quality Management
Technical Information

Quality management is briefly described for liquid handling

instruments and BLAUBRAND® volumetric instruments

Quality management at BRAND All measuring instruments used

begins at product conception in quality control are regularly
and continues through the de- checked and are referenced to
sign process and production. the national standards of PTB
Routine checks throughout the (The German Federal Insti-
entire manufacturing process tute of Physics and Metrology).
result in volumetric instruments Quality management according
with the smallest possible de- to DIN EN ISO 9001 is the
viation from the true volume basis for issuing of calibration
(accuracy) and narrow scatter certificates (e.g., our certifi-
of individual values (coefficient cates of performance).
of variation). The final step of
this Statistical Process Con- All test results are document-
trol is random finished prod- ed and filed for 7 years. If
uct sampling according to DIN the batch or serial number is
ISO 3951. known, each specific test result
on the date of production can
The quality management sys- be traced.
tem applied at BRAND and
certified to DIN EN ISO 9001 is
a combination of process moni-
toring and random checks. The
accepted quality level (AQL) is
less than or equal to 0.4., i.e.,
the limiting values are met with
a statistical certainty of at least
99.6 %.

Declaration of conformity
For volumetric instruments to be ready for use in legally regulated
areas such as the medical and pharmaceutical fields (manufacture
and testing of medicinal products), the German Measurement and
Calibration Regulation requires a Declaration of Compliance from
the manufacturer. This is met with the mark "DE-M"*.
With the DE-M marking, the manufacturer declares that the
instrument in question meets the requirements of the German
Measurement and Calibration Regulation and applicable standards.
In general the product itself carries the DE-M marking or, with
disposables, the packaging.

* as of January 1, 2015
BRAND will change the mark on volumetric instruments to "DE-M" starting
January 1, 2015.

318 info@brand.de
 Precision

What do "Error Limit, Accuracy, Coefficient of Variation

Technical Information
Precision and Precision" mean in volumetric measuring?

An illustration of Precision and Accuracy

The dart board simulates the volume range around the centered specified value, the black dots
simulate the different measured values of a specified volume.

Poor accuracy: Good accuracy: Poor accuracy: Good accuracy:

Hits far off center. On average, hits are evenly Although all hits are close All hits are near the center,
distributed around center. together, the center (true i.e., the specified value.
volume) is still missed.
Poor reproducibility: Poor reproducibility: Good reproducibility: Good reproducibility:
Hits widely scattered. No gross errors, but hits All hits are close together All hits are close together.
widely scattered.
Result: Result: Result: Result:
These volumetric instruments All deviations are "equally Improperly controlled produc- The volumetric instruments
are of inferior quality. probable". tion, with systematic variation. have minute systematic errors,
Instruments exceeding the Instruments exceeding the narrow scatter; the permissible
permissible limit should be permissible limit should be limit is not exhausted. These
removed from service. removed from service. instruments should remain in
service.

To describe accuracy, the term "Error limit" is used for glass

volumetric devices, while for liquid handling devices the statisti-
cal terms "Accuracy [%]" and "Coefficient of Variation [%]" have
become established.

➊ Error limit
The term "Error limit" (EL) in the corresponding standards
defines the maximum permissible deviation from the specified ➍ Partial volumes
value. Generally A and CV are related to the nominal volume (Vnominal ).
These values are in % and have to be converted for partial
➋ Accuracy (A) volumes (Vpart. ). In contrast, there is no conversion for partial
Accuracy (A) indicates the closeness of measured mean volume volumes, if A and CV are stated in volume units (e.g., ml).
to the specified value, i.e., systematic measurement variation.
Accuracy is defined
_ as the difference between the measured
mean volume ( V ) and the specified value (Vspec. ), related to the
➎ Error limit of A and CV
A good estimate for the error limit (EL) of the instrument, e.g.,
specified value in percent.
for the nominal volume ( Vnominal ), can be calculated using the
values for accuracy and coefficient of variation.
➌ Coefficient of Variation (CV)
Coefficient of variation (CV) indicates the closeness of values of
repeated measurements, i.e., random measurement variation. ➏ Precision (reproducilibity)
Coefficient of variation is defined as standard deviation in per- It describes the closeness in volume units between the different
cent, related to the mean volume. values in a set of measurements.

1 2 3 4 5
V - Vspec. s · 100 Vnominal A% + 2CV%
EL ≥ Vmeasured - Vspec. A [%] = · 100 CV [%] = A part. [%] = · A nominal% EL ≥ · Vnominal
Vspec. V Vpart. 100%
(analog CVpart. [%] )

www.brand.de 319
 Certificates

Certificates
Technical Information

BLAUBRAND ® Volumetric Instruments

One batch certificate per packing unit!

All reusable BLAUBRAND® volumetric All BLAUBRAND® volumetric instruments
instruments are individually calibrated and kept and used for measurements in legally
are supplied with one batch certificate regulated applications are marked DE-M.
per packing unit. This facilitates the initial The manufacturer BRAND uses this mark to
performance verification – also with the certify the conformity of the instruments with
monitoring of measuring equipment – as the the German Measurement and Calibration
data can directly be transferred from the Regulation (replaces the previous Calibration
certificate. Batch and individual certificates Regulation)*.
can also be downloaded at www.brand.de
* as of January 1, 2015
BRAND will change the mark on volumetric instruments
to "DE-M" starting January 1, 2015.

Certificate of performance (Works certificate)

Batch and individual certificates are works certificates. Both are based on the regula-
tions for test and calibration procedures of laboratory instruments according to DIN EN
ISO 9001, DIN EN ISO 10 012-1 and DIN EN ISO 4787. All certificates document the
traceability of measuring results to national standards (PTB) which recognize the SI units
(International System of Units).

Batch certificate Individual certificate

All reusable BLAUBRAND® volumetric Both the instrument and the certificate
instruments have an easy-to-read digital show an individual serial number in addition
batch number. The works certificate records to the batch number. The works certificate
the batch number, the mean value, the records the measured volume, the uncer-
standard deviation of the batch and date of tainty of measurement and the date of
issue. issue.

15.02 15.02 0756

(Batch number: year of manufacture/batch) (Individual serial number: year of manufac-
ture/batch/consecutive instrument number)

USP certificate DAkkS calibration certificate

Selected BLAUBRAND® volumetric instru- This certificate is issued by the DAkkS
ments can be delivered with volume error calibration laboratory at BRAND. Due to the
limits in compliance with United States extensive international cooperation of the
Pharmacopeia (USP) with batch certificate DAkkS (formerly DKD) German accredita-
and on request, with individual certificate. tion body (EA Agreement, ILAC-MRA) the
The instrument shows the requested error DAkkS calibration certificate is internation-
Ordering information for limit and the USP sign. ally recognized. Both the instrument and the
BLAUBRAND® volumetric instru- certificate show an individual serial number
ments can be found on page 173. and the laboratory's registration number as
well as the year and month of issue. More
information can be found on page 328.

320 info@brand.de
 Monitoring of
Measuring Instruments

Monitoring of Measuring Instruments

Technical Information
GLP, ISO/IEC 17 025, ISO 9001 Testing
Analytical laboratories have to verify and The monitoring of measuring instruments The gravimetric test for liquid
document the accuracy of all measuring requires that the instrument's performance handling instruments is performed
instruments used in order to achieve reliable data be known and documented before according to DIN EN ISO 8655; for
analysis. This especially applies to laborato- being admitted to use and confirmed at ap- glass volumetric instruments, DIN
ries operating according to GLP guidelines, propriate intervals. The frequency of checks EN ISO 4787 is applied. Traceability
DIN EN ISO/IEC 17 025, or certified to depends on the results of previous calibra- of measuring devices to national
DIN EN ISO 9001. tions. standards needs to be ensured. For
These tests are necessary to ensure con- instruments calibrated to contain
tinued accuracy of instruments which may (TC, In) the mass of water con-
have changed due to aggressive chemicals, tained, and for instruments calibrat-
or method and frequency of cleaning. The ed to deliver (TD, Ex), the mass of
test cycle must be specified by the user. water delivered, will be weighed on a
Typical monitoring intervals for liquid hand- balance. The mass of water mea-
ling instruments are every 3-12 months; sured has to be adjusted to account
for glass volumetric instruments, every for parameters like water density
1-3 years. Performance certificates issued and air buoyancy on the balance.
Information for BRAND
by BRAND show all instrument data re- The thermal coefficient of expansion
Calibration Service on
quired for monitoring so initial inspection of glass volumetric instruments has
page 326.
may be eliminated. Also before disposing a to be taken into account.
measuring instrument, a final test is
neccessary (see DIN 32 937).
Testing scope
Performance certificates are supplied as
standard for liquid handling instruments While liquid handling instruments are
and for reusable BLAUBRAND® volumetric tested individually, the use of statis-
instruments (see pages 173, 320). tical methods to monitor glass volu-
metric instruments is recommended.
The following equation to determine
the minimum random quantity (a) out
of the total quantity (n) has proven
effective in actual use:
a = n

Note! Random samples have to

be taken from each pro-
duction batch in use.

Testing instructions (SOPs)

To simplify the monitoring of measuring
instruments BRAND offers Standard Op-
erating Procedures (SOPs) for the specific
testing of every volumetric instrument at
www.brand.de. The testing procedures are
EASYCAL™ Software
outlined step-by-step. At the end of each
SOP there is a report to be used for docu- BRAND has developed the EASYCAL™
mentation. software that operates under WINDOWS®,
to further simplify the monitoring of measur-
ing instruments.
Testing Instructions (SOPs), Information Upon entry of instrument data and weighing
Information on volumetric
on Volumetric Measurement, and a values, the software performs all calcula-
measurement
demoversion of EASYCAL™ software tions automatically. In addition, EASYCAL™
can be requested directly from BRAND generates electronic and printed test records BRAND provides a booklet on
and are also available at www.brand.de. which can be saved for subsequent use. working with volumetric instruments
(For more information on EASYCAL™ soft- outlining proper use and possible
ware, see page 109-112.) operating errors.

www.brand.de 321
 Monitoring of
Measuring Instruments

Calculations
Technical Information

Monitoring of measuring instruments

Measuring values obtained in the course of a moni-
toring procedure are to be evaluated as follows:

Example: Transferpette® adjustable volume, 20-200 µl

Gravimetric testing values at
21.5 °C (Z = 1.0032)
1. Calculation of the mean volume
Tested volume (µl): 200.0000
The weighing parameters obtained using the gravimetric Specified value (mg): 199.3620
test are simply the mass values corresponding to the x1 200.2000
pipetted volume. In order to obtain the actual volume, x2 199.6000
a correction must_be calculated. x3 199.4900
A mean volume ( x ) of the weighing values is then calcu- x4 199.7000
lated by dividing the sum of the weighings by the number
x5 199.7000
of weighings made. This mean mass is then multiplied by
x6 199.2900
_ factor (Z, units of µl/mg) to give the mean
a correction
x7 199.3500
volume ( V ) delivered. The factor Z combines density of
x8 199.4100
water, testing temperature and atmospheric pressure.
x9 199.2000
For a typical temperature of 21.5 °C and air pressure
of 1013 mbar (hPa), Z=1.0032 µl/mg. x10 199.1900

– – 200.2 +199.6 +199.49 + ... + 199.19

V = x– · Z V=
· 1.0032
10
–
V = 199.513 · 1.0032
– x1 + x2 + x3 +... + xn
V= ·Z
n –
V = 200.1514

2. Calculation of accuracy

–
V - Vspec. 200.1514 - 200
A [%] = · 100 A [%] = · 100
Vspec. 200

A [%] = 0.076

Extract from the table "Factor Z for Liquid Handling Instruments"

Temperature Factor Z Temperature Factor Z

°C ml/g °C ml/g

18 1.00245 22.5 1.00338

18.5 1.00255 23 1.00350
19 1.00264 23.5 1.00362
19.5 1.00274 24 1.00374
20 1.00284 24.5 1.00386
20.5 1.00294 25 1.00399
21 1.00305 25.5 1.00412
21.5 1.00316 26 1.00425
22 1.00327

322 info@brand.de
 Calculations

Technical Information
3. Calculation of the standard deviation, necessary for the determination of coefficient of variation

(x1 - x– )2 + (x2 - x– )2 + (x3 - x– )2 + ... + (xn - x– )2

s
=Z·
n-1

(200.2 - 199.51)2 + (199.6 - 199.51)2 + (199.49 - 199.51)2 + ... + (199.19 - 199.51)2

s
= 1.0032 ·
9

0.8393
s = 1.0032 ·

9

s = 0.306

4. Calculation of the coefficient of variation

s · 100 0.306 · 100

CV [%] = – CV [%] =
V 200.1514

CV [%] = 0.153

The result for the calculated example is: What to do if the instrument is
Note:
not within the factory-specified
Results of the gravimetric testing: If there are no specifications for partial error limits?
volumes, the values A nominal [%] and
Tested volume (µl): 200.0000 1. Check whether all sections of the
CVnominal [%] which are related to the
Mean volume (µl): 200.1514 SOP are taken into account.
nominal volume Vnominal must be con-
A [%] 0.076
verted. 2. Follow the troubleshooting
CV [%] 0.153
guide in the operating manual for
A [%] specified* 0.600
For a partial volume of 20 µl this means: assistance.
CV [%] specified* 0.200
* Error limits specified by the manufacturer of instru-
Vnominal 3. Adjust the calibration of the
A 20 µl [%] = · A nominal [%]
ment. See your operating manual for specifications. V20 µl instrument in accordance with
the operating manual.
⇒ This pipette meets specifications. 200 µl
A 20 µl [%] = · 0.5% If despite these steps the instrument
20 µl still does not meet the specifications,
If the calculated values for Accuracy (A [%])
and Coefficient of Variation (CV [%]) are remove from service and contact
less than or equal to the factory published A 20 µl [%] = 5% BRAND for support.
specifications, the instrument is calibrated
to operate within specifications. The calculation of CV20 µl is analog.

www.brand.de 323
 Easy Calibration Technique

Easy Calibration Technique

Technical Information

ISO 9001 and GLP guidelines require routine calibration (approx. ■ No need to send the instruments out
every 3-12 months) and readjustment of measuring instruments for calibration and adjustment.
if necessary. Typically time-consuming readjustment can be
■ Accuracy can be adjusted to meet the
finished in seconds with BRAND Liquid Handling instruments.
needs of your special applications.
■ No tools necessary for adjustment.
The following BRAND Liquid Handling instruments are equipped Adjustments can be performed in
with this time-saving adjustment technology: seconds.
Dispensette® Easy Calibration

Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic
-8/-12

Transferpette® electronic
Transferpette®-8/12
Transferpette®

Transferpette®

Transferpette®
Titrette®

Easy Calibration of
mechanical instruments
(e.g., bottle-top dispenser Dispensette®)

Example:
Gravimetric testing yields a delivered volume of 9.90 ml with
a set volume of 10 ml (e.g., after a longer period of usage
or for specific applications). Adjustment is quick and easy in
five steps:
1. Open housing by sliding the 2. Lift gear lock lever to
latch and removing the front. release.

3. Pull the red knob and 4. Reposition red knob and 5. Replace housing – done!
set the display to actual gear lock lever to the Alteration of factory setting
delivered volume (e.g., original position. is indicated by a red re-
9.90 ml). calibration flag.

324 info@brand.de
 Easy Calibration Technique

Technical Information
Easy Calibration of 1. Initial display

electronic instruments
(e.g., Transferpette® electronic
microliter pipette)

Example: 2. Activate calibration mode by

Gravimetric testing yields a delivered pressing the MENU key for
volume of 201.3 µl with a set volume 3 seconds, and using the arrow
of 200 µl. Adjustment in just a few keys to switch calibration mode
steps: to "on".

3. When the CAL display is flashing,

calibration mode shows the initial
volume.

4. Use the arrow keys on the

Transferpette® electronic microli-
ter pipette to set the determined
volume.

5. After confirming the volume, the

values for the tested and correct-
ed volume in the display change.
The CAL symbol remains on to
confirm that the adjustment was
performed. The factory setting
can be restored at any time.

EASYCAL ™ 4.0
To further facilitate calibration, BRAND has developed EASYCAL™
calibration software. Instrument specific Standard Operating Proce-
dures (SOPs) describe step-by-step testing procedures. All neces- BRAND also offers a factory cali-
sary calculations are carried out automatically by the user-friendly bration service. Please see page
software (please see page 109 for more information). A free demo 326 for more information.
version of EASYCAL™ and SOPs are available for download from
www.brand.de.

www.brand.de 325
 Calibration Service

Calibration Service from BRAND

Technical Information

for Liquid Handling instruments

Instruments used for control, inspec- BRAND offers full calibration service includ-
tion, measuring and testing require ing instrument adjustment and repair. This
written protocols for routine testing reduces service downtime, saves money
and calibration. A testing schedule and provides an independent review organi-
and inspection and testing proce- zation for the calibration of the instruments.
dure must be defined. Documenta-
tion is required of the Accuracy and BRAND calibration service is available for:
Coefficient of Variation testing that
■ Piston-operated pipettes
is performed.
(single and multichannel)
Frequent confirmation can become
time consuming and expensive. ■ Bottle-top dispensers
Measuring instruments must be ■ Digital bottle-top burettes
taken out of service and may have ■ Repetitive pipettes (stepper)
to be adjusted or repaired. Maintain-
ing an in-house calibration lab with
specially trained personnel can be
very costly.

Testing according to DIN EN ISO 8655 BRAND Calibration Service

At BRAND, a team of qualified person- ■ Calibration and adjustment of liquid
nel working in temperature and humidity handling instruments regardless of their
controlled rooms, using the most modern make (BRAND instruments can be main-
balances and calibration software, calibrate tained and repaired if necessary).
liquid handling instruments, regardless of
■ Detailed calibration certificate:
their make, according to DIN EN ISO 8655.
works calibration certificate or
Instruments with adjustable volumes such DAkkS calibration certificate
as Transferpette® microliter pipette or the
Dispensette® bottle-top dispenser are tested ■ Upon request, we will issue an additional
at nominal volume, 50 % and 10 % or 20 % certificate that documents the metrologi-
of the nominal volume. cal status of the instruments you send in
for adjustment/maintenance/repair.
Results of the calibration are documented
with a detailed calibration certificate, which ■ Cost-efficient handling
meets the requirements of many different
testing procedures.

326 info@brand.de
 Calibration Certificates

Detailed Calibration Certificates

Technical Information
Works calibration certificate DAkkS calibration certificate
Issued by BRAND works calibration service. Issued by the DAkkS calibration laboratory at BRAND
(also available for volumetric instruments of glass and pla-
stics). You will find more information on the following pages.

Calibration order forms and

declarations on the absence of
health hazards are available for
download from the Internet at
www.brand.de.

www.brand.de 327
 Monitoring of
Measuring Instruments

DAkkS Calibration Laboratory at BRAND

Technical Information

Accredited by the DAkkS as calibration laboratory in the German calibration service

ͲK-18572-01-00

Since the beginning of 2010, DAkkS (Deutsche Akkreditierungsstelle GmbH) has been the
sole provider of accreditation services for regulatory matters in Germany. The legal founda-
tions for DAkkS are Regulation (EC) No. 765/2008 and the German Federal Accreditation
Law (AkkStelleG).

DAkkS is the successor to DKD (Deutscher Kalibrierdienst) for calibration laboratories.

As a joint governmental-industrial body, DKD – well-known name, completely

DAkkS represents a link between the na- new function
tional standards established by Germany's
Following the establishment of DAkkS,
PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesan-
DKD is no longer active in accreditation
stalt) and the measuring instruments used
matters, and it was reconstituted in 2011
in industrial and research laboratories, and
with a new mission under guidance from
by testing institutions and authorities.
the PTB. Since that time, DKD has been
It thus effectively complements the exist- responsible for further developing the
ing verification system, the primary focus of fundamentals of metrological calibration,
which is consumer protection. expanding technical support, and promoting
standardization in metrology.

DAkkS calibration laboratory

The former DKD calibration laboratory at BRAND for volumetric instruments was changed
into an accredited calibration laboratory by the DAkkS according to DIN EN ISO/IEC
17 025. The calibration laboratory at BRAND is therefore authorized to issue DAkkS cali-
bration certificates for the following volumetric instruments. They are available in several
languages.

BRAND calibrates the following volumetric instruments, no matter if they are new or already
in use:

For ordering volumetric instru- ■ Piston-operated pipettes, ■ Glass volumetric instruments,

ments with DAkkS calibration from 0.1 µl to 10 ml adjusted to deliver (TD, Ex)
certificate, add "DAkkS" as a ■ Multichannel piston-operated from 100 µl to 100 ml
prefix to the catalog number. pipettes, from 0.1 µl to 300 µl ■ Plastic volumetric instruments,
To obtain a DAkkS calibration adjusted to contain (TC, In)
■ Piston-operated burettes,
certificate for volumetric instru- from 1 ml to 2000 ml
from 5 µl to 200 ml
ments already in use (regardless
■ Dispensers, dilutors, ■ Plastic volumetric instruments,
of their make), send the instru-
from 5 µl to 200 ml adjusted to deliver (TD, Ex)
ments to BRAND marked with
from 1 ml to 100 ml
the note "DAkkS calibration". ■ Glass volumetric instruments,
adjusted to contain (TC, In) ■ Glass density bottles,
from 1 µl to 10 l from 1 cm3 to 100 cm3

A major difference between works calibration services and DAkkS laboratories is the accu-
rate determination of the respective uncertainty of measurement guaranteed by the accred-
ited laboratory and supervised by the DAkkS.

DAkkS calibration certificate

The DAkkS calibration certificate documents officially the traceability of measuring results
to national and international standards as required by the standards DIN EN ISO 9001 and
DIN EN ISO/IEC 17 025 for the monitoring of measuring instruments.

When is a DAkkS calibration certificate necessary?

DAkkS calibration certificates are appropriate in uses in which calibrations of an accredited
laboratory are requested, where high level calibrations are demanded and for calibration of
reference standards and instruments for comparative measurements.

328 info@brand.de
 Monitoring of
Measuring Instruments

Technical Information
DAkkS – A member in the International Accreditation Network
DAkkS is a member of the International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC),
the highest level international institution for laboratory calibration, and is a signatory to the
MRA – Mutual Recognition Agreements.

The main objective of this international

accreditation network is the mutual recogni-
ILAC
worldwide
tion of the professional services and results
offered by accredited bodies, and to avoid
technical barriers to trade and multiple ac-
creditation.
The accreditation bodies that are signatories
to the ILAC mutual recognition agreements EA
(MRAs) recognize their mutual equivalence,
IAAC Europe
APLAC
America with DAkkS Asia
and the equivalence of the calibration cer-
tificates issued by those same signatories.
Likewise, signatories are obliged generally
to promote and recommend recognition of
the calibration certificates of other signa-
tories (excluding factory calibration certifi-
cates).
The complete information regarding the
ILAC convention, as well as the list of all
signatories can be read at www.ilac.org.

Signatory countries of the Mutual Recognition Agreement (MRA)

The DAkkS is a member of the EA (European Co-operation for Accreditation), which again is a member of
the ILAC (International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation). A multilateral agreement assures obligatory
recognition of the DAkkS calibration certificate in a variety of countries.

Measurement traceability to international and national standard

BIPM
International Bureau of Weights and Measures
PTB
National metrology institute National Calibration laboratory
(e.g. PTB in Germany) Standard for volumetric instruments,
accredited to DIN EN
ISO/IEC 17 025
BRAND calibration service DAkkS DAkkS calibration
Calibration Service Eichamt* for volumetric instruments, certificate
(e.g. DakkS at BRAND) certified according to
DIN EN ISO 9001
BRAND
Works certificate:
User individual or
batch certificate,
USP certificate
Measuring Instruments

Products
Traceability to international standard
The BIPM (Bureau international des poids et measures) ensures the world-
wide uniformity of measurements and weights.
Depending on the legal framework, there are two pathways to trace- Traceability to national standard
ability, which both lead to the BIPM (International Bureau of Weights and
Measures): Calibration, or – for all measuring instruments that fall under the
In Germany, the PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt) is the national
Verification Act – verification.
metrology institute. It observes the traceability to national standard.
* German State Office of Weights and Measures

www.brand.de 329
 CE Marking
Technical Information

IVD Directive

IVD Directive of EU How to define In-Vitro-Diagnostic CE Marking

Medical Devices (IVD)?
On December 7th, 1998, the EU The CE mark is the official marking required
directive for "In-vitro-Diagnostic An "In-Vitro-Diagnostic Medical Device" by the European Community. It shows the
Medical Devices" (IVD Directive) is any medical device used in-vitro for the user, that this product fulfills all essential
was published in the Official Journal examination of specimens, including blood- safety and environmental requirements as
of the European Communities and and tissue donations, derived from the defined in the so-called European Direc-
became effective since June 7th, human body. tives. The manufacturer marks the instru-
2000. IVD can be a reagent, calibrator, con- ment and produces a declaration of confor-
trol material, kit, instrument, apparatus, mity describing the instruments' fulfillment
equipment, system, or specimen recep- with the guidelines and technical require-
tacles, intended by the manufacturer to ments.
be specifically used for in-vitro diagnostic
examination. IVD are mainly used to provide BRAND medical products are all included
information in the class of in-vitro diagnostic (IVD)
devices. This includes, for example:
■ concerning a physiological or
pathological state – blood counting chambers
■ concerning a congenital abnormality – haemacytometer cover glasses
■ to monitor therapeutic measures. – disposable capillary pipettes
– micro haematocrit capillaries
– haematocrit sealing compound
– sample cups for analyzers
What is a Medical Device?
– urine beaker
The definition of a "Medical Device" in- – feces container
cludes any instrument, apparatus, appli-
ance, material or other article, including – cryogenic tubes
the software necessary for its proper appli- – pipette tips
cation, intended by the manufacturer to be – PD-Tips
used for human beings for the purpose of:
– Transferpette® microliter pipettes
■ diagnosis, prevention, monitoring, treat- – HandyStep® repetitive pipettes
ment or alleviation of disease, injury or
handicap
■ investigation, replacement or modifica-
tion of the anatomy or of a physiological
process
■ control of conception.
Excluded are pharmacological or immu-
nological means, which are regulated by
appropriate drug laws.

330 info@brand.de
 Materials: Glass

Laboratory Glass

Technical Information
General Properties
Glass has very good chemical resistance against water, saline solutions, acids, alkalis and
organic solvents and in this respect surpasses the majority of plastics. It is only attacked
by hydrofluoric acid, and – at elevated temperatures – by strong alkalis and concentrated
phosphoric acid. Further advantages of glass are its dimensional stability, even at elevated
temperatures, and its high transparency.

Specific properties of individual glasses

For the laboratory, various glasses with different technical properties are available.

Soda-lime glass Borosilicate glass

(Boro 3.3, Boro 5.4)
Soda-lime glass (e.g., AR-GLAS®) has
good chemical and physical properties. It Borosilicate glass has very good chemical
is suitable for products which are usually and physical properties. The abbreviation
subjected to short-term chemical exposure, Boro 3.3 stands for a borosilicate glass type
and to limited thermal stress (e.g., pipettes, 3.3 as specified in international standard
culture tubes). DIN ISO 3585, for applications requiring
very good chemical and thermal resistance
(including resistance to thermal shock), and
high mechanical stability. Typical applica-
tions are components for chemical appara-
tus, round-bottom flasks, and beakers.

Working with glass

When working with glass, it is essential to consider its limitations regarding resistance to
thermal shock and to mechanical stress. Strict safety measures must be observed:

■ Do not heat volumetric instruments, ■ Glass instruments must never be ex-

measuring cylinders and flasks on hot posed to sudden temperature changes.
plates. When taking them out of a drying cabinet
while hot, never place on a cold or wet
■ Exothermic reactions such as diluting
lab bench.
sulfuric acid or dissolving solid alkaline
hydroxides must always be carried out ■ For compressive loads, only glass instru-
while stirring and cooling the reagents, ments intended for this purpose may be
and in suitable vessels such as Er- used. For example, filtering flasks and
lenmeyer flasks – never in graduated desiccators may be evacuated only after
cylinders or volumetric flasks! confirming that they are in perfect condi-
tion. BRAND does not offer instruments
for pressure applications.

www.brand.de 331
 Materials: Glass

Chemical Resistance
Technical Information

Chemical interaction of glass with water and acids Chemical interaction of glass with alkalis
The chemical interaction of water and acids with glass surfaces Alkalis attack glass surfaces as concentration and tempera-
is negligibly small; only very small amounts, primarily monovalent tures increase. Borosilicate glass 3.3 (Boro 3.3) limits surface
ions, are dissolved from the glass. This forms a very thin, almost erosion to the µm range; however, after prolonged exposure,
non-porous layer of silica gel on the glass surface, inhibiting fur- volume changes and/or graduation destruction may occur.
ther attack. Exceptions are hydrofluoric acid and hot phosphoric
acid which prevent the formation of the inert layer.

0.03 8

c(NaOH) = 1 mol/l
HCl time: 1 Std.
temperature: 100°C

0.02
Temperature:
100 °C
layer attack (µm)

layer attack (µm)

Time: 16 h
0.03 4
mg Na2O/g glass grain

0.02 0.01

0.01

0 3 6 0 4 8 12 0 3 6
time (h) normality of the acids time (h)

Hydrolytic attack on Boro 3.3 Acid attack on Boro 3.3 Alkali attack on Boro 3.3
as a function of time as a function of acid concentration as a function of time

Hydrolytic resistance of
glass grains Acid resistance Alkali resistance
Borosilicate glass 3.3 meets hydro- Borosilicate glass 3.3 meets class Borosilicate glass 3.3 meets class
lytic resistance class 1 of DIN ISO 1 of DIN 12 116, which is divided 2 of DIN ISO 695, which is di-
719 (98 °C), which is divided into 5 into 4 acid resistance classes. vided in 3 alkali resistance classes.
hydrolytical resistance classes. This Borosilicate glass is also called Surface erosion after 3 hours of
means that when glass grain with acid-resistant borosilicate glass, as boiling in a mixture with equal vol-
a granulation rate of 300-500 µm the surface erosion after 6 hours umes of sodium hydroxide solution
is exposed to water at 98 °C for of boiling in 6 N HCl is less than (1 mol/l) and sodium carbonate
1 hour, less than 31 µg Na2O per 0.7 mg/100 cm2. Removal of alkali solution (0.5 mol/l) is approximately
gram of glass grain will be removed. oxide according to DIN ISO 1776 is 134 mg/100 cm2.
less than 100 µg Na2O/100 cm2.
In addition, Borosilicate glass 3.3
also meets class 1 of DIN ISO 720
(121 °C), which is divided into 3
hydrolytical resistance classes. This
means that when glass grain is ex-
posed to water at 121 °C for 1 hour,
less than 62 µg Na2O per gram of
glass grain will be removed.

Chemical resistance to Water DIN ISO 719 Acids DIN 12 116 Alkalis DIN ISO 695
(HGB Class 1-5) (Class 1-4) (Class 1-3)

Soda-lime glass (AR-GLAS®) 3 1 2

Borosilicate glass 3.3 (Boro 3.3) 1 1 2

332 info@brand.de
 Materials: Glass

Mechanical Resistance

Technical Information
Thermal stresses Resistance to temperature changes Mechanical stresses
During the production and processing of When glass is heated to a temperature From a technical viewpoint, glasses
glass, hazardous thermal stresses may be below the lower annealing point, thermal behave in an ideally elastic way.
introduced. During the cooling of molten expansion and the poor thermal conductiv- This means that, after exceeding
glass, the transition from the plastic state ity result in tensile and compressive stress. the limits of elasticity, tensile and
to the brittle state takes place in the range If, due to improper heating or cooling rates, compressive stress does not result
between the upper and lower annealing the permissible mechanical strength is in plastic deformation, but break-
points. At this stage, existing thermal stress exceeded, breakage occurs. Apart from age occurs. The tensile strength is
must be eliminated through a carefully con- the coefficient of expansion α, which varies relatively low and may be further di-
trolled annealing process. Once the lower with each kind of glass, the wall thickness, minished by scratches or cracks. For
annealing point is reached, the glass may the geometry of the glass body, and any ex- safety reasons, the tensile strength
be cooled more rapidly, without introducing isting scratches must be taken into account. of Boro 3.3 in apparatus and plant
any major new stress. Therefore, it is difficult to state specific nu- design is calculated at 6 N/mm2.
Glass responds in a similar way when merical values for thermal shock resistance. The compressive strength, however,
heated, e.g., through direct exposure to However, a comparison of the α values is approximately ten times as high.
a Bunsen flame, to a temperature higher shows that Boro 3.3 is much more resistant
than the lower annealing point. Uncontrolled to thermal changes than, e.g., AR-GLAS®.
cooling may result in the "freezing in" of
thermal stress which would considerably
reduce resistance to breakage and me-
chanical stability.
To eliminate inherent stress, glass must be
heated up to a temperature between the
upper and lower annealing point, be kept
at this temperature for approx. 30 minutes
and be cooled by observing the prescribed
cooling rates.

20

18 Tmax for glasses of

high shape-stability
16

Lower annealing point

14 Transformations
range Upper annealing point

12

10

8 Softening point
Working range
p.e. sintering, pressing,
6
drawing, blowing,
log η in dPas

melting, casting
4

200 400 600 800 1000 1200

Temperature in °C

Glass viscosity curve

Typical viscosity temperature curve using a borosilicate glass as an example.

Upper annealing point Lower annealing point Linear expansion coefficient Density
(viscosity 1013 dPas) (viscosity 1014.5 dPas) α 20/300 10-6 K-1 g/cm3

Soda-lime glass (AR-GLAS®) 530 495 9,1 2,52

Borosilicate glass 3.3 (Boro 3.3) 560 510 3,3 2,23

www.brand.de 333
 Materials: Plastic

Plastics Besides glass, plastics play a very important role in laboratories.

Technical Information

In general, plastics can be divided into the three groups:

n Elastomers n Thermoplastics
Polymers with loosely cross-linked mol- Polymers with a linear molecular structure
ecules, exhibiting rubber-like elasticity with or without side branches are trans-
at room temperature. Heating causes formed into objects during molding opera-
irreversible curing (vulcanization). tions without changing their thermoplastic
The most popular elastomers are properties. Thermoplastics are the materials
natural rubber and silicone rubber. commonly used in plastic labware produc-
tion. Hence we provide here a brief descrip-
tion of some individual plastics explaining
their structural, mechanical, chemical and
n Thermosets
physical properties. The most popular ther-
Polymers with tightly cross-linked molecules moplastics are polyolefins like polyethylene
are very hard and brittle at room tempera- and polypropylene.
ture; heating causes irreversible curing.
These plastics are rarely used for plastic
labware. The best known thermosets are
the melamine resins. Melamine resin is
produced by polycondensation of melamine
with formaldehyde.

PS Polystyrene
Polystyrene is glass-clear, hard, brittle, and
dimensionally stable due to its amorphous
structure. PS has good chemical resistance
to aqueous solutions but limited resistance
to solvents. Disadvantages include low ther-
PC Polycarbonate
mal stability and its tendency to suffer from These are thermoplastic linear carboxylic
stress-cracks. acid polyesters combining many of the
properties of metals, glass and plastics.
The materials are transparent and have
good thermal properties between -130 to
SAN Styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer +130 °C. Note: PC may be weakened by
autoclaving or exposure to alkaline deter-
This is a glass-clear material with good gents.
resistance to stress-cracking. It has slightly
better chemical resistance than PS.

PA Polyamide
PMMA Polymethyl methacrylate Polyamides are linear polymers with re-
peating amide chain linkages. With their
Rigid, glass-clear ("organic glass"). Resis- favorable strength characteristics and high
tant to atmospheric agents. Replaces glass durability, polyamides can often be used as
in many applications where temperatures structural materials and for surface coating
are below 90 °C and low chemical resis- metals. They have good chemical resistance
tance is required. PMMA has excellent UV against organic solvents, but are easily at-
radiation stability. tacked by acids and oxidizing agents.

334 info@brand.de
 Materials: Plastic

PVC Vinyl chloride polymers PE-LD Low Density Polyethylene ETFE

Technical Information

Ethylene-Tetrafluoroethylene
The vinyl chloride polymers are mainly The polymerization of ethylene under
copolymer
amorphous thermoplastics with very good high-pressure results in a certain number
chemical resistance. of branches in the chain. The result is a ETFE is a copolymer of ethylene with
Their combination with plasticizers opens less compact molecular structure than chlorotrifluoroethylene and/or with tetra-
up many useful applications, ranging PE-HD, with very good flexibility and fluoroethylene. This plastic is remarkable
from artificial leather to injection molding good chemical resistance, but less chemi- for its excellent chemical resistance, but
components. PVC has good chemical cal resistance to organic solvents than its temperature stability is lower in com-
resistance, especially with oils. PE-HD. Use is limited to temperatures parison with PTFE (at most 150 °C).
below 80 °C.

POM Polyoxymethylene PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene

POM has superior properties with regard
PE-HD High Density Polyethylene PTFE is a fluorinated hydrocarbon with
to hardness, rigidity, strength, durabil- If the polymerization of ethylene is a macromolecular, partly crystalline
ity, chemical resistance and favorable controlled by a catalytic process, a very structure. PTFE is resistant to virtually all
slip and abrasion characteristics. It can small number of branches in the chain are chemicals. It offers the widest working
replace metals in many applications. obtained. The result is a more rigid and temperature range, from -200 to
POM can withstand temperatures up to compact structure with enhanced chemi- +260 °C. Its surface is adhesion resis-
130 °C. cal resistance and usability up to 105 °C. tant. The slip properties and electrical
insulation capacity of the material are
better than those of FEP and PFA. The
only disadvantage is that it can only be
PUR Polyurethane PP Polypropylene molded by sintering processes. PTFE is
Polyurethane is a very versatile plastic, PP has a similar structure to Polyeth- opaque. It is suitable for use in micro-
and is therefore used in a wide variety of ylene, but with methyl groups at every wave ovens.
applications.The molecules are formed by second carbon atom of the chain. The
a polyaddition reaction of dialcohols with major advantage, compared with PE, is
polyisocyanate.
As a material for the coating of
its higher temperature resistance. It can
be repeatedly autoclaved at 121 °C. Like
FEP
Tetrafluorethylene-perfluorpropylene
BLAUBRAND® graduated flasks, a high- the above mentioned polyolefins, PP has
copolymer
quality, scratch-resistant, transparent good mechanical properties and good
PUR type with a high modulus of elastic- chemical resistance but is sligthly more A fluorinated hydrocarbon with a macro-
ity is used. The working temperature can susceptible to be attacked by strong molecular, partly crystalline structure. The
range from -30 to +80 °C. Brief expo- oxidizing agents than PE-HD. surface is non-adhesive. The mechanical
sure to higher temperatures of up to and chemical properties are comparable
135 °C are permissible, but over time with PTFE, but the working temperature
this will lead to a reduction in elasticity. is limited to the range from -100 to
PMP Polymethylpentene +205 °C. Water absorption is extremely
PMP is similar to PP but has isobutyl low. FEP is translucent.
groups instead of the methyl groups.
Chemical resistance is comparable to PP
but tends to suffer from tension cracks
when exposed to ketones or chlorinated
PFA Perfluoroalkoxy copolymer
solvents. The most important qualities of Fluorinated hydrocarbon with a high-
PMP are its excellent transparency and molecular, partly crystalline structure. Its
good mechanical properties at tempera- surface is adhesion-resistant. Mechanical
tures up to 150 °C. properties and chemical inertness are
comparable with those of PTFE.
The working temperature can range
from -200 to +260 °C. The water ab-
sorption of PFA is extremely low. PFA is
translucent.
PFA is manufactured without the addition
of catalysts or plasticizers, and can be
molded to produce an extremely smooth,
readily cleanable surface, and is there-
fore particularly well suited for trace
analysis.

www.brand.de 335
 Materials: Plastic

General Properties
Technical Information

Resistance to breakage and low A variety of parameters should be consid- The recommendations listed below are based
weight are important advantages of ered: exposure time and concentration of on technical literature and information pro-
plastics. The application determines chemicals, thermal stress (e.g., autoclaving), vided by the manufacturers of raw materi-
which plastic to select. exertion of force, exposure to UV radiation, als. They were prepared carefully and are
and aging, which may be caused by the ac- intended as general guidance. However, they
tion of detergents, or other environmental cannot replace suitability testing perfomed
factors. by the user under actual working conditions.

Physical Properties
Max. operating Brittle Micro wave Density Elasticity Transparency
temperature temperature suitability* (g/cm3)
(°C) (°C)

PS 70 -20 no 1.05 rigid transparent

SAN 70 -40 no 1.03 rigid transparent
PMMA 65 to 95 -50 no 1.18 rigid transparent
PC 125 -130 yes 1.20 rigid transparent
PVC 80 -20 no 1.35 rigid transparent
POM 130 -40 no 1.42 good opaque
PE-LD 80 -50 yes 0.92 very good translucent
PE-HD 105 -50 yes 0.95 good translucent
PP 125 0 yes 0.90 moderate translucent
PMP 150 0 yes 0.83 moderate transparent
ETFE 150 -100 yes 1.70 moderate translucent
PTFE 260 -200 yes 2.17 very good opaque
FEP 205 -100 yes 2.15 moderate translucent
PFA 260 -200 yes 2.17 moderate translucent
PUR 80 -30 yes 1.20 very good transparent
FKM 220 -30 – – very good –
EPDM 130 -40 – – very good –
NR 80 -40 no 1.20 very good opaque
SI 180 -60 no 1.10 very good translucent
* Observe chemical and temperature resistance

Sterilization
Autoclaving* b / γ - radiation Gas Chemical
at 121 °C (2 bar), 25 kGy (ethylene oxide) (formalin,
acc. DIN EN 285 ethanol)

PS no yes no yes
SAN no no yes yes
PMMA no yes no yes
PC yes1) yes yes yes
PVC no2) no yes yes
POM yes1) yes (restricted) yes yes
PE-LD no yes yes yes
PE-HD no yes yes yes
PP yes yes (restricted) yes yes
PMP yes yes yes yes
ETFE yes no yes yes
PTFE yes no yes yes
FEP/PFA yes no yes yes
PUR yes 3) – yes yes
FKM yes – yes yes
EPDM yes – yes yes
NR no no yes yes
SI yes no yes yes
* Before autoclaving, labware must be carefully cleaned and rinsed with distilled water. Always remove covers from containers!
1)
Frequent autoclaving reduces mechanical stability.
2)
With the exception of PVC tubing, which is autoclavable up to 121 °C.
3)
Frequent autoclaving reduces elasticity.

336 info@brand.de
 Materials: Plastic

Technical Information
Biological Properties
The following plastics are generally non-toxic to cell cultures:
PS, PC, PE-LD, PE-HD, PP, PMP, PTFE, FEP, PFA.

Chemical Properties
With regard to chemical resistance, plastics are classified as follows:

+ o –
Excellent chemical resistance Good to limited chemical resistance Poor chemical resistance
Continuous exposure to the substance Continuous exposure to the substance Not suitable for continuous expo-
does not cause damage within 30 days. causes minor damage, some of which is sure to the substance. Immedi-
The plastic may remain resistant for reversible, within 7-30 days (e.g., swell- ate(!) damage may occur (loss
years. ing, softening, decrease of mechanical of mechanical strength, defor-
strength, discoloration). mation, discoloration, cracking,
dissolution).

Abbreviations of the described plastics (to DIN 7728)

PS Polystyrene
SAN Styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer
PMMA Polymethyl methacrylate
PC Polycarbonate
PVC Polyvinyl chloride
POM Polyoxymethylene
PE-LD Low-density polyethylene
PE-HD High-density polyethylene
PP Polypropylene
PMP Polymethylpentene
ETFE Ethylene-tetrafluoroethylene copolymer
PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene
FEP Perfluoroethylene-propylene copolymer
PFA Perfluoroalkoxy copolymer
PUR: Polyurethane
FKM Fluoro elastomer
EPDM Ethylene-propylene-diene-rubber
NR Natural rubber
SI Silicone rubber

www.brand.de 337
 Materials: Plastic

Chemical Resistance
Technical Information

(Status as of: 0713)

PS SAN PMMA PC PVC POM PE-LD PE-HD

20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C
Acetaldehyde – – – – – – o – – – + + + – + o
Acetic acid (glacial) 100% – – – – – – + o + +
Acetic acid 50% o o + o – – + o + o o – + + + +
Acetic anhydride – – – – – – – – – – o o
Acetone – – – – – – – – – – + + + o + +
Acetonitrile – – – – – – – – – – + + o + o
Acetophenone – – – – – – – – – – + – – o o
Acetyl chloride – – – – – – – – – – + +
Acetylacetone – – – – – – – – – – + + +
Acrylic acid – – – – – – – – – – – – + +
Acrylonitrile – – – – – – – – – – – – + + + +
Adipic acid + + + + + + + + + o + + + + + +
Allyl alcohol (2-Propene-1-ol) o o o – – – o o o – + + + + + +
Aluminium chloride + + + + + + – – + o + o + + + +
Aluminium hydroxide o o o o o o o – + + + + + + + +
Amino acids + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Ammonium chloride + + + + o o o o + o + + + + + +
Ammonium fluoride + + + + o o o o + o + + + + + +
Ammonium hydroxide 30% (Ammonia) o – + o + + – – + o o o + + + +
Ammonium sulfate + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
n-Amyl acetate – – – – + + – – – – + + o – + o
n-Amyl alcohol (Pentanol) o o + + + + o o + + + + + +
Amyl chloride (Chloropentane) – – – – – – – – – – + + – – – –
Aniline – – – – – – o – – – o o + o + +
Aqua regia – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Barium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Benzaldehyde – – – – – – o – – – + + + + + +
Benzene – – – – – – – – – – + o o – + +
Benzine (gasoline) – – – – + o – o – + + o – + +
Benzoyl chloride – – – – – – – – – – + o o – + +
Benzyl alcohol – – – – – – o o o o + + o – o –
Benzylamine – – – – – – – – – – + o – o
Benzylchloride – – +
Boric acid, 10% + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bromine – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Bromobenzene – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Bromoform – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Bromonaphthalene – – – –
Butanediol – – – – + + + + + +
1-Butanol (Butyl alcohol) o – + o o – o o o o + + + + + +
n-Butyl acetate – – – – – – – – – – + o o o + +
Butyl methyl ether – – – – – – – – – – + + o – o –
Butylamine – – – – + +
Butyric acid – – – – o – – – o –
Calcium carbonate + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Calcium chloride + + + + + + + + o – + + + + + +
Calcium hydroxide + o + o + + – – + + + + + + + +
Calcium hypochlorite + + + + o o o – o – + + + + + +
Carbon disulfide – – – – – – – – – – + + – – – –
Carbon tetrachloride – – – – o – – – – – o o o – o –
Chloro naphthalene – –
Chloroacetaldehyde – – – – – –
Chloroacetic acid o – – – o – o – + o – – + + + +
Chloroacetone – – – – – –
Chlorobenzene – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Chlorobutane – – – – – – – – o – o –
Chloroform – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –
Chlorosulfonic acid – –
Chromic acid 10% – – – – o – + o + o o o + + + +
Chromic acid 50% – – o o – – o – + – – – + o + o
Chromosulfuric acid o o o o – – – – + o – – – – – –
Copper sulfate + + + o + + + + + o + + + + + +
Cresol – – – – – – – – o –
Cumene (Isopropyl benzene) – – – – – – – – – – + – o – + o
Cyclohexane – – – – – – + + o – o –
Cyclohexanone – – – – – – – – o –
Cyclopentane – – – – – – – – o –
Decane o o + o –
Decanol o o o + + +
Dibenzyl ether – – – – – – + +
Dibromoethane
Dibutyl phthalate – – – – – – – – – – + + o – o –
Dichlorbenzene – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –
Dichlormethane (Methylene chloride) – – – – – – o – o –
Dichloroacetic acid o – o – o – o – o o
Dichloroethane – – o – o –
Diesel oil (Heating oil) – – – – o – – – o + + o – + o
Diethanolamine – – – – – – – – o
Diethyl ether – – – – – – – – – – + + – – o –
Diethylamine o o – – – – – – o –
Diethylbenzene – – o – – – – – o –
Diethylene glycol o – + + – – o o – – + o + + + +
Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) – – – – – – – – – – + + + +
Dimethylaniline – – – – – – – –
Dimethylformamide (DMF) – – – – – – – – o – + + + + + +
1.4 Dioxane – – – – – – o o – – o o + o + +
Diphenyl ether – – – – – – o
Ethanol (Ethyl alcohol) o – o – – – + o + o + + + + + +
Ethanolamine
Ethyl acetate – – – – – – + + + +
Ethyl methyl ketone – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –
Ethylbenzene – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Ethylene chloride – – – – – – – – – – o – – – – –

338 info@brand.de
 Materials: Plastic

Technical Information
The data for the chemical resistance of salts also apply to their aqueous solutions.
PP PMP ETFE PTFE FEP/PFA FKM EPDM NR SI
20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C
Acetaldehyde + – o – + o + + + + – o – –
Acetic acid (glacial) 100% + o + o + + + + + + – o o o
Acetic acid 50% + + + + + + + + + + – – – –
Acetic anhydride o o + o + + + + + + – o o o
Acetone + + + + + o + + + + – + o –
Acetonitrile + o o – + + + + + + – – – –
Acetophenone o o o – + + + + + + – + – –
Acetyl chloride + + + + + + + + – – –
Acetylacetone + + + + + + + + – + – –
Acrylic acid + + + + + + + + – – – –
Acrylonitrile o – – – + + + + + + – – – –
Adipic acid + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Allyl alcohol (2-Propene-1-ol) + + + o + + + + + + + + o –
Aluminium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + o o
Aluminium hydroxide + + + o + + + + + + + + + +
Amino acids + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Ammonium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Ammonium fluoride + + + + + + + + + + o + – +
Ammonium hydroxide 30% (Ammonia) + + + + + + + + + + – + + o
Ammonium sulfate + + + + + + – + o o
n-Amyl acetate o – + o + + + + + + – o o –
n-Amyl alcohol (Pentanol) + + + + + + + + + + o o o –
Amyl chloride (Chloropentane) – – – – + + + + + + + – – –
Aniline + + + o + o + + + + – – – –
Aqua regia – – – – + + + + + + – – – –
Barium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Benzaldehyde + + + + + o + + + o – o – –
Benzene + o o o + + + + + + o – – –
Benzine (gasoline) o o o o + + + + + + + – – –
Benzoyl chloride + o o o + + + + + – – –
Benzyl alcohol o – o – + + + + + + + o – o
Benzylamine o o + + + + + + + o – o
Benzylchloride + + + + + – – –
Boric acid, 10% + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Bromine – – – – + + + + + + o – – –
Bromobenzene – – – – o – + + + + + – – –
Bromoform – – – – + + + + + + – –
Bromonaphthalene + + + + + +
Butanediol + + + + + + + + + + – + o –
1-Butanol (Butyl alcohol) + + + o + + + + + + + o + o
n-Butyl acetate o o + o + + + + + + – o – –
Butyl methyl ether + o + – + o + + + + – – – –
Butylamine + + + + – – – o
Butyric acid – – + + + + + + o – – –
Calcium carbonate + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Calcium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Calcium hydroxide + + + + + + + + + + + + + o
Calcium hypochlorite + + + o + + + + + + + + – o
Carbon disulfide – – – – + o + + + + + – – –
Carbon tetrachloride – – – – + + + + + + + – – –
Chloro naphthalene + + + + + – – –
Chloroacetaldehyde + + + +
Chloroacetic acid + o + o + + + + + + o o – –
Chloroacetone + + + + – + o –
Chlorobenzene – – – – + o + + + + o – – –
Chlorobutane o – o – + + + + + + o – – –
Chloroform – – o – + o + + + o o – – –
Chlorosulfonic acid o – + + + + – – – –
Chromic acid 10% + + + + + + + + + + + – – o
Chromic acid 50% o o o o + + + + + + + – – –
Chromosulfuric acid – – o – + + + + + + + – – –
Copper sulfate + + + + + + + + + + + + o +
Cresol o o – – + o + + + + + – – –
Cumene (Isopropyl benzene) o – – – + + + + + + + – – –
Cyclohexane o – – – + o + + + + + – – –
Cyclohexanone o – o o + + + + + + – – – –
Cyclopentane o – o – + + + + + + + – – –
Decane o o + + + + + + + – – o
Decanol + + + + + + + + + + o o
Dibenzyl ether + o + + + + + + – o – –
Dibromoethane o + + +
Dibutyl phthalate + o + o + + + + + + o o – o
Dichlorbenzene o – – – + o + + + + + – – –
Dichlormethane (Methylene chloride) o – o – o o + + + + o – – –
Dichloroacetic acid o – + + + o + + + + – – – –
Dichloroethane o – o – + + + + + + o – – –
Diesel oil (Heating oil) + o o – + + + + + + + – – –
Diethanolamine o + + o
Diethyl ether o – – – + + + + + + – – – –
Diethylamine o – o o + o + + + + – o o
Diethylbenzene – – – – + o + + + + + – – –
Diethylene glycol + + + + + + + + + + + + + o
Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) + + + + + + + + + + +
Dimethylaniline + + + + + + o o – o
Dimethylformamide (DMF) + + + + + + + + + + – o o o
1.4 Dioxane + o o o + o + + + + – o – –
Diphenyl ether + + o – – –
Ethanol (Ethyl alcohol) + + + o + + + + + + o + o o
Ethanolamine + + + + + + + – + – –
Ethyl acetate + o o – + + + + + + – o –
Ethyl methyl ketone + o – – o o + + + + – o –
Ethylbenzene – – – – o o + + + + o – – –
Ethylene chloride o – – – + + + + + + o – – –

www.brand.de 339
 Materials: Plastic

Continued list of "Chemical Resistance"

Technical Information

PS SAN PMMA PC PVC POM PE–LD PE–HD

20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C
Ethylene glycol (Glycol) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Ethylene oxide – – – – – – o – o – + + o o o o
Fluoroacetic acid – – – – – – – – – – – –
Formaldehyde 40% – – + + – – + o o – + + + + + +
Formamide – – + + + +
Formic acid 98-100% + o o o – – + o – – – – + + + +
Glycerol + + + + + + + + + + o o + + + +
Glycolic acid 70% + + + +
Heating oil (Diesel oil) – – – – o – – – o – + + o – + o
Heptane – – o – + o – – o – o o
Hexane – – + + o o – – o – + + o – + o
Hexanoic acid +
Hexanol + + + + +
Hydriodic acid + + + +
Hydrobromic acid o – + + – – + + + +
Hydrochloric acid 10% + + o – o – – – + – – + + + +
Hydrochloric acid 20% + + o – o – o o o – – + + + +
Hydrochloric acid 37% o o o – o – – – o – – – + + + +
Hydrofluoric acid 40% + + + o – – – – o – – – + + + +
Hydrofluoric acid 70% – – – – – – – – – – – – + – + o
Hydrogen peroxide 35% + + + + – – + + + o + – + + + +
Iodine-potassium iodide solution o – o – – – o – – – o o – – – –
Isoamyl alcohol + + + + + +
Isobutanol (Isobutyl alcohol) o o o – o – + + + o + + + + + +
Isooctane o – o – o
Isopropanol (2-Propanol) o o + – o – + + + o + + + + + +
Isopropyl ether – – – – – – – – – –
Lactic acid + + + + o – + + o o + – + + + +
Mercury + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Mercury chloride + o + + + + + + – – o o + + + +
Methanol o – o – – – + o + o + + + o + +
Methoxybenzene – – – – – – – – o
Methyl butyl ether – – – – – – – – – – o – – o –
Methyl formate (Methyl methanoate) – – – – – – – – +
Methyl propyl ketone – – – – – – – – – – + + + o + +
Methylene chloride (Dichloro methane) – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –
Mineral oil (Engine oil) + + + + + + + + + + o + +
Nitric acid 10% – – + o + o + o + o – – + + + +
Nitric acid 30% – – o – o o + o o – – – o o o –
Nitric acid 70% – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
Nitrobenzene – – – – – – – – – – o – – – o –
Oleic acid – – – – – –
Oxalic acid + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Ozone o o o o + o – – + o – – o – o –
n-Pentane
Peracetic acid – – – –
Perchloric acid – – – – – – – – o – – – + – + –
Perchloroethylene – – o o o – – – – – + o – – – –
Petroleum – – + o o + – + + o – o –
Petroleum ether – – + o – + + o
Phenol – – – – – – – – – – – – + o + +
Phenylethanol o
Phenylhydrazine o
Phosphoric acid 85% + o + + – – + + + o + – + + + +
Piperidine +
Potassium chloride o o o o + + + + + o + + + + + +
Potassium dichromate
Potassium hydroxide o o o o + + – – o o + + + + + +
Potassium permanganate + + + o + + + + + + o o + + + +
Propanediol (Propylene glycol) + + – – o o + o o – + + + + + +
Propanol o + + o o + + + + + + + +
Propionic acid o – – – o – – – o – + o
Pyridine – – – – – – – – o – + o + o + o
Salicylaldehyde – – – – o o – – + + + +
Salicylic acid + + + + o – – – + + + +
Silver acetate o o o o o o + + o o o o + + + +
Silver nitrate o o + + + + + + o o o o + + + +
Sodium acetate + + + + – – + + o o + o + + + +
Sodium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Sodium dichromate + o + o + o + – + + + + + + + +
Sodium fluoride + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Sodium hydroxide + + + + – – + + + + + + + +
Sulfuric acid 60% – – + o – – o o o – – – + + + +
Sulfuric acid 98% – – – – – – – – – – – – o – o –
Tartaric acid + + + + o o + + + + + + + + + +
Tetrachloroethylene
Tetrahydrofuran (THF) – – – – – – – – – – o o o – o –
Tetramethylammonium hydroxide – – – –
Toluene – – – – – – – – – – + + o – o o
Trichloroacetic acid o – o – o – o – o o
Trichlorobenzene – – – – – – – – – –
Trichloroethane – – – – – – – – – – o – – – o –
Trichloroethylene – – – – – – – – – – – – – – o –
Trichlorotrifluoro ethane – – – –
Triethanolamine – – – –
Triethylene glycol + + + + o o + o o – + o + + + +
Trifluoro ethane – – – –
Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) – – – – – –
Tripropylene glycol + + + + o o + o o – + o + + + +
Turpentine – – o o + + – – + + + + o – o –
Urea + + + + + + – – o – + + + + + +
Xylene – – – – – – – – – – + + o – o –
Zinc chloride + + + + – – + + + o + o + + + +
Zinc sulfate + + + + o o + + + o o – + + + +

340 info@brand.de
 Materials: Plastic

The data for the chemical resistance of salts also apply to their aqueous solutions.

Technical Information
PP PMP ETFE PTFE FEP/PFA FKM EPDM NR SI
20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 50 °C 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C 20 °C
Ethylene glycol (Glycol) + + + + + + + + + + 0 + 0 +
Ethylene oxide o – o – + + + + + + – – – –
Fluoroacetic acid + – – – –
Formaldehyde 40% + + + + + + + + + + o + o o
Formamide + + + + + + + + + + o o +
Formic acid 98-100% + + + o + + + + + + – o o –
Glycerol + + + + + + + + + + o + o +
Glycolic acid 70% + + + + + + + + + + o + + +
Heating oil (Diesel oil) + o o – + + + + + + + – – –
Heptane o o o o + + + + + + + – – o
Hexane + o o – + + + + + + + – – o
Hexanoic acid + +
Hexanol + + + + + + + + + + + – o o
Hydriodic acid + + + + + + + + + + + +
Hydrobromic acid + + + + + + + + + + + o o –
Hydrochloric acid 10% + + + + + + + + + + + + o o
Hydrochloric acid 20% + + + + + + + + + + + + o –
Hydrochloric acid 37% + + + + + + + + + + o + o –
Hydrofluoric acid 40% + + + + + + + + + + o o – –
Hydrofluoric acid 70% + o + o + + + o + + – – – –
Hydrogen peroxide 35% + + + + + + + + + + + o – o
Iodine-potassium iodide solution + + + o + + + + + + + + + –
Isoamyl alcohol + + + + + + + + + + o o o o
Isobutanol (Isobutyl alcohol) + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Isooctane + + + + + + + – – –
Isopropanol (2-Propanol) + + + + + + + + + + + + + o
Isopropyl ether – – – – + o + + + + – – – –
Lactic acid + + + + + + + + + + + o o o
Mercury + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Mercury chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Methanol + + + + + + + + + + – + o +
Methoxybenzene + + + + + + – – – –
Methyl butyl ether + + + o + o + + + + – – – –
Methyl formate (Methyl methanoate) + + + + + + o – o
Methyl propyl ketone + o o o + + + + + + – o – –
Methylene chloride (Dichloro methane) o – – – + + + + + + o – – –
Mineral oil (Engine oil) + + + + + + + + + + + – – o
Nitric acid 10% + + + + + + + + + + o o – –
Nitric acid 30% o – o – + + + + + + o – – –
Nitric acid 70% – – – – + + + + + + – – – –
Nitrobenzene – – – – + + + + + + – – – –
Oleic acid + + + + + + o – – –
Oxalic acid + + + + + + + + + + + + o o
Ozone o – + + + + + + + + + + – +
n-Pentane + + + + + + + – – –
Peracetic acid + + + + + + –
Perchloric acid + – o – + + + + + o + o – –
Perchloroethylene – – – – + + + + + + o – – –
Petroleum o – o o + + + + + + + – – o
Petroleum ether + + + + + + + – – –
Phenol + + o o + + + + + + o – – –
Phenylethanol o + + + + + +
Phenylhydrazine o + + + + + + o – o –
Phosphoric acid 85% + + + + + + + + + + + o – –
Piperidine + + + + + + + – – – –
Potassium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Potassium dichromate + + o + o o
Potassium hydroxide + + + + + + + + + + – + o –
Potassium permanganate + + + + + + + + + + + + o –
Propanediol (Propylene glycol) + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Propanol + + + + + + + + + + + + + o
Propionic acid + o + o + o + + + + + o – –
Pyridine o o + o – – + + + + – – – –
Salicylaldehyde + + + + + – + + + +
Salicylic acid + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Silver acetate + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Silver nitrate + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Sodium acetate + + + + + + + + + + – + + o
Sodium chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Sodium dichromate + + + + + + + + + + + + + o
Sodium fluoride + + + + + + + + + + + + o o
Sodium hydroxide + + + + + + + + + + o + o o
Sulfuric acid 60% + + + + + + + + + + + – – –
Sulfuric acid 98% – – + + + + + + + + + – – –
Tartaric acid + + + + + + + + + + + o + +
Tetrachloroethylene o + + + o – – –
Tetrahydrofuran (THF) o – o – + o + + o o – – – –
Tetramethylammonium hydroxide + + + + + + – +
Toluene o – o – + + + + + + o – – –
Trichloroacetic acid o – + + + o + + + + – o o o
Trichlorobenzene – – o o + o + + + +
Trichloroethane – – – – + + + + + + + – – –
Trichloroethylene – – – – + + + + + + o – – –
Trichlorotrifluoro ethane o – + + + +
Triethanolamine + + + + – o o –
Triethylene glycol + + + + + + + + + + + + o +
Trifluoro ethane + + + o + – – –
Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) + o + – –
Tripropylene glycol + + + + + + + + + + + +
Turpentine – – o o + + + + + + + – – –
Urea + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Xylene – – o – + + + + + + o – – –
Zinc chloride + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Zinc sulfate + + + + + + + + + + + + o +

www.brand.de 341
 Cleaning (Basics)

Cleaning
Technical Information

Manual and Machine Cleaning

Glass and plastic labware can be cleaned This is the only way to prevent baking-on the
manually, in an immersion bath, or in a labo- substance, and subsequent damage to the
ratory washing machine. labware by any adhering chemical residues.
Labware should be cleaned immediately
after use – at low temperatures, with brief
soaking times, and low alkaline detergents. Attention! Carefully disinfect labware
Labware which has come into contact with before cleaning when
infectious substances should first be cleaned there is a risk of injury
and afterwards, if necessary, autoclaved. during cleaning procedure.

Wiping and scrubbring method Glass labware

The generally accepted wiping and scrub- With glass labware, prolonged immersion
bing method with a cloth or sponge soaked times in alkaline media above 70 °C should
in cleaning solution is the most popular be avoided. Such treatment, particularly
cleaning method. Labware must never be with volumetric instruments, might cause
treated with abrasive scouring agents or volume changes through glass corrosion,
pads which might damage the surface. and destruction of graduations.

Immersion method Plastic labware

For the immersion method, labware is Plastic items generally have smooth, non-
soaked in the cleaning solution for 20 to wetting surfaces and can usually be cleaned
30 minutes at room temperature, then effortlessly under low alkalinity conditions.
rinsed with tap water, and finally with Polystyrene or polycarbonate labware,
distilled water. Only for stubborn residues e.g., centrifuge tubes, must only be cleaned
should the soaking time be extended and manually with neutral detergents. Prolonged
the temperature increased. exposure even to low alkaline detergents
will impair their strength. The chemical re-
sistance of these plastics should be verified
Ultrasonic bath
in each case.
Both glass and plastic labware may be
cleaned in an ultrasonic bath. However,
Cleaning in trace analysis
direct contact with the sonic membranes
must be avoided. To minimize metallic traces, laboratory
equipment is placed into 1N HCl or
1N HNO3 at room temperature for not more
Machine cleaning
than 6 hours. (Glass laboratory equipment is
Machine cleaning with a laboratory wash- often boiled for 1 hour in 1N HNO3 .)
ing machine is more gentle to labware than
It is then rinsed with distilled water. To
cleaning in an immersion bath. The labware
minimize organic contamination, laboratory
is only exposed to the cleaning solution for
equipment can first be cleaned with alkalis,
the relatively short flushing periods when
or a solvent such as alcohol.
sprayed by the jet or ejector nozzles.
■ Lightweight objects will not be tossed
and damaged by the jet if they are se-
cured in washing nets.
■ Labware is protected against scratching
when the wire baskets in the washing
machine are plastic coated.

342 info@brand.de
 Cleaning (Basics)

Gentle Cleaning

Technical Information
For gentle treatment of labware, clean immediately after use – at low temperatures,
with brief soaking times, and at low alkalinity. Glass volumetric instruments should not be
exposed to prolonged immersion times in alkaline media above 70 °C, as such treatment
might cause volume changes through glass corrosion, and destruction of graduations.

Information .
50

At 70 °C, a 1N sodium hydroxide solution 40

will corrode a layer of approx. 0.14 µm off .

the surface of Boro 3.3 (borosilicate glass

weight loss (mg/100 cm²)

layer attack (µm)
30

3.3) within 1 hour. However, at 100 °C, 20

a layer of 1.4 µm, or tenfold more, will be .

removed. Therefore, cleaning temperatures 10

above 70 °C should be avoided and low

alkaline cleaning agents are preferrable. 0 6 8 10 12 14
temperature (°C) pH

Typical curve of alkali attack on Boro 3.3 in Typical curve of alkali attack on Boro 3.3 in
relation to temperature, calculated from weight relation to pH value, at 100 °C.
loss. c (NaOH) = 1 mol/l. Exposure time: 3 hours.
Exposure time: 1 hour.

Disinfection and Sterilization

Disinfection The following points must be observed: Thermal resistance
Laboratory instruments that have come into ■ Efficient steam sterilization is assured All reusable BLAUBRAND® and
contact with infectious material or geneti- only if the steam is saturated and has SILBERBRAND volumetric instru-
cally modified organisms must be disinfect- unrestricted access to all contaminated ments can be heated up to 250 °C
ed prior to reuse/disposal; i.e., they must areas. in a drying cabinet or a sterilizer,
be brought to a condition in which they no ■ To prevent pressure build-up, containers without any subsequent volume
longer pose a risk. or vessels must always be open. deviations. However, as with all
Therefor laboratory instruments can be glass instruments, irregular heat-
■ Contaminated reusable labware must
treated with disinfecting detergents for ex- ing or sudden temperature changes
be cleaned thoroughly before steam ster-
ample. If necessary and suitable, the items produce thermal stresses which may
ilization. Otherwise, residue will bake on
may subsequently be sterilized (autoclaved). result in breakage. Therefore:
during sterilization and microorganisms
may not be effectively destroyed if they ■ Always place glass instruments
are protected by the residue. Further- into a cold drying cabinet or ster-
more, any adhering chemical residues ilizer; then heat slowly.
Steam sterilization
may damage the surfaces due to the ■ At the end of the drying or steril-
Steam sterilization (autoclaving) is defined high temperatures. izing period, allow instruments
as the destruction or irreversible inactiva- to cool off slowly inside the
■ Not all plastics are resistant to steam
tion of all reproducible microorganisms switched-off oven.
sterilization. Polycarbonate, e.g., will lose
under exposure to saturated steam at
its strength. Polycarbonate centrifuge ■ Do not heat up volumetric instru-
121 °C (2 bar), according to DIN EN 285.
tubes cannot be steam sterilized. ments on a hot plate.
For correct sterilization procedure, includ-
ing biological security, please contact your ■ During sterilization (autoclaving), plastic ■ Pay special attention to the maxi-
sterilization officer. labware in particular should not be me- mum operating temperatures
chanically stressed (e.g., do not stack). of plastic instruments.
Thus, to avoid shape deformation,
beakers, flasks, and graduated cylinders
should be autoclaved in an upright posi-
tion.

www.brand.de 343
 Safety Information

Safety Information
Technical Information

Handling of Hazardous Substances

The handling of hazardous chemicals, infectious, toxic or radioactive substances and
genetically modified organisms, calls for a high degree of responsibility on the part of
everyone involved, to ensure personal and environmental protection. The relevant regu-
lations must be scrupulously observed including laboratory, professional association,
environmental, radiation, waste disposal and generally accepted technical standards
and guidelines (e.g., DIN or ISO).

Important information on safety

■ Before use, laboratory instru- ■ Instruments to be repaired must be ■ Waste must be disposed of according to
ments must be examined by the cleansed of all residues and be sterilized, local laws and regulations. This applies
user for suitability and functional- as necessary. Radioactively contami- also to disposable articles. It must not
ity. nated items must be decontaminated as pose a hazard to human beings or the
prescribed by the radiation protection environment.
■ Before use, laboratory instru-
authorities. Volumetric glass instruments
ments should be examined for ■ Please properly dispose of laboratory
(e.g., volumetric flasks, graduated cylin-
potential damage, especially glassware, being sure to remove any
ders, etc.) should not be repaired when
instruments subjected to pressure potential contaminants. Please note that
damaged. Exposure to heat may result in
or vacuum (e.g., desiccators, laboratory glassware is not recyclable.
residual stress within the glass (greatly
filter flasks, etc.).
increasing the probability of breakage),
■ The hazards of working with or an uncontrolled cooling process may
defective labware should never lead to permanent volume alterations.
be under-estimated (e.g., cuts,
burns, risk of infection). If a pro- Cutting down damaged graduated cylin-
fessional repair is not practical, ders shortens the distance between the
properly dispose of such items. upper graduation mark and the spout, as
defined by DIN, resulting in an increased
■ Always hold pipettes near the
danger of chemicals being spilled.
suction end, and carefully insert
the pipette into the adapter of
the pipette controller until it is
securely and firmly seated. Do
not use force. Broken glass can
cause injury!

Please see page 331 for other

safety information that apply
to glass instruments.

344 info@brand.de
 Index
General Terms and Conditions

C
Alphabetical Index
Number Index

B
General Terms and
Conditions

3 2 A
www.brand.de 345
Index Alphabetical Index

A Bottletop dispenser, Dispensette®, Compact automatic burettes 208-210

accu-jet® pro (Pipette controller) 98, 99 seripettor®, seripettor® pro 17-38 Compact burettes 201-203
Accuracy, error limits and coefficient BRANDplates®/Microplates 143-164 Conformity certification,
of variation (information) 319 96-well 146, 152, 157 information 318
Adapter 384-well 147, 153, 158 Congealing point thermometers 234
filter 276 1536-well 148, 158 Conical-shoulder bottles 299, 300
for Dispensette®, seripettor®, information 143-145, 149-151, Connectors, tubing 286-286
Titrette®, QuikSip™ 26, 104 154-156, 163 Coplin staining trough 259
Air displacement pipettes Insert System 159-162 Cotton cord for pipettes 180
Transferpette® S 45-52 lids 164 Cotton-plug pipettes,
Transferpette® 53-59 strip plates 146, 152 total delivery 178-182
Transferpette® electronic 60-67 Brix hydrometers 227 COULTER COUNTER ® vials 240
Alcoholometer Buchner funnels 274 Counting chambers
Gay-Lussac + Cartier pattern 227 Buckets 306, 307 (Haemacytometer) 253-256
Richter + Tralles pattern 227 Bulb pipettes Cover glasses
Amber glass glass 174-176 for counting chamber 257
bottles 212, 299 plastic 176 microscope slides 257
burettes 200 USP 175 Cryo tube rack 142
volumetric flasks 187 Burettes and Automatic Burettes, Cryo tubes 141
Anschütz thermometers 233 Information 196 Crystallizing dishes, PTFE 270
Aspirator (QuikSip™) 103, 104 Burettes Culture tubes 245
bottles 305 amber glass 200 Cutter for PARAFILM® M 264
ASTM bottles 212 Cuvette, disposable 165-168
centrifuge tubes 220, 221 clamps 212, 213 macro and semi-micro 166, 167
thermometers 235 clear glass 197-200 micro 166
Atomizer 305 compact 201-203 rack 167
Automatic burettes covers 213 UV 166
compact 208-210 Dr. Schilling pattern Cylinders
Dr. Schilling pattern 204 (Automatic burettes) 204 graduated 190-192, 194, 195
Pellet pattern 205-207 micro burettes, Bang pattern 198 hydrometer 228
Automatic pipettes Pellet pattern mixing 193
(bottletop dispensers) 193 (Automatic burettes) 205-207
spare parts 202, 203 D
B stopcocks 202, 203, 211, 214 DAkkS Calibration Service 326-329
Bags, Disposal 243 support 213 Deep well plates 137, 138
Bang micro burettes 198 tips 202, 203, 211 sealing film 138
Batch certificate BLAUBRAND®, Titrette® 39-44 Delbrück capillary pipettes 251
information 320 tubes 202, 203, 211 Density bottles, BLAUBRAND® 218, 219
Baumé hydrometers 226 Bürker counting chambers 255 Desiccators and accessories 278, 279
Beakers 265-268 Detergents and disinfecting
BIO-CERT® (information) 118 C detergents 311-314
BLAUBRAND® Class A/AS, Calibration Service, Dishes
information 172, 173 information 326-329 crystallizing 270
BLAUBRAND® Pipetting Package 100 Calibration Software evaporating 269, 270
Blood, counting chambers 253-256 EASYCAL™ 4.0 109-112 Petri 244
Bottle stand, Capillary pipettes weighing 298
for Dispensette®/Titrette® 26, 32 (disposable micro pipettes) 251 Disinfecting detergents 313
Bottles 299-306 Caps inserts for micro tubes Disinfection of instruments 313
amber glass 299 and cryo tubes 124, 141 Dispenser
aspirator 305 Caps for test and automatic pipettes 193
burette 212 centrifuge tubes 246, 247 bottletop 17-38
dropping 304 Carboy funnels 273 Dispenser-Tips (PD-Tips) 95, 96
filter flasks (Buchner filter flasks) 277 CE Marking 330 Dispensette®
gas washbottles 280, 281 cell-culture™ (Aspirator) 104 (bottletop dispenser) 17-32
glass 299, 304 Centrifuge tubes 245, 246, 271 remote dispensing system 28
laboratory 299 Centrifuge tubes, ASTM 220, 221 selection chart 23
narrow-mouth 299, 300, 302, 303 Certificates for volumetric instruments, Dispensette® TA, Trace Analysis 29-32
oxygen flasks, Winkler pattern 219 information 173 Dispensing cartridge
PFA 302, 303 Check-valve 286 for Dispensette® TA 32
plastic 299-306 Chemical compatibility table, Disposables
plastic coated 299 plastics 338-341 bags and stand 243
PTFE 301 Clamps centrifuge tubes 245, 246
reservoir 193 burettes 212, 213 coagulometer sample tubes 247
square 299, 301 for burettes 213 cryo tubes 141
storage 305, 306 Cleaning, disinfection and sterilization culture tubes 245
threaded 299 (information) 342, 343 cuvettes 166, 167
wash 280 Cloud point and setting point Delbrück micropipettes,
wash heads 303 thermometers 234 intraEND 251
wide-mouth 300-302, 306 Coagulometer sample tubes 247 disposal bags 243
Bottletop burette, Titrette® 39-44 Coefficient of variation, accuracy dropping pipettes 249
and error limits (information) 319 faeces container 242

346 info@brand.de
 Alphabetical Index

Index
Disposables Fuchs-Rosenthal counting chambers 256 Individual certificate BLAUBRAND®,
filter tips 76, 77, 80, 81 Funnel 272-275 information 320
ground joint sleeves 288 Buchner 274 Inoculation loops, disposable 244
inoculation loops 244 carboy 273 Insert System 159-162
micro haematocrit capillaries 252 filter 276 microplates 160, 162
micro tubes 119-124 holders 275 strips 160-162
micropipettes, intraMARK powder 273 intraEND, micropipettes 251
and intraEND 251 separating 275 intraMARK, micropipettes 251
microplates 143-163 standard ground joint 274 IVD Directive, Information 330
pasteur pipettes 249, 250
PCR plates 130-132 G J
PCR tubes 126-129 Gas Jars 298
PD-Tips 95, 96 sampling tubes 281 Jerrycans 306
Petri dishes 244 washbottles 280, 281
pipette tips Gay-Lussac L
(bulk packed, racked) 74-77 Alcoholometer 227 Laboratory
sample cups for analyzers 240, 241 Pyknometer 219 bottles 299
sample tubes 247 Glass beakers 265 spatulas 296
sedimentation tubes 247 Glass (information) 331-333 tubing 283
stirring spatulas 167 Graduated Ladles, sampling dippers 268
stoppers 246, 247 beakers 266, 267 Leak testing unit,
urine beaker 242 beakers with handle 267 for Transferpette® 105-108
UV Cuvettes 166 cylinders, glass 190-193 Life Science products
Distillation cylinders, plastic 194, 195 (information) 115-118
apparatus (water) 310 cylinders, USP 191 Low-temperature thermometers 233
thermometers (ground joint) 236 pipettes 177-182
Draining rack 309 pipettes, piston type 182 M
Drechsel gas washbottles 280 pipettes, plastic 182 macro, pipette controller 100
Dropping pipettes, USP 178 Magnetic stirring bar retriever 295
bottles 304 Grip stopper, for sample tubes 247 Magnetic stirring bars 292-295
pipettes, disposable 249 Ground joint spherical 295
point thermometer 234 bottles 193, 212, 299, 300 Malassez, counting chambers 256
Drying tubes 27 clips 288 Mat cover
funnels 274 for deep well plates 139
grease (silicone paste) 288 for PCR-tubes 133
E sleeves, disposable 288 Materials, glass (information) 331-333
Easy Calibration Technique 324, 325 socket with grip collar, PTFE 289 Materials, plastics (information) 334-341
EASYCAL™ 4.0 stopcocks, for burettes 214 Maximum thermometers 232
Calibration software 109-112 stoppers 193, 212, 290 Membrane filters for
EDISONITE® 312 thermometers 236 pipette controllers 99, 100
EDISONITE®-SUPER 312 Micro burettes, Bang pattern, 198
Electronic pipettes H micro-classic, pipette controller 101
multichannel 65-67 Haemacytometer 253-256 Micro haematocrit capillaries 252
single channel 63, 64 Haemacytometer cover glasses 257 micro pipette controller 101
Enclosed-scale Haematocrit sealing compound 252 Microcentrifuge tube
thermometers 230, 232, 236 HandyStep® electronic 91-94 cap inserts 124
Erlenmeyer flasks 265 HandyStep® S 87-90 disposable 116-124
Error limits, accuracy and coefficient Hellendahl staining trough 258, 259 rack 125, 142, 248
of variation (information) 319 High-temperature thermometers 233 screw cap 124
Evaporating dishes 269, 270 Holders Microliter pipettes
for funnels 275 Transferpette® S 49, 50
F for intraEND and Delbrück Transferpette® S -8/-12 51, 52
Faeces container 242 micropipettes 252 Transferpette® 55, 56
Fastening clip for oxygen flask 219 for separating funnels 275 Transferpette® -8/-12 58, 59
Film, PARAFILM® M Sealing Film 264 Hydrometers 224-228 Transferpette® electronic 63, 64
Filter alcoholometer 227 Transferpette® -8/-12 electronic 65-67
adapters 276 Baumé 226 Transferpettor 83-86
crucibles 276 Brix 227 Micropipettes 251
flasks (Buchner filter flasks) 277 cylinders 228 Microplates/
funnels 276 general purpose 225-227 BRANDplates® 137,138, 143-163
funnel supports 275 range finder 225 96-well 137, 146, 152, 157
tips 76, 77, 80, 81 special-purpose 228 384-well 147, 153, 158
tips, low retention 80, 81 sugar hydrometers, 1536-well 148, 158
Flasks Saccharometers 227 lids 164
Erlenmeyer 265 strip plates 146, 152
volumetric 184-189 I for Insert System 160, 162
Kohlrausch 188 Ice bucket 307 Mini cooler 125, 142
plastic 189 Imhoff for PCR 132
trapezoidal 184 cone rack 221, 222 for tubes 125, 142
Flow indicator 283 sedimentation cone 223 Mixing cylinders 193
Forceps 297

www.brand.de 347
Index Alphabetical Index

Monitoring of Measuring Instruments Pipettes PTFE labware

(information) 321-323 pasteur 249, 250 magnetic stirring bars 292-295
MonoDest 3000, water stills 310 piston operated 45-86 sampling dipper 268
Mortars with pestle, plastic 270 piston type 182 socket with grip collar 289
Mucasol® 312 plastic 176 stirrers with shaft 291
Mucocit®-P 313 positive displacement stirring rods 296
Mucocit®-T 313 (Transferpettor) 83-86 stopcocks 202, 203, 287
Multichannel pipettes rinsing apparatus 308 stoppers 290
Transferpette® S -8/-12 51, 52 soaking jars 308 watch glasses 269
Transferpette®-8/-12 58, 59 stands 308, 309 Pumps, water jet 282
Transferpette®-8/-12 testing unit (leak-tightness) 105-108 Pursept® Wipes XL 314
electronic 65-57 tips, BIO-CERT® quality 74-81 dispenser box 314
tips, Ultra Low Retention 78-81 Pursept®-A
N trays 309 disinfection spray 314
Nageotte, counting chamber 256 Pipetting aids disinfection tissues 314
Narrow-mouth bottles 299, 300, 302, 303 accu-jet® pro 97-99 Pursept®-AF
Needle valve stopcock disposable micro-pipettes 252 disinfection concentrate 313
for desiccators 278 macro 100
Neubauer, counting chamber 254 micro 101 Q
micro-classic 101 Quality management (information) 318
O pipette fillers 102 QuikSip™ BT-Aspirator 103, 104
Oxygen flasks, Winkler pattern 219 Pipetting package, BLAUBRAND® 100
Piston type pipettes 182 R
P Piston-operated burette, Titrette® 39-44 Rack for plastic sedimentation cones,
PARAFILM® M Piston-operated pipettes Imhoff cone rack 223
cutter 264 Transferpette® S 49, 50 Rack with tubes 139
sealing film 264 Transferpette® S -8/-12 51, 52 Racked pipette tips 74-77
Pasteur pipettes 249, 250 Transferpette® 55, 56 Racks
PCR Transferpette®-8/-12 58, 59 cryo tubes 142
boxes and racks 132 Transferpette® electronic 63, 64 cuvette 167
mat cover 133 Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic 65-67 draining 309
mini cooler 132 Transferpettor 83-86 microcentrifuge tubes 142, 248
plates 130-132 Plastic PCR 132
sealing film, self-adhesive 133, 140 beakers 266-268 sedimentation cone (Imhoff) 223
strips 128, 129 bottles 299-306 test tube 248
tubes 126-129 bulb pipettes 176 Range finder hydrometers 225
white 128-132 conical joint clips 288 RCF values (information) 119
PD-Tips (Dispenser-Tips) 95, 96 cuvettes 166, 167 Reagent reservoir 67
adapter 96 forceps 297 Rectangular base stands 213
BIO-CERT® 96 funnels 272-275 Remote dispensing system
Pellet, automatic burettes, 205-207 graduated beakers 266, 267 for Dispensette® 28
Petri dishes 244 graduated cylinders 194, 195 Repetitive pipette
PFA graduated pipettes 182 HandyStep® electronic 91-94
beakers 267 Imhoff sedimentation cones 222 HandyStep® S 87-90
bottles 302, 303 jars 298 Reservoir bottles 112, 193, 204, 211, 212
evaporating dishes 269 material plastic, Rinsing apparatus for pipettes 308
gas was bottles 281 technical information 335-341 Rods, stirring 296
sample jars 298 pipette tips 68-82 Roller for sealing film 140
sample tubes 271 stopcocks 287 Rubber
volumetric flasks 189 stoppers 289, 290 bellows for burettes 212
wash bottles 303 test tube racks 248 caps for glass pasteur pipettes 250
Photographic trays 307 tubing 283 gaskets for filter flasks 277
Pipette jars 308 tubing connectors 284-286 stoppers 289
Pipette Leak Testing Unit 105-108 volumetric Flasks 189
Pipette tips, disposable 68-82 PLT unit, Pipette Leak S
Pipettes, adapter for PLT unit 108 Testing Unit 105-108 Saccharometers
Pipettes Plug-in couplings for tubing 286 (sugar hydrometers) 227
air displacement 45-64 Pocket thermometers 231 Safety Information 344
baskets 308 Positive displacement pipette SafetyPrime™ valves
bulb 174-176 (Transferpettor) 83-86 (venting valves) 26, 32
capillary, disposable 251 Powder funnels 273 Sample cups, disposable 240, 241
cotton-plug 178-182 Precision thermometers 232-236 Sample jars, PFA 298
Delbrück capillary 251 PTFE labware Sample tubes, disposable 247, 271
disposable, micro 251 beakers 268 Sampling dipper 268
dropping 249 bottles 301 Sampling tubes for gas 281
filter tips 70, 71, 76, 77, 80-82 clips 288 Schiefferdecker, staining troughs 259
graduated 177-182 crystallizing dishes 270 Schilling Dr., automatic burettes 204
holder for micropipettes 252 dropping bottles 304 Scoops 297
jars 308 forceps 297 Sealing compound, haematocrit 252
micropipettes, disposable 251 ground joint sleeves 288 Sealing film
multichannel 51, 52, 58, 59, 65-67 magnetic stirring bar retriever 295 PCR 133, 140

348 info@brand.de
 Alphabetical Index

Index
Sealing film Supports U
for plates (Life Science) 140 for Transferpette® electronic 64 Universal detergents 312
PARAFILM® M 264 for Transferpettor 86 Urine beaker 242
Sedimentation cones, Imhoff 221, 222 Surface disinfecting detergents 313, 314 USP
Sedimentation bulb pipettes 175
cone racks 223 T graduated cylinders 191
tubes 247 T-bore stopcock 287 graduated pipettes 178
Separating funnels 275 Technical information 317-344 volumetric flasks 185, 187
holders for 275 Test and centrifuge tubes 245, 246, 271 UV-Cuvette 166
seripettor® Test tube racks 248
(bottletop dispenser) 33-38 Thermometers 229-236 V
seripettor® pro Anschütz- 233 Vacuum
(bottletop dispenser) 33-38 ASTM 235 desiccators 278, 279
Dispenser selection chart 36 cloud point and pour point 234 water jet pumps 282
Serological pipettes 181 congealing point 234 Valves, non-return 286
SILBERBRAND class B distillation (with standard ground Volumetric flasks 183-188
(information) 172 joint) 236 plastic 189
Silicone paste 288 dropping point 234 PUR plastic coated 186
Silicone stoppers 289 enclosed-scale trapezoidal 184
Slides pattern 230, 232, 236 USP 185, 187
boxes 260 high-temperature 233 with 3 marks, DAkkS calibrated 186
cover glasses for microscope slides 257 low-temperature 233 Volumetric instruments
microscope slides 257, 258 maximum 232 (information) 171-173
staining troughs 258, 259 precision 232-236
Soaking jar (rinsing apparatus for solid-stem 230-235 W
pipettes) 308 stirring 230 Wall mount for Transferpette® 57
Solid-stem thermometers 230-235 without mercury 231 Wall support
Spatulas 296 with standard ground joint 236 for accu-jet® pro 99
Splash heads (still heads) 304 Thoma counting chambers 255 for HandyStep® S 90
Spotting tiles 260 Threaded bottles with coating 299 Wash bottles 303
Spring clips 283 TipBox (pipette tips) 70-72, 74-81 Wash bottles, Gas 280, 281
Square bottles 299, 301 TipRack (pipette tips) 70, 72-77 Wash heads 303
Staining, troughs 258-260 TipStack™ (pipette tips) 71-75, 78, 79 Watch glasses 269
Stands Tips Water jet pumps 282
for bottles 26, 32 BIO-CERT®, rack packed 74-77 Water stills MonoDest 3000 310
for disposal bags 243 bulk and rack packed 74-77 Weighing dishes, disposable 298
for burettes 213 disposable pipette tips 68-82 Wide-mouth bottles 300-302, 306
for compact automatic burettes 213 PD-Tips 95, 96 Winkler oxygen flasks 219
for pipettes 309 Ultra Low Retention 78-81 Workstation storage/
rectangular base 213 with filter, bulk and rack packed 76, 77 dispenser boxes 142, 243
Starter-Kit Transferpette® S 50 Titrette® 39-44
Sterilization indicator tape 242 Trace analysis, Dispensette® TA 29-32
Stirrers Transfer pipettes (Pasteur-) 249, 250
magnetic stirring bars 292-295 Transferpette® S 45-50
bar retrievers 295 Transferpette® S -8/-12 51, 52
rods 296 Transferpette® 53-57
shaft 291 Transferpette®-8/-12 58, 59
spatulas 296 Transferpette® electronic 61-64
thermometers 230 Transferpette®-8/-12 electronic 65-67
with shaft 291 Transferpette® PipSet 57
Stopcock grease, silicone paste 288 Transferpettor 83-86
Stopcocks 202, 203, 211, 214, 278, Trays
287, 305 photographic 307
for aspirator bottles 305 pipette 309
for burettes 202, 203, 211, 214 Tissue culture graduated pipettes 182
needle valve stopcock for Tubes
desiccators 278 capillary 251, 252
straight-bore 287 centrifuge 245, 246
T-bore 287 coagulometer 247
conical ground joint 290 cryo 141
rubber 289 culture 245
silicone 289 rack 139
Storage bottles 305, 306 bulk 139
Straight-bore stopcocks (one-way) 287 sample 247
Strip plates 146, 152 sedimentation 247
Supports test 271
filter funnel 275 Tubing 283
for burettes 213 Tubing adapters
for funnels 275 (tubing connectors) 284-286
for Transferpette® S 52 Türk counting chambers 255
for Transferpette® 57, 59

www.brand.de 349
Index Number Index

Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page

62 08 38 364 01 - 364 19 187 1287 48 - 1289 62 302
66 22 27, 32 365 48 - 365 53 186 1290 08 - 1290 54 300
66 36 44 367 43 - 367 55 188 1290 55 - 1290 60 204, 211
66 37 - 66 96 27 368 38 - 369 84 185 1290 62 - 1292 06 300
66 97 - 66 98 27, 38 370 45 - 370 53 187 1292 08 - 1292 14 301
67 07 38 372 34 - 372 94 184 1292 20 - 1292 24 303
67 83 44 374 01 - 374 91 187 1292 30 - 1292 36 304
67 88 104 382 04 - 382 10 186 1292 50 - 1292 52 189
67 90 38 408 02 - 410 16 267 1292 54 - 1292 56 298
100 02 - 100 14 203 415 20 - 416 62 195 1292 60 - 1292 74 302
115 00 - 115 05 204 420 08 - 420 64 192 1292 73 - 1292 75 303
115 10 - 115 15 202, 211 430 05 - 430 88 193 1293 28 - 1293 64 301
115 25 211 432 05 - 432 38 219 1294 08 - 1294 64 300
116 00 - 118 00 203 433 05 - 434 38 218 1296 28 - 1296 64 301
118 05 202 440 03 - 443 65 312 1298 38 - 1298 74 299
120 13 - 120 18 200 448 22 - 448 25 313 1299 38 - 1302 54 300
120 93 - 120 98 199 448 30 - 448 45 314 1302 60 204, 211
124 64 - 124 88 197 448 50 - 449 20 313 1302 62 - 1302 64 300
135 06 - 135 08 199 455 40 - 458 00 270 1303 20 - 1304 28 301
135 32 - 135 38 200 458 02 269 1304 80 - 1304 88 302
135 63 - 135 68 199 500 00 228 1305 05 - 1305 64 301
138 44 - 138 88 197 514 16 - 514 21 288 1308 70 - 1308 74 305
139 03 - 139 28 201 514 22 193, 288 1309 70 - 1309 74 306
139 33 - 139 58 202 514 23 - 514 30 288 1311 00 - 1311 74 305
164 00 - 165 10 213 514 63 - 514 69 289 1316 60 - 1316 64 306
165 15 - 165 20 212 555 60 - 555 95 288 1319 00 - 1319 02 243
219 11 - 219 18 206 556 18 193, 212 1340 02 286
223 02 - 223 18 207 556 38 - 556 49 288 1340 80 283
223 22 - 223 38 206 562 15 - 563 65 310 1341 26 - 1356 00 291
225 21 - 227 68 205 616 05 - 616 10 288 1358 05 - 1363 35 296
233 10 - 234 00 212 617 50 242 1371 00 - 1371 60 292
237 13 - 237 24 204 618 15 - 618 20 241 1371 68 - 1371 99 293
237 25 - 237 28 204, 211 619 50 - 620 20 298 1373 00 - 1373 25 294
237 45 - 237 68 204 623 05 242 1374 04 - 1374 45 292
238 09 - 238 11 210 623 10 - 623 15 241 1376 07 - 1376 25 293
238 19 - 238 21 209 650 31 - 657 43 278 1376 30 - 1376 38 294
238 29 - 238 30 210 658 04 - 660 30 279 1377 00 - 1377 55 295
238 33 - 238 68 211 717 71 - 723 78 306 1378 05 - 1378 48 293
238 75 - 238 76 212 737 14 - 737 29 277 1379 05 - 1379 19 295
238 82 213 745 06 - 745 11 275 1379 26 - 1379 35 294
239 09 - 239 21 208 760 05 - 760 55 283 1379 50 295
239 29 - 239 30 209 781 00 281 1390 35 - 1391 35 297
242 55 - 245 99 198 781 38 - 781 62 280 1398 10 - 1398 20 296
253 00 - 254 00 102 782 00 281 1400 04 - 1403 00 275
258 00 - 259 31 101 782 38 - 782 62 280 1432 55 - 1433 64 283
259 33 - 259 62 104 783 00 - 783 62 281 1438 48 - 1441 62 303
260 06 - 262 25 100 810 53 - 812 48 214 1441 80 - 1441 90 305
263 00 - 265 30 99 812 55 - 812 65 207 1443 05 - 1443 99 289
265 35 104 818 05 - 822 22 214 1444 05 - 1446 45 290
266 30 99 824 15 278 1455 05 - 1456 38 272
270 01 - 270 13 179 875 02 - 878 26 266 1465 06 - 1465 23 273
270 69 - 271 15 181 885 05 - 886 80 287 1470 00 - 1470 35 272
271 60 - 271 79 182 901 20 - 902 62 267 1470 40 - 1482 45 273
272 06 - 272 09 181 903 05 - 904 70 268 1485 00 - 1485 02 275
273 06 - 273 19 180 906 17 - 928 63 265 1485 05 - 1486 40 274
275 06 - 275 13 178 931 70 - 931 85 268 1500 10 - 1500 65 269
276 07 - 276 14 182 949 05 - 949 15 274 1500 70 - 1500 80 268, 269
277 02 - 277 04 181 951 05 - 951 11 309 1509 00 - 1509 22 269
277 05 - 277 16 180 1107 05 - 1107 10 270 1522 50 - 1522 75 284
277 21 - 277 31 179 1128 05 - 1131 35 297 1523 00 286
278 16 - 278 48 178 1139 31 - 1141 30 245 1524 00 - 1525 10 284
282 05 180 1143 08 - 1145 24 271 1526 05 - 1526 15 285
283 00 - 283 05 309 1147 15 - 1147 60 247 1527 05 - 1527 70 284
284 05 - 284 15 180 1148 17 - 1148 23 245 1528 00 - 1529 20 285
288 00 - 292 15 308 1148 30 - 1148 44 141 1530 05 - 1531 35 286
295 01 - 295 19 176 1148 45 - 1148 51 141, 142 1532 05 - 1532 35 285
297 01 - 297 19 175 1148 52 - 1148 54 141 1555 40 - 1555 50 298
297 21 - 300 18 176 1148 60 - 1148 66 142 1561 00 - 1566 50 307
305 02 - 306 19 175 1149 30 - 1149 40 125 1596 00 - 1596 70 282
309 00 309 1150 15 - 1150 20 240 2350 10 - 2350 30 281
311 06 - 311 15 182 1153 42 - 1153 76 246 3620 38 220
317 08 - 319 08 191 1155 10 - 1155 20 248 3621 38 221
319 09 - 319 63 191, 192 1225 20 - 1226 64 299 3623 38 220
319 64 - 321 64 191 1245 29 - 1246 39 304 3655 38 188
324 08 - 324 62 193 1247 00 250, 304 3860 38 - 3861 48 219
327 05 - 328 64 191 1252 16 - 1253 28 304 3873 62 221
339 08 - 339 62 193 1254 00 - 1254 20 249 3874 62 222
347 08 - 350 64 195 1269 38 - 1269 62 280 3876 62 221
351 08 - 351 64 194 1269 63 193 3880 00 222
360 08 - 362 54 189 1269 65 - 1270 65 212 3880 50 - 3880 60 223

350 info@brand.de
 Number Index

Index
Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page Cat. No. Page
4020 38 - 4020 46 188 7075 25 - 7075 37 44 7805 05 121
4520 00 - 4557 51 244 7075 42 32 7805 07 7805 25 120
4580 21 - 4587 34 276 7079 15 - 7079 18 26 7805 36 7805 50 121
4620 26 - 4632 43 277 7079 25 - 7079 26 27 7806 05 - 7806 08 125
4636 16 - 4661 34 276 7079 28 26 7807 00 - 7807 14 123
4700 45 - 4708 20 257 7079 30 27 7807 20 - 7807 24 124
4714 00 - 4718 00 260 7079 35 - 7079 38 26 7807 30 - 7807 34 123
4720 00 - 4727 00 258 7079 45 - 7079 56 32 7807 40 - 7807 44 124
4728 00 259 7084 40 - 7084 45 111 7807 50 - 7807 54 123
4731 00 258 7084 62 - 7084 72 112 7807 55 - 7807 75 124
4735 00 259 7086 05 252 7810 29 - 7810 40 245
4743 00 - 4743 05 260 7086 60 - 7091 09 251 7812 60 132
4744 00 - 4744 10 259 7091 10 252 7812 80 - 7812 94 129
4747 01 - 4747 44 257 7091 18 251 7813 00 - 7813 14 127
4755 05 - 4755 65 258 7091 22 251 7813 16 7813 27 128
4758 00 - 4769 00 260 7091 33 - 7091 44 251 7813 30 129
5770 38 - 5778 57 270 7178 05 - 7178 20 254 7813 32 - 7813 44 128
5778 91 - 5779 00 167 7180 05 - 7180 20 255 7813 45 - 7813 48 132
5780 00 213 7186 05 - 7186 20 254 7813 50 7813 54 130
7013 30 138 7189 05 - 7189 20 255 7813 57 131
7013 40 - 7013 54 137 7190 05 256 7813 58 - 7813 62 132
7013 55 - 7013 62 138 7195 05 - 7195 20 255 7813 64 7813 65 131
7013 64 - 7013 65 140 7198 05 - 7213 05 256 7813 66 7813 69 130
7013 67 133 7220 55 - 7220 60 240 7813 71 7813 78 131
7013 68 138 7230 14 - 7230 16 257 7813 80 7813 81 140
7013 70 7013 80 140 7320 02 - 7320 08 74 7813 90 - 7813 91 133
7015 01 - 7016 50 264 7320 10 - 7320 12 75 7814 00 131
7018 07 - 7018 78 85 7320 22 - 7320 28 74 7814 02 - 7814 05 133
7019 00 - 7019 68 86 7320 30 - 7320 32 75 7814 11 7814 16 129
7023 68 - 7024 04 96 7321 02 - 7321 08 74 7815 00 - 7815 83 139
7024 06 - 7024 38 96 7321 10 - 7321 12 75 7816 00 - 7816 14 146
7025 95 - 7026 08 75 7321 22 - 7321 28 74 7816 20 - 7816 27 147
7026 83 - 7026 96 96 7321 30 - 7321 32 75 7816 40 7816 42 148
7028 04 - 7028 12 85 7322 02 - 7322 08 74 7816 60 7816 71 146
7028 52 - 7028 90 86 7322 10 - 7322 12 75 7816 80 - 7816 87 147
7032 03 57 7322 22 - 7322 28 74 7817 00 7817 02 148
7032 08 57, 14 7322 30 - 7322 32 75 7817 20 - 7817 31 152
7032 10 57 7322 44 - 7322 48 74 7817 40 - 7817 42 153
7034 09 - 7034 11 67 7322 52 38, 75 7817 80 - 7817 89 152
7034 40 59 7322 64 38, 74 7818 00 - 7818 02 153
7034 59 67 7322 68 74 7818 40 - 7818 51 152
7036 00 - 7036 32 59 7322 72 38, 75 7818 60 - 7818 67 153
7037 00 - 7037 32 52 7323 02 - 7323 04 78 7819 00 - 7819 02 157
7039 70 - 7039 79 108 7323 06 44, 79 7819 04 - 7819 05 140, 157
7040 02 - 7040 20 299 7323 08 - 7323 12 79 7819 06 - 7819 71 157
7040 70 - 7040 75 57 7323 22 - 7323 24 78 7819 80 - 7820 02 158
7041 01 - 7041 82 56 7323 26 - 7323 32 79 7820 22 - 7820 31 157
7041 90 57 7323 44 78 7820 40 - 7820 47 158
7042 01 - 7042 08 27 7323 48 - 7323 52 79 7820 82 - 7820 91 157
7042 09 - 7042 72 28 7323 64 78 7821 00 - 7821 07 158
7042 75 26 7323 68 - 7323 72 79 7821 50 - 7821 53 164
7042 81 - 7042 82 28 7325 02 - 7325 04 76 7823 00 - 7823 01 146
7043 25 - 7044 31 26 7325 08 - 7325 14 77 7823 05 - 7823 06 152
7044 86 - 7044 95 27 7326 02 - 7326 06 76 7828 00 - 7828 91 162
7045 00 - 7045 08 37 7326 08 - 7326 14 77 8000 01 - 8001 04 230
7045 18 - 7045 20 38 7326 22 - 7326 26 76 8002 00 - 8002 08 231
7045 22 - 7045 23 37 7326 28 - 7326 34 77 8004 01 - 8006 48 230
7045 26 104 7327 02 - 7327 06 76 8040 02 - 8045 33 232
7045 32 - 7045 51 38 7327 08 - 7327 14 77 8050 01 - 8120 10 233
7045 54 - 7045 80 104 7327 22 - 7327 26 76 8130 49 - 8130 61 236
7046 52 7046 53 52 7327 28 - 7327 34 77 8206 00 232
7047 08 - 7047 93 50 7328 02 - 7328 10 80 8385 01 - 8385 03 231
7048 05 - 7048 10 52 7328 12 - 7328 14 81 8668 01 - 8711 01 234
7050 00 - 7050 53 94 7328 22 - 7328 30 80 8800 01 - 8800 90 235
7051 10 - 7051 30 90 7328 32 - 7328 34 81 9660 30 - 9685 23 225
7052 99 - 7053 03 32, 38, 64 7329 90 - 7329 96 74 9695 10 - 9696 16 226
7053 06 - 7053 07 38, 44, 64 7477 15 - 7477 20 250 9700 10 - 9705 10 225
7053 09 32, 38, 64 7477 50 - 7477 75 249 9715 28 - 9715 42 226
7053 10 - 7053 26 64 7493 11 - 7495 10 252 9803 10 - 9847 15 227
7053 27 32, 44, 64 7589 00 242 9874 02 - 9929 10 228
7053 29 7053 85 64 7589 01 - 7589 10 242 43400 00 - 43400 63 248
7053 86 57 7590 05 - 7591 15 167 43410 00 - 43410 53 125
7053 90 - 7053 93 64 7591 50 - 7592 43 166 47001 00 - 47003 61 24
7053 99 - 7054 36 66 7595 00 167 47201 20 - 47204 50 37
7054 49 - 7054 70 67 7597 00 - 7597 10 243 47231 50 104
7054 73 57, 67 7598 00 167 47301 30 - 47303 61 25
7054 74 - 7054 86 67 7685 05 - 7685 10 307 47400 40 - 47402 41 32
7060 80 - 7060 81 26 7685 15 309 47601 41 - 47602 61 43
7060 86 7060 87 32 7780 12 - 7794 20 271
7060 90 26 7804 00 - 7805 02 120

www.brand.de 351
 BRAND GMBH + CO KG General Terms and Conditions
1. General 5.6 The customer shall be required to inform us immediately of any attachments, seizures or any other third-
1.1. These General Terms and Conditions (GT&C) are intended for use in commercial transactions between party dispositions relating to the goods that are reserved or co-owned by us.
businesses. 5.7 In the event of failure to pay bills of exchange or cheques, or failure or recall of a payment made via SEPA
1.2. These GT&C shall apply for all, including future, contracts with the customer. Other terms and conditions Direct Debit Scheme, suspension of payments or insolvency of the customer or of the end buyer, the rights
shall not become part of the contract, even if we do not expressly object to them. Subsidiary agreements of the customer under Clause 5.3. shall no longer be valid. The customer must then immediately inform
made before or at the time of conclusion of contract may only be invoked if they are immediately confirmed the buyer of our extended retention of title; he may use the assignment of relevant proportional proceeds
in writing. The waiver of the requirement for written form shall only be possible in writing. The language only to pay for the delivered goods.
of the contract shall be German or English. 5.8 Where payment is delayed and in the cases covered in Clause 5.7, we shall be entitled to withdraw from
In the event of a discrepancy between the German language version of these GT&C and a version in any the contract and/or, without withdrawing from the contract, demand the return of any goods subject to
language, the German language version shall prevail. retention of title still in possession of the customer and to collect the assigned receivables ourselves. In
1.3. Our offers are subject to change and non-binding. We reserve the right to make technical improvements order to ascertain our rights, we shall be entitled to have all of our customer’s documents/books concerning
to our products. our reserved rights examined by a person who is subject to the professional duty of confidentiality.
1.4. We may store and process data in our IT system necessary for the purpose of processing the contract. 6. Warranty, Limitation of Liability
1.5. A set-off by the customer shall not be permitted unless the counterclaims are undisputed or legally 6.1 We warrant that our delivered goods (including any agreed installation) are free of defects at time of risk
established, or pecuniary counterclaims arising from the right to refuse payment pursuant to Section 320 transfer. The required quality, durability and use of our delivered goods are based solely on the agreed
Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch (BGB) (German Civil Code). written specification, product description and/or operating manuals. Any information beyond this, in particular
1.6. Orders with a goods value of below € 250 shall be subject to a minimum order surcharge of € 50. in preliminary discussions, advertising and/or referencing industrial standards shall only become part of
Delivery shall be undertaken generally in packaging units (PU) according to the currently valid price list. the contract if they are expressly referenced in writing.
For deliveries within five (5) working days or for order values up to € 500, we reserve the right to waive 6.2 Should the customer requires the delivered goods for purposes other than those agreed, he must take
an order confirmation. responsibility himself for examining their special suitability for this - also in terms of product safety - and
1.7. The place of jurisdiction shall be the court responsible for our head office in Wertheim/Mosbach, Germany. ensure their compliance with all relevant technical, legal or regulatory provisions before the intended use.
We shall also be entitled to appeal to the court responsible for the head office of our customer. We shall, We shall not be liable for any usability that was not expressly confirmed by us in writing. In the case of
furthermore, as plaintiffs have the right to invoke the Arbitration Court at the Chamber of Commerce and material or design requirements of the customer, we shall accept no liability for the suitability or permis-
Industry in Frankfurt am Main, Germany. The Arbitration Court shall, in this case, make the final judgment sibility of the desired materials or designs, and shall, in this respect, have no particular testing obligation.
in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the Chamber of Commerce and Industry in Frankfurt am Compliance with safety-related and occupational health regulations depends on the location and operating
Main without recourse to the ordinary courts of law. The instigation of legal dunning proceedings by us conditions of which we have no prior knowledge. Action for ensuring compliance shall therefore be the
shall not signify the exertion of our right of choice; it shall be admissible in all cases. responsibility of the customer or his buyer.
1.8. German law shall apply exclusively under the exclusion of the conflict of laws principles of Private International 6.3 We shall not be liable for the consequences of improper handling, use, maintenance and operation of
Law and the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG). the delivered goods; the consequences of normal wear and tear, in particular of wearing parts, such as
2. Delivery pistons, seals, valves; the breakage of glass, plastic or ceramic parts; for the consequences of chemical,
electrochemical or electrical influences; or non-observance of the operating instructions.
2.1 The place of performance shall be our factory in Wertheim, Germany. The risk shall transfer to the customer
when the delivery leaves the ramp at our factory. This shall also apply to partial deliveries or where we have 6.4 If a notice of defect is justified, we shall initially only be required to provide supplementary performance.
performed additional services, such as shipping; costs for transport, packaging or insurance; exportation Supplementary performance shall be, at our discretion, either rectification of the defect or delivery of goods
and installation. free of defects. Further warranty claims shall only apply in the event of rejection, impossibility or failure of
the supplementary performance. The customer shall bear additional expenses, which arise from the fact
2.2 Insofar as we have agreed to orders on call, the customer must take delivery of the total amount within
that the goods were taken after delivery to a location other than the agreed place of performance.
six (6) months, at the latest at the date confirmed by us.
6.5 The customer must, immediately upon receipt of the goods, inspect them carefully, also in terms of product
2.3 In the case of a delay in the customer’s acceptance of a delivery, we may, without prejudicing our claim
safety, and notify obvious defects immediately in writing; any hidden defects must be immediately notified
for performance, have the goods put into storage at the cost of the customer or, after providing a warning
upon discovery. The customer must notify the carrier immediately of any transport damage. Failure to
and setting a deadline for the customer, otherwise dispose of them.
observe the testing and notification obligation shall void any customer claims for defects.
3. Delivery Period, Delay 6.6 Our liability for slight negligence shall be limited to claims for injury to life, limb or health, to claims under
3.1 Delivery times shall be ex works. Delivery periods shall begin on receipt of our order confirmation by the Produkthaftungsgesetz (German Product Liability Act) or to claims of culpable breach of fundamental
the customer; however only after settlement of any technical issues pending from the conclusion of the contractual obligations through which the purpose of the contract is endangered. Otherwise, our liability
contract; and after receipt of any documents to be provided to us by the customer, such as drawings, for slightly negligent breach of fundamental contractual obligations is limited to the typically occurring
permits or approvals; and definitely not before receipt of agreed advance payments. The delivery period damages which we could have foreseen when the contract was concluded.
shall be considered to have been met if readiness for dispatch has been notified before the expiry of this 6.7 Should the customer use the delivered goods in conjunction with environmentally harmful, toxic, radioactive
period. Delivery shall be subject to us receiving our own supplies punctually and in good order. or otherwise hazardous materials, he shall be obliged to clean them before returning them to us. If appli-
3.2 Force Majeure and circumstances beyond our control, such as strikes, lock-outs, operational disruption, cable, we may charge any necessary costs for decontamination/cleaning and disposal to the customer’s
shortages of raw materials and equipment, delayed delivery or non-delivery by our suppliers, shall extend account.
the delivery periods accordingly and shall release us from our delivery obligations if they, as a result, render
7. Limitation Period
delivery impossible. We shall also not be liable for the circumstances described above if they arise during
an already existing delay. The same shall apply for any additional or amended services requested by the The warranty period shall be one year and starts from the date of delivery of the goods to the customer. The
customer. same shall apply for claims for damages, irrespective of their legal basis. The limitation periods of Section 438
Para. 1 Nos. 1 and 2, Section 479 Para. 1 and Section 634a Para. 1 No. 2 of the BGB (German Civil Code)
3.3 We shall be considered to be in default of delivery only if the customer has issued us with a reminder, has
shall remain unaffected. The restriction of the limitation period shall not apply to claims based on fraudulent
set a reasonable extension period which has elapsed.
concealment of a defect, for claims under the Produkthaftungsgesetz (German Product Liability Act) or for
3.4 In the case of delay damages, our liability for compensation shall be limited to 10% of the value of the damages resulting from injury to life, limb or health and other damages based on intent or gross negligence.
delayed delivery/service. The limitation shall not apply in cases of wilful intent, gross negligence and/or The limitation period in respect of replaced or repaired goods shall not commence anew.
injury to life, limb or health. The customer shall be obliged to immediately inform us in writing of any likely
consequences of delay. 8. Software Use
8.1 If software is included in the scope of a delivery, the customer shall be granted a non-exclusive right to
4. Prices, Terms of Payment
use the software and its associated documentation. It is provided for use on the designated delivery item.
4.1 Prices shall be EXW (Incoterms® 2010 ex works), Wertheim and exclusive of statutory VAT, if applicable. The use of the software on more than one system shall be prohibited.
Costs of packaging, transportation, freight and insurance shall be borne by the customer. Prices shall also
8.2 The customer shall only be entitled to copy, transfer or translate the software or to convert it from object
be exclusive of the cost of returning and recycling/disposing of old equipment.
code to source code to the extent permitted by law (Sections 69a et seq. Urheberrechtsgesetz – German
4.2 Invoices shall be payable to our account in EUROs (€) without deductions and free of charges and expenses. Copyright Act). The customer undertakes to refrain from removing manufacturer information, in particular
Payment shall be made immediately or by the date stated. The determinant factor shall be the receipt of copyright notices, or from changing these without our prior express consent or the prior express consent
payment. Cheques and bills of exchange shall only be accepted on account of performance and at the of the software supplier.
cost of the customer.
8.3 All other rights to the software and the documentation including copies thereof shall remain with us and/
4.3 In the case of customers, with whom we are working for the first time or with whom we do not work regularly, or the software supplier. The issue of sub-licences is not permitted.
after delay in payment or in the case of reasonable doubt as to the creditworthiness of the customer, we
shall reserve the right to make individual deliveries dependent on a pre-payment or a security deposit to 9. Installation
the value of the invoice amount. 9.1 Installation costs may be invoiced on a monthly basis. Fixed installation prices shall only cover the work
4.4 Should the period between conclusion of contract and agreed delivery exceed four (4) months, so may that has been agreed upon. In other cases our current price list for installation and service costs shall
we, at our discretion, demand a reasonable additional charge equivalent to the increase in our costs up apply.
until delivery. For deliveries on call, our current price shall apply. 9.2 The customer shall be responsible for providing the following at his own expense: lighting, motive power,
4.5 In the case of an agreed return of goods that are free of defects, the customer shall be charged a checking if necessary, compressed air; water; electrical power for welding and heating, including the necessary
and processing fee of 20% of the invoice amount (minimum € 50). connections; electrical installations to connect the products supplied by us; the devices required (such as
lifting equipment); a lockable room that can be used for storing materials; tools and clothing during the
4.6 Should the customer be in arrears with payment, our debt claims against him shall be due immediately,
installation.
and we shall not be obliged to make any further deliveries based on current delivery contracts.
4.7 If payment is delayed, we shall charge - notwithstanding further damage compensation claims - interest 10. Spare Parts, Maintenance/Repair and Calibration
on arrears at the statutory rate. 10.1 For spare parts and maintenance, repair and calibration services, the current repair and exchange price
4.8 We may offset amounts payable to the customer (e.g. from credit notes) against our claims against the list shall apply.
customer. 10.2 Insofar as there is an obligation on our part to maintain/supply spare parts, then this obligation shall be
limited to a period of five (5) years from the date of delivery. If spare parts are not manufactured by us, or
5. Retention of Title, Assignment of Future Claims
are no longer available on the market, for example electronic components, or if the raw material for their
5.1 The goods delivered shall remain our property until the complete and unlimited payment. Should we still
production is no longer available, our obligation to deliver spare parts shall lapse.
have further claims against the customer, we shall then retain our property rights until payment of these
10.3 For calibration and maintenance, expendable items from BRAND production are normally used.
has been effected.
10.4 Maintenance and calibration services can only be provided if the customer has declared the devices sent
5.2 The customer may neither use goods subject to retention of title nor combine them with other objects to
to be safe to work on from a health hazard perspective.
which a third party may have rights. Should, however, goods subject to retention of title become, through
their combination with other objects, part of a new (complete) item, we shall be a proportional co-owner 10.5 For repair/service values of up to € 50, we reserve the right not to provide a separate cost estimate.
of this new item directly, even if this latter component is regarded as the main component. Our proportion 11. Legal Reservation, Industrial Property Rights, Confidentiality
of co-ownership shall be determined by the ratio of the invoice value of the goods to the value of the new 11.1 We reserve ownership and all industrial property rights and copyrights to all moulds, tools or other devices,
item at the time of combination. samples, pictures, and business and technical documents produced or provided by us. This also applies
5.3 The customer may resell goods subject to retention of title in the course of his normal business as long where the customer has wholly or in part taken on the costs hereof. The customer may use these only
as he has not assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered his claims from the resale. in the manner agreed with us. Without our written consent, he may not himself manufacture contractual
5.4 The customer shall assign to us in advance as collateral any claims against his customers from the resale objects delivered or have the same manufactured by third parties.
of the goods subject to retention of title (see Clause 5.3) and/or newly formed items (see Clause 5.2) 11.2 Insofar as we deliver goods according to the designs or other requirements specified by the customer
to the value of our invoice for the goods subject to retention of title. As long as the customer is not in (models, patterns etc.), the customer shall be liable to us by default for ensuring that, through the manu-
default of payment for the goods subject to retention of title, he may collect the assigned claims in the facture and delivery of these goods, the industrial property rights or other rights of third parties are not
ordinary course of business. He may, however, only use the proportional proceeds for the payment to us infringed. If the customer is at fault he shall reimburse us all damage resulting from any such infringement
for the goods subject to retention of title. of rights.
5.5 At the customer’s request, we shall release collateral at our discretion if and to the extent that the nominal 11.3 Any information acquired from this business relationship and not deemed to be public knowledge must not
value of the collateral exceeds 120% of the nominal value of our outstanding debt claims against the be disclosed by the customer to third parties. Status as of: September 2014
customer.
© Patrick Escudero/hemis.fr/Getty Images

9963 02 · Printed in Germany · 07/13

BRAND GMBH + CO KG · P.O. Box 11 55 · 97861 Wertheim · Germany

Tel.: +49 9342 808-0 · Fax: +49 9342 808-98000
info@brand.de · www.brand.de